From ed5640d8b587fbcfed7dd7967f3de04b37a76f26 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Daniel Baumann Date: Sun, 7 Apr 2024 11:06:44 +0200 Subject: Adding upstream version 4:7.4.7. Signed-off-by: Daniel Baumann --- helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010000.xhp | 218 ++ helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010001.xhp | 47 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010200.xhp | 52 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010201.xhp | 77 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010202.xhp | 78 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010203.xhp | 66 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010300.xhp | 50 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010301.xhp | 57 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010302.xhp | 48 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010303.xhp | 68 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010304.xhp | 67 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01020000.xhp | 126 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01020001.xhp | 39 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01020101.xhp | 46 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01020103.xhp | 60 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01050000.xhp | 48 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01060000.xhp | 44 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01060001.xhp | 37 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01060002.xhp | 37 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01070000.xhp | 93 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01070001.xhp | 50 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01070002.xhp | 38 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01100000.xhp | 54 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01100100.xhp | 51 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01100200.xhp | 82 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01100300.xhp | 44 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01100400.xhp | 83 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01100600.xhp | 65 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01110000.xhp | 51 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01110101.xhp | 61 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01110300.xhp | 53 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01110400.xhp | 40 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01130000.xhp | 373 +++ helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01140000.xhp | 74 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01160000.xhp | 81 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01160200.xhp | 38 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01160300.xhp | 54 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01170000.xhp | 42 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01180000.xhp | 38 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01190000.xhp | 71 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01990000.xhp | 43 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02010000.xhp | 52 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02020000.xhp | 41 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02030000.xhp | 40 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02040000.xhp | 43 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02050000.xhp | 48 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02060000.xhp | 82 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02070000.xhp | 155 ++ helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02090000.xhp | 44 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02100000.xhp | 411 ++++ helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02100001.xhp | 415 ++++ helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02100100.xhp | 66 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02100200.xhp | 175 ++ helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02100300.xhp | 52 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02110000.xhp | 162 ++ helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02180000.xhp | 79 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02180100.xhp | 54 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02200000.xhp | 44 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02200100.xhp | 40 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02200200.xhp | 44 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02210101.xhp | 86 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02220000.xhp | 249 ++ helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02220100.xhp | 58 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230000.xhp | 58 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230100.xhp | 108 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230150.xhp | 47 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230200.xhp | 68 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230300.xhp | 50 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230400.xhp | 49 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230401.xhp | 156 ++ helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230402.xhp | 102 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230500.xhp | 42 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02240000.xhp | 50 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02250000.xhp | 121 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/03010000.xhp | 105 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/03020000.xhp | 42 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/03050000.xhp | 42 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/03060000.xhp | 55 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/03110000.xhp | 46 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/03170000.xhp | 49 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/03990000.xhp | 42 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04050000.xhp | 167 ++ helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04060000.xhp | 49 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04060100.xhp | 73 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04060200.xhp | 38 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04100000.xhp | 61 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04140000.xhp | 63 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04150000.xhp | 42 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04150100.xhp | 58 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04160300.xhp | 52 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04160500.xhp | 44 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04180100.xhp | 53 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04990000.xhp | 50 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05010000.xhp | 69 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020000.xhp | 68 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020100.xhp | 126 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020200.xhp | 188 ++ helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020300.xhp | 135 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020301.xhp | 2583 ++++++++++++++++++++ helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020400.xhp | 143 ++ helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020500.xhp | 116 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020600.xhp | 61 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020700.xhp | 54 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05030000.xhp | 63 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05030100.xhp | 197 ++ helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05030300.xhp | 97 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05030500.xhp | 113 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05030700.xhp | 104 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05030800.xhp | 92 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05040100.xhp | 96 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05040200.xhp | 186 ++ helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05040300.xhp | 101 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05040400.xhp | 111 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05060000.xhp | 79 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05070000.xhp | 48 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05070100.xhp | 44 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05070200.xhp | 48 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05070300.xhp | 42 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05070400.xhp | 42 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05070500.xhp | 41 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05070600.xhp | 42 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05080000.xhp | 48 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05080100.xhp | 44 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05080200.xhp | 44 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05080300.xhp | 44 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05080400.xhp | 42 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05090000.xhp | 43 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05100000.xhp | 46 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05100100.xhp | 78 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05100200.xhp | 89 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05100500.xhp | 40 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05100600.xhp | 40 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05100700.xhp | 40 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110000.xhp | 54 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110100.xhp | 47 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110200.xhp | 49 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110300.xhp | 55 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110400.xhp | 45 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110500.xhp | 48 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110600m.xhp | 65 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110700.xhp | 42 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110800.xhp | 42 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05120000.xhp | 48 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05120100.xhp | 40 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05120200.xhp | 40 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05120300.xhp | 40 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05120600.xhp | 65 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05140100.xhp | 97 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05190000.xhp | 54 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05190100.xhp | 58 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05200000.xhp | 48 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05200100.xhp | 102 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05200200.xhp | 76 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05200300.xhp | 64 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210000.xhp | 50 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210100.xhp | 88 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210200.xhp | 76 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210300.xhp | 83 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210400.xhp | 70 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210500.xhp | 102 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210600.xhp | 79 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210700.xhp | 83 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210800.xhp | 60 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05220000.xhp | 86 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05230000.xhp | 53 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05230100.xhp | 196 ++ helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05230300.xhp | 62 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05230400.xhp | 63 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05230500.xhp | 71 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05240000.xhp | 49 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05240100.xhp | 42 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05240200.xhp | 42 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05250000.xhp | 61 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05250100.xhp | 47 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05250200.xhp | 43 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05250300.xhp | 43 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05250400.xhp | 47 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05250500.xhp | 47 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05250600.xhp | 48 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05260000.xhp | 61 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05260100.xhp | 49 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05260200.xhp | 51 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05260300.xhp | 52 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05260400.xhp | 43 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05260500.xhp | 48 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05260600.xhp | 46 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05270000.xhp | 47 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05280000.xhp | 335 +++ helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05290000.xhp | 59 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05290100.xhp | 42 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05290200.xhp | 42 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05290300.xhp | 43 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05290400.xhp | 46 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05320000.xhp | 125 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05320001.xhp | 38 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05320002.xhp | 64 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340100.xhp | 51 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340200.xhp | 48 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340300.xhp | 153 ++ helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340400.xhp | 205 ++ helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340402.xhp | 44 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340404.xhp | 42 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340405.xhp | 40 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340500.xhp | 40 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340600.xhp | 40 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05350000.xhp | 128 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05350200.xhp | 149 ++ helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05350300.xhp | 83 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05350400.xhp | 107 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05350500.xhp | 239 ++ helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05350600.xhp | 83 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05360000.xhp | 105 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05990000.xhp | 40 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06010000.xhp | 102 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06010101.xhp | 43 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06010500.xhp | 71 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06010600.xhp | 64 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06010601.xhp | 72 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06020000.xhp | 65 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06030000.xhp | 98 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06040000.xhp | 70 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06040100.xhp | 305 +++ helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06040200.xhp | 117 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06040300.xhp | 66 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06040400.xhp | 83 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06040500.xhp | 68 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06040600.xhp | 86 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06040700.xhp | 50 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06050000.xhp | 71 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06050100.xhp | 52 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06050200.xhp | 45 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06050300.xhp | 49 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06050400.xhp | 49 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06050500.xhp | 229 ++ helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06050600.xhp | 104 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130000.xhp | 77 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130001.xhp | 54 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130010.xhp | 45 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130020.xhp | 45 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130030.xhp | 67 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130100.xhp | 54 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130200.xhp | 59 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130300.xhp | 93 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130500.xhp | 49 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140000.xhp | 51 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140100.xhp | 118 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140101.xhp | 42 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140102.xhp | 42 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140200.xhp | 95 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140300.xhp | 72 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140400.xhp | 90 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140402.xhp | 44 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140500.xhp | 73 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06150000.xhp | 130 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06150100.xhp | 44 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06150110.xhp | 57 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06150120.xhp | 56 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06150200.xhp | 74 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06150210.xhp | 45 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06200000.xhp | 109 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06201000.xhp | 65 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06202000.xhp | 50 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06990000.xhp | 45 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/07010000.xhp | 46 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/07080000.xhp | 43 + .../source/text/shared/01/about_meta_tags.xhp | 101 + .../source/text/shared/01/addsignatureline.xhp | 60 + .../source/text/shared/01/certificatepath.xhp | 45 + .../source/text/shared/01/classificationbar.xhp | 54 + .../source/text/shared/01/classificationdialog.xhp | 81 + .../source/text/shared/01/digitalsignatures.xhp | 75 + .../source/text/shared/01/digitalsignaturespdf.xhp | 28 + .../source/text/shared/01/extensionupdate.xhp | 64 + .../source/text/shared/01/font_features.xhp | 44 + .../source/text/shared/01/formatting_mark.xhp | 72 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/gallery.xhp | 80 + .../source/text/shared/01/gallery_files.xhp | 62 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/grid.xhp | 66 + .../source/text/shared/01/grid_and_helplines.xhp | 39 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/guides.xhp | 57 + .../source/text/shared/01/image_compression.xhp | 66 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/mediaplayer.xhp | 75 + .../source/text/shared/01/menu_edit_find.xhp | 39 + .../source/text/shared/01/menu_view_sidebar.xhp | 35 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/moviesound.xhp | 100 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/nav_rename.xhp | 43 + .../source/text/shared/01/notebook_bar.xhp | 91 + .../source/text/shared/01/online_update.xhp | 73 + .../source/text/shared/01/online_update_dialog.xhp | 49 + .../source/text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp | 154 ++ .../source/text/shared/01/password_dlg.xhp | 61 + .../source/text/shared/01/password_main.xhp | 65 + .../source/text/shared/01/pastecolumnleft.xhp | 34 + .../source/text/shared/01/pastenestedtable.xhp | 42 + .../source/text/shared/01/pasterowabove.xhp | 34 + .../source/text/shared/01/pastespecialmenu.xhp | 51 + .../source/text/shared/01/pasteunformatted.xhp | 36 + .../source/text/shared/01/profile_safe_mode.xhp | 76 + .../source/text/shared/01/prop_font_embed.xhp | 43 + .../source/text/shared/01/ref_epub_export.xhp | 123 + .../source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export.xhp | 59 + .../shared/01/ref_pdf_export_digital_signature.xhp | 86 + .../text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_general.xhp | 174 ++ .../text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_initial_view.xhp | 98 + .../source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_links.xhp | 63 + .../text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_security.xhp | 87 + .../01/ref_pdf_export_universal_accessibility.xhp | 73 + .../shared/01/ref_pdf_export_user_interface.xhp | 84 + .../source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_send_as.xhp | 45 + .../source/text/shared/01/securitywarning.xhp | 54 + .../source/text/shared/01/selectcertificate.xhp | 47 + .../source/text/shared/01/signexistingpdf.xhp | 33 + .../source/text/shared/01/signsignatureline.xhp | 52 + .../source/text/shared/01/timestampauth.xhp | 49 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/webhtml.xhp | 44 + helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/xformsdata.xhp | 106 + .../source/text/shared/01/xformsdataadd.xhp | 102 + .../source/text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp | 54 + .../source/text/shared/01/xformsdatachange.xhp | 41 + .../source/text/shared/01/xformsdataname.xhp | 62 + .../source/text/shared/01/xformsdatatab.xhp | 104 + 321 files changed, 26239 insertions(+) create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010001.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010200.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010201.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010202.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010203.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010300.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010301.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010302.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010303.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010304.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01020000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01020001.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01020101.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01020103.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01050000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01060000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01060001.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01060002.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01070000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01070001.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01070002.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01100000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01100100.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01100200.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01100300.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01100400.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01100600.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01110000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01110101.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01110300.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01110400.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01130000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01140000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01160000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01160200.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01160300.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01170000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01180000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01190000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01990000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02010000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02020000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02030000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02040000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02050000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02060000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02070000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02090000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02100000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02100001.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02100100.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02100200.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02100300.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02110000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02180000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02180100.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02200000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02200100.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02200200.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02210101.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02220000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02220100.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230100.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230150.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230200.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230300.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230400.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230401.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230402.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230500.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02240000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02250000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/03010000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/03020000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/03050000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/03060000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/03110000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/03170000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/03990000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04050000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04060000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04060100.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04060200.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04100000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04140000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04150000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04150100.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04160300.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04160500.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04180100.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04990000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05010000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020100.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020200.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020300.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020301.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020400.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020500.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020600.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020700.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05030000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05030100.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05030300.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05030500.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05030700.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05030800.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05040100.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05040200.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05040300.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05040400.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05060000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05070000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05070100.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05070200.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05070300.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05070400.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05070500.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05070600.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05080000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05080100.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05080200.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05080300.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05080400.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05090000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05100000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05100100.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05100200.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05100500.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05100600.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05100700.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110100.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110200.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110300.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110400.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110500.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110600m.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110700.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110800.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05120000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05120100.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05120200.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05120300.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05120600.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05140100.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05190000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05190100.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05200000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05200100.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05200200.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05200300.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210100.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210200.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210300.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210400.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210500.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210600.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210700.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210800.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05220000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05230000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05230100.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05230300.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05230400.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05230500.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05240000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05240100.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05240200.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05250000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05250100.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05250200.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05250300.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05250400.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05250500.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05250600.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05260000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05260100.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05260200.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05260300.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05260400.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05260500.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05260600.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05270000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05280000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05290000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05290100.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05290200.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05290300.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05290400.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05320000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05320001.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05320002.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340100.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340200.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340300.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340400.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340402.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340404.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340405.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340500.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340600.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05350000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05350200.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05350300.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05350400.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05350500.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05350600.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05360000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05990000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06010000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06010101.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06010500.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06010600.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06010601.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06020000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06030000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06040000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06040100.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06040200.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06040300.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06040400.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06040500.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06040600.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06040700.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06050000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06050100.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06050200.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06050300.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06050400.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06050500.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06050600.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130001.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130010.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130020.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130030.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130100.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130200.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130300.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130500.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140100.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140101.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140102.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140200.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140300.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140400.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140402.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140500.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06150000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06150100.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06150110.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06150120.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06150200.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06150210.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06200000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06201000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06202000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06990000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/07010000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/07080000.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/about_meta_tags.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/addsignatureline.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/certificatepath.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/classificationbar.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/classificationdialog.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/digitalsignatures.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/digitalsignaturespdf.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/extensionupdate.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/font_features.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/formatting_mark.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/gallery.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/gallery_files.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/grid.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/grid_and_helplines.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/guides.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/image_compression.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/mediaplayer.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/menu_edit_find.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/menu_view_sidebar.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/moviesound.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/nav_rename.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/notebook_bar.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/online_update.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/online_update_dialog.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/password_dlg.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/password_main.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/pastecolumnleft.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/pastenestedtable.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/pasterowabove.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/pastespecialmenu.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/pasteunformatted.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/profile_safe_mode.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/prop_font_embed.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/ref_epub_export.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_digital_signature.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_general.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_initial_view.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_links.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_security.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_universal_accessibility.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_user_interface.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_send_as.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/securitywarning.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/selectcertificate.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/signexistingpdf.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/signsignatureline.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/timestampauth.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/webhtml.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/xformsdata.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/xformsdataadd.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/xformsdatachange.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/xformsdataname.xhp create mode 100644 helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/xformsdatatab.xhp (limited to 'helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01') diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ae3aac364 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,218 @@ + + + + + + + New + /text/shared/01/01010000.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+ +

New

+ Creates a new $[officename] document. +
+ +Creates a new $[officename] document. Click the arrow to select the document type. +
+ +
+ +If you want to create a document from a template, choose New - Templates. +A template is a file that contains the design elements for a document, including formatting styles, backgrounds, frames, graphics, fields, page layout, and text. + + + + Icon + + + Name + + + Function + + + + + Icon + + + Text Document + + + Creates a new text document in $[officename] Writer. + + + + + Icon + + + Spreadsheet + + + Creates a new spreadsheet document in $[officename] Calc. + + + + + Icon + + + Presentation + + + Creates a new presentation document in $[officename] Impress. + + + + + Icon + + + Drawing + + + Creates a new drawing document in $[officename] Draw. + + + + + Icon + + + Database + + + Opens the Database Wizard to create a database file. + + + + + Icon + + + HTML Document + + + Creates a new HTML document. + + + + + Icon + + + XML Form Document + + + Creates a new XForms document. + + + + + Icon + + + Master Document + + + Creates a new master document. + + + + + Icon + + + Formula + + + Creates a new formula document in $[officename] Math. + + + + + Icon + + + Labels + + + Opens the Labels dialog where you can set the options for your labels, and then creates a new text document for the labels in $[officename] Writer. + + + + + Icon + + + Business Cards + + + Opens the Business Cards dialog where you can set the options for your business cards, and then creates a new text document in $[officename] Writer. + + + + + Icon + + + Templates + + + Creates a new document using an existing template. + + +
+
+ Opening documents +
+ + Creates a new text document in $[officename] Writer. + + Creates a new spreadsheet document in $[officename] Calc. + + Creates a new presentation document in $[officename] Impress. + + Creates a new drawing document in $[officename] Draw. + + +Opens the Database Wizard to create a database file. + +Creates a new HTML document. + + Creates a new XForms document. + + Creates a new master document. + + Creates a new formula document in $[officename] Math. + + Opens the Labels dialog where you can set the options for your labels, and then creates a new text document for the labels in $[officename] Writer. + + Opens the Business Cards dialog where you can set the options for your business cards, and then creates a new text document in $[officename] Writer. + + Creates a new document using an existing template or opens a sample document. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010001.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010001.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b71ad5297 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010001.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ + + + + + + + Master Document + /text/shared/01/01010001.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +Master Document + Use a master document to organize complex projects, such as a book. A master document can contain the individual files for each chapter of a book, as well as a table of contents, and an index. +
+ +
+
+ + +
+ + Navigator for Master Documents +
+ + +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..460914a6e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ + + + + + + + Labels + /text/shared/01/01010200.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + + + + +Labels + Allows you to create labels. Labels are created in a text document. You can print labels using a predefined or a custom paper format. + You can also print a single label or an entire sheet of labels. +
+ +
+ + + + +New Document + Creates a new document for editing. + +
+ Creating labels + +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010201.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010201.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0994cc9c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010201.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ + + + + + + + Labels + /text/shared/01/01010201.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+ + +Labels + Specify the label text and choose the paper size for the label. +
+
+ +
+Inscription + Enter or insert the text that you want to appear on the label(s). + +Label text + Enter the text that you want to appear on the label. You can also insert a database field. + +Address + Creates a label with your return address. Text that is currently in the Label text box is overwritten. + To change your return address, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME, and then click on the User Data tab. + +Database + Select the database that you want to use as the data source for your label. + +Table + Select the database table containing the field(s) that you want to use in your label. + + +Database field + Select the database field that you want, and then click the arrow to the left of this box to insert the field into the Label text box. + The name of the database field is bounded by brackets in the Label text box. If you want, you can separate database fields with spaces. Press Enter to insert a database field on a new line. +Format + You can select a predefined size format for your label or a size format that you specify on the Format tab. + +Continuous + Prints labels on continuous paper. + +Sheet + Prints labels on individual sheets. + +Brand + Select the brand of paper that you want to use. Each brand has its own size formats. + +Type + Select the size format that you want to use. The available formats depend on the brand on what you selected in the Brand list. If you want to use a custom label format, select [User], and then click the Format tab to define the format. +Info + The paper type and the dimensions of the label are displayed at the bottom of the Format area. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010202.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010202.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0df00cdcb --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010202.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ + + + + + + + Format + /text/shared/01/01010202.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+ + +Format + Set paper formatting options. +
+
+ +
+ +Horizontal pitch + Displays the distance between the left edges of adjacent labels or business cards. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here. + +Vertical pitch + Displays the distance between the upper edge of a label or a business card and the upper edge of the label or the business card directly below. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here. + +Width + Displays the width for the label or the business card. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here. + +Height + Displays the height for the label or business card. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here. + +Left margin + Displays the distance from the left edge of the page to the left edge of the first label or business card. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here. + +Upper margin + Displays distance from the top edge of the page to the top of the first label or business card. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here. + +Columns + Enter the number of labels or business cards that you want to span the width of the page. + +Rows + Enter the number of labels or business cards that you want to span the height of the page. + +Save + Saves the current label or business card format. + + +Save Label Format + +Brand + Enter or select the desired brand. + +Type + Enter or select a label type. + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010203.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010203.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8e347ced5 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010203.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ + + + + + + + Options + /text/shared/01/01010203.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+ + +Options + Sets additional options for your labels or business cards, including text synchronization and printer settings. +
+
+ +
+ +Entire Page + Creates a full page of labels or business cards. + +Single Label + Prints a single label or business card on a page. + +Column + Enter the number of labels or business cards that you want to have in a row on your page. + +Row + Enter the number of rows of labels or business cards that you want to have on your page. + +Synchronize contents + Allows you to edit a single label or business card and updates the contents of the remaining labels or business cards on the page when you click the Synchronize Labels button. + + +Synchronize Labels + The Synchronize labels button only appears in your document if you have selected the Synchronize contents on the Options tab when you created the labels or business cards. + Copies the contents of the top left label or business card to the remaining labels or business cards on the page. +Printer + Displays the name of the currently selected printer. + +Setup + Opens the Printer Setup dialog. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..34060e871 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ + + + + + + + + +Business cards +/text/shared/01/01010300.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + + +Business cards +Design and create your own business cards. You can choose from a number of pre-defined size formats or create your own. +
+ +
+ + + + + + + +
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010301.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010301.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7f6ef1485 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010301.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ + + + + + + + Medium + /text/shared/01/01010301.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + + +
+ Medium + Select the size of your business card from a number of predefined size formats, or a size format that you specify on the Format tab. +
+
+ +
+Format + Select a size format for your business card. + +Continuous + Prints business cards on continuous paper. + +Sheet + Prints business cards on individual sheets. + +Brand + Select the brand of paper that you want to use. Each brand has its own size formats. + +Type + Select the size format that you want to use. The available formats depend on what you selected in the Brand list. If you want to use a custom size format, select [User], and then click the Format tab to define the format. + +Info + The paper type and the dimensions of the business card are displayed at the bottom of the Format area. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010302.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010302.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..55c7005bd --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010302.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ + + + + + + + Business Cards + /text/shared/01/01010302.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+ +Business Cards + Define the appearance of your business cards. +
+
+ +
+ +Content + Select a design layout for your business card. + Select a business card category in AutoText - Section box, and then click a layout in the Content list. + +AutoText - Section + Select a business card category, and then click a layout in the Content list. + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010303.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010303.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..92262fcb5 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010303.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ + + + + + + + Private + /text/shared/01/01010303.xhp + + + +
+ + +Private + Contains personal contact information for business cards. Business card layouts are selected on the Business Cards tab.removed switched note about autotext not supplied with OOo
+
+ +
+Private data + Enter the contact information that you want to include on your business card. You can also modify or update these entries by choosing %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - $[officename] - User Data. + + +First name 2 + Enter the first name of the person, whom you want to use as a second contact. + +Last name 2 + Enter the last name of the person, whom you want to use as a second contact. + +Initials 2 + Enter the initials of the person, whom you want to use as a second contact. + + +Country + Enter the name of the country in which you live. + + +Profession + Enter the title of your profession. + +Phone + Enter your home telephone number. + +Mobile + Enter your mobile telephone number. + + +Homepage + Enter the address of your internet homepage. + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010304.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010304.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2a01307ec --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01010304.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ + + + + + + + Business + /text/shared/01/01010304.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+ + +Business + Contains contact information for business cards that use a layout from a 'Business Card, Work' category. Business card layouts are selected on the Business Cards tab. +
+
+ +
+Business data + Enter the contact information that you want to include on your business card. + If you want to include your name on a business card, enter your name on the Private tab. Then choose a layout on the Business Cards tab that includes a name placeholder. + + +Company 2nd line + Enter additional company details. + +Slogan + Enter the slogan of your company. + + +Country + Enter the name of the country where your business is located. + + +Phone + Enter your business telephone number. + +Mobile + Enter your mobile telephone number. + + +Homepage + Enter the address of your company's internet homepage. + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01020000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01020000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e23446f82 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01020000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ + + + + + + + Open + /text/shared/01/01020000.xhp + + + + + directories; creating new + folder creation + My Documents folder; opening + multiple documents; opening + opening; several files + selecting; several files + opening; files, with placeholders + placeholders;on opening files + documents; opening with templates + templates; opening documents with + documents; styles changed + styles; changed message + + mw replaced "wildcards" by "regular expressions"mw deleted "regular expressions;" and "files;" +
+ + + + + +

Open

+ Opens a local or remote file, or imports one. +
+
+ +
+ %PRODUCTNAME uses the native file picker dialog of the window manager of your operating system for the Open command. + + If the file that you want to open contains styles, special rules apply. + +

Display area

+ Displays the files and folders in the folder that you are in. To open a file, select the file, and then click Open. + To open more than one document at the same time, each in an own window, hold CommandCtrl while you click the files, and then click Open. + + + + Modern system file dialogs present many features for file handling. Most allows you to rename, delete, create files, sort list of files, display files and folders in icons, tree or list views, traverse the file system folder tree and much more. Use the mouse right button to get a list of commands on the selected files in the display area. + + + + Click to delete the file with the name shown in this dialog. + + Click to cancel deletion of the file with the name shown in this dialog. + + Click to delete all selected files. + + + +

File name

+ Enter a file name or a path for the file. + The following features are available in the dialog: + + +

Version

+ If there are multiple versions of the selected file, select the version that you want to open. You can save and organize multiple versions of a document by choosing File - Versions. The versions of a document are opened in read-only mode. + +

File type

+ Select the file type that you want to open, or select All Files (*) to display a list of all of the files in the folder. +

Open

+ Opens the selected document(s). + +

Insert

+ If you opened the dialog by choosing Insert - Document, the Open button is labeled Insert. Inserts the selected file into the current document at the cursor position. + +

Read-only

+ Opens the file in read-only mode. + + + +

Play

+ Plays the selected sound file. Click again to stop playing the sound file. + + + +
+ +

Opening Documents With Templates

+ When you open a document created from a template, %PRODUCTNAME checks to see if the template has been modified since the document was last opened. If the template was changed, a dialog is shown where you can select which styles to apply to the document. + + + To apply the new styles from the template to the document, click Update Styles. + + + To retain the styles that are currently used in the document, click Keep Old Styles. + + + %PRODUCTNAME recognizes templates located in any directory defined for Templates in %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Paths. + If a document was created using a template that cannot be found, a dialog is shown that asks you how to proceed next time the document is opened. + To break the link between the document and the missing template, click No, otherwise %PRODUCTNAME will look for the template the next time you open the document. + When you use File - Save As and select a template filter to save a template in a directory that is not specified in the Templates path, then the documents based on that template will not be checked. +
+
+ Opening Documents + Import and Export Filters +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01020001.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01020001.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cdfa8ae21 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01020001.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ + + + + + + + Open Remote... + /text/shared/01/01020001.xhp + + + +
+ + +remote file; open +open; remote file + +Open Remote + Opens a document located in a remote file service. +
+
+ Choose File - Open Remote. + Click the Remote Files button in the Start Center. + Long-click the Open icon and select Open Remote File. + +
+ A remote file server is a web service that stores documents with or without checkin, checkout, version controls and backups. +
+ Opening and saving files in remote servers +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01020101.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01020101.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..627d84353 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01020101.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ + + + + + + + Select Path + /text/shared/01/01020101.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +Select Path + Sets file paths. +
+ +
+ +Select + Selects the indicated path. + +Path: + Enter or select the path from the list. +
+ Open dialog +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01020103.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01020103.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9f8a611a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01020103.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ + + + + + + + Filter Selection + /text/shared/01/01020103.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +Filter Selection +Allows you to select an import filter. +
+ +
+ + + +Filter list + Select the import filter for the file that you want to open. + If $[officename] does not recognize the file type of the document that your want to open, try any of the following: + + + Select the import filter from the list. + + + Ensure that the file extension corresponds to the file type of the document. For example, a Microsoft Word document must have a *.doc or *.docx extension for $[officename] to use the appropriate filter. + + + + + + + Install a missing import filter with the $[officename] Setup program. + + + + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01050000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01050000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f51a544bd --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01050000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ + + + + + + + Close + /text/shared/01/01050000.xhp + + + +
+documents; closing +closing;documents +mw deleted "backing window" + +

Close

+Closes the current document without exiting the program. +
+
+ +
+The Close command closes all open windows of the current document. +If you have made changes to the current document, you are prompted if you want to save your changes. +no longer the default: id="par_id3159399" If you open a document for printing, and do not make any changes, you are still prompted to save your changes when you close the document. This is because $[officename] keeps track of when a document is printed. +When you close the last open document window, you see the Start Center. +
+ Close the current window + Exit $[officename] +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01060000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01060000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4497a57cf --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01060000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ + + + + + + + Save + /text/shared/01/01060000.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+ +Save + Saves the current document. +
+
+ +
+ When you edit an AutoText entry, this command changes to Save AutoText. +
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01060001.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01060001.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eaf8edfd4 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01060001.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + + + + Save Remote... + /text/shared/01/01060001.xhp + + + +
+ +remote file; save +save; remote file + +Save Remote... + Saves a document located in a remote file service. +
+
+ Choose File - Save Remote... .How to proper deal with ellipses? + Long-click on the Save icon and select Save Remote File... . + +
+A remote file server is a web service that stores documents with or without checkin, checkout, version controls and backups. +
+ Opening and saving files in remote servers +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01060002.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01060002.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..deac0208d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01060002.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + + + + Save a Copy + /text/shared/01/01060002.xhp + + + +
+ +save; save a copy +save a copy + +Save a Copy + Saves a copy of the actual document with another name or location. +
+
+ Choose File - Save a Copy. +
+Creates another file with same contents of the current file. The current file is kept open for editing. +
+ Save + Save as + Export +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01070000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01070000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..854259683 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01070000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ + + + + + + + + + + +Save As +/text/shared/01/01070000.xhp + + + +
+saving as command; precautions + + + +Save As +Saves the current document in a different location, or with a different file name or file type. + +
+
+ +
+%PRODUCTNAME uses the native file picker dialog of the window manager of your operating system for the Save as command. + +To save a document as a template, use the command File - Templates - Save As Template. + + +File name +
+Enter a file name or a path for the file. You can also enter a URL +
+ + + +File type +
+Select the file format for the document that you are saving. In the display area, only the documents with this file type are displayed. File types are described in Information on Import and Export Filters. +
+ + + +Always save your document in a %PRODUCTNAME file type before saving it to an external file type. When you export to an external file type, some formatting features may be lost. + + + + +Save +
+Saves the file. +
+Save with password +
+Protects the file with a password that must be entered before a user can open the file. +Only documents using the %PRODUCTNAME XML-based format can be saved with a password. +
removed autoextension, i82752 + +

Encrypt with GPG key

+Use OpenPGP public keys to encrypt documents. + +Edit filter settings +Allows you to set the spreadsheet saving options for some types of data files.UFI: had to change text and remove Calc switch because switch did not work correctly + +Selection +Exports only the selected graphic objects in %PRODUCTNAME Draw and Impress to another format. If this box is not checked, the entire document is exported. +If you are exporting to any document file type, the entire document is exported. + +
+ +Export of Text Files +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01070001.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01070001.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2064b7d47 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01070001.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ + + + + + + + Export + /text/shared/01/01070001.xhp + + + +
+ +documents; exporting +converting; $[officename] documents +exporting;to foreign formats +MW deleted "document types;..." + +Export +Saves the current document with a different name and format to a location that you specify. +
+
+ +
+Unlike Save As, the Export command writes a copy of the current document in a new file with the chosen format, but keeps the current document and format open in your session. +The Export command opens the system file picker, where you can enter the name and format of the exported file. +

File Name

+Enter a file name or a path for the file. +

File Type

+ +

Save

+ + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01070002.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01070002.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6c8cb6f40 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01070002.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + + + + Export As + /text/shared/01/01070002.xhp + + + +
+ + +Export as; PDF +Export as; EPUB + +

Export As

+ Export the document in PDF or EPUB formats. +
+
+ Choose File - Export As. +
+ +

Export Directly as PDF

+ Export the entire document using your default PDF settings. + +

Export Directly as EPUB

+ Export the entire document using your default EPUB settings. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01100000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01100000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6190e023b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01100000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ + + + + + + + + +Properties +/text/shared/01/01100000.xhp + + + +
+ +

Properties +

+Displays the properties for the current file, including statistics such as word count and the date the file was created. +UFI: removed a note +
+
+ +
+The Properties dialog contains the following tab pages: + + + + + + + + + + + +Depending on your access rights to the file, you might not see all of the tabs in the Properties dialog. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01100100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01100100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d9022d3ee --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01100100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ + + + + + + + Description (File Properties) + /text/shared/01/01100100.xhp + + + +
+ + +

Description

+ Contains descriptive information about the document. +
+
+ +
+ +

Title

+ Enter a title for the document. + +

Subject

+ Enter a subject for the document. You can use a subject to group documents with similar contents. + +

Keywords

+ Enter the words that you want to use to index the content of your document. Keywords must be separated by commas. A keyword can contain white space characters or semicolons. + +

Comments

+ Enter comments to help identify the document. +Title, Subject, and Keywords are exported to PDF files as PDF Document Properties. Entered values are exported and will appear in the corresponding fields in the PDF Document Properties Description. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01100200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01100200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..698047c09 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01100200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ + + + + + + + General (File properties) + /text/shared/01/01100200.xhp + + + +
+ +version numbers of documents +documents; version numbers +files; version numbers +editing time of documents +documents; editing time + + + + +

General

+ Contains basic information about the current file. +
+
+ +
+ +

File

+ Displays the file name. +

Type

+ Displays the file type for the current document. +

Location

+ Displays the path and the name of the directory where the file is stored. +

Size

+ Displays the size of the current document in bytes. +

Created

+ Displays the date and time and author when the file was first saved. +

Modified

+ Displays the date and time and author when the file was last saved in a $[officename] file format. +

Template

+ Displays the template that was used to create the file. + +

Digitally signed

+ Displays the date and the time when the file was last signed as well as the name of the author who signed the document. +

Digital Signatures

+ Opens the Digital Signatures dialog where you can manage digital signatures for the current document. +

Last printed

+ Displays the date and time and user name when the file was last printed. + After printing, a document must be saved to preserve its Last printed data. No warning message is given about this, if an unsaved document is closed. +

Total editing time

+ Displays the amount of time that the file has been open for editing since the file was created. The editing time is updated when you save the file. +

Revision number

+ Displays the number of times that the file has been saved. + +

Apply User Data

+ Saves the user's full name with the file. You can edit the name by choosing %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - $[officename] - User Data. + +

Reset Properties

+ Resets the editing time to zero, the creation date to the current date and time, and the version number to 1. The modification and printing dates are also deleted. +

Save preview image with this document

+ Saves a thumbnail preview .png inside the document. This image may be used by a file manager under certain conditions. + To disable generating thumbnails in general, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Advanced. Click the Open Expert Configuration button, and search for GenerateThumbnail. If this property has the value true, then double-click on it to set its value to false. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01100300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01100300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..09f48ae41 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01100300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ + + + + + + + Custom Properties + /text/shared/01/01100300.xhp + + + +
+ + +Custom Properties + Allows you to assign custom information fields to your document. +
+
+ +
+ +Properties + Enter your custom contents. You can change the name, type, and contents of each row. You can add or remove rows. The items will be exported as metadata to other file formats. + +Add + Click to add a new row to the Properties list. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01100400.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01100400.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d38ae235a --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01100400.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ + + + + + + + Statistics + /text/shared/01/01100400.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+number of pages +documents;number of pages/tables/sheets +number of tables +number of sheets +cells;number of +pictures;number of +OLE objects;number of + + + + + +

Statistics

+Displays statistics for the current file. +
+
+ +
+Some statistic values can be used as variables in formulas. +

Pages:

+Number of pages in the file. +

Tables:Sheets:

+Number of tables in the file.Number of sheets in the file. This statistic does not include tables that were inserted as OLE objects. + + + +

Cells:

+ Number of cells with content in the file. +

Formula groups:

+ Number of contiguous ranges in a column with same formula. + + +

Images:

+ Number of images in the file. This statistic does not include images that were inserted as OLE objects. +

OLE Objects:

+ Number of OLE objects in the file, including tables and graphics that were inserted as OLE objects. +

Paragraphs:

+ Number of paragraphs, including blank paragraphs, in the file. +

Words:

+ Number of words, including words consisting of a single character, in the file. +

Characters:

+ Number of characters, including spaces, in the file. Non-printable characters are not included. +

Characters excluding spaces:

+ Number of characters, excluding spaces, in the file. Non-printable characters are not included. +

Lines:

+ Number of lines in the file. +

Update

+ Updates the statistics. + + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01100600.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01100600.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ef09eda2d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01100600.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ + + + + + + + + + + +Security +/text/shared/01/01100600.xhp + + + +
+password as document property +file sharing options for current document +read-only documents;opening documents as +saving;with password by default +user data;removing when saving + + + + +Security +Sets password options for the current document. +
+
+ +
+ + +Open file read-only +Select to allow this document to be opened in read-only mode only. +This file sharing option protects the document against accidental changes. It is still possible to edit a copy of the document and save that copy with the same name as the original. + + +Record changes +Select to enable recording changes. This is the same as Edit - Track Changes - Record. +To protect the recording state with a password, click Protect and enter a password. Other users of this document can apply their changes, but they cannot disable change recording without knowing the password. + + +Protect / Unprotect +Protects the change recording state with a password. If change recording is protected for the current document, the button is named Unprotect. Click Unprotect and type the correct password to disable the protection. + + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01110000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01110000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a64aa4422 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01110000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ + + + + + + + Templates + /text/shared/01/01110000.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+ +

Templates

+ Lets you organize and edit your templates, as well as save the current file as a template. +
+
+ Select File - Templates. +
+ + + +
+ + + + + + +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01110101.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01110101.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5985e4408 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01110101.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ + + + + + + Address Book Assignment + /text/shared/01/01110101.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + + + + + +

Address Book Assignment

+
+ Edit the field assignments and the data source for your address book. +
+
+ Choose Tools - Address Book Source. +
+

Address Book Source

+ Set the data source and data table for your address book. + +

Data Source

+ Select the data source for your address book. + +

Table

+ Select the data table for your address book. + +

Assign

+ Add a new data source to the Address Book Source list. +

Field assignment

+ Define the field assignments for your address book. + +

(Field name)

+ Select the field in the data table that corresponds to the address book entry. +
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01110300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01110300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..132d6209f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01110300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ + + + + + + + Save as Template + /text/shared/01/01110300.xhp + + + +
+ + + +

Save as Template

+ Saves the current document as a template. +
+
+ Choose File - Templates - Save as Template. +
+ +

Enter Template Name

+ Enter a name for the template. + +

Select Template Category

+ Select a category in which to save the new template. + +

Set as default template

+ The new template will be used as the default template. +Templates added with this command appear automatically in the Template Manager. You can also use the Template Manager to import templates. Both methods are recommended for adding templates. +
+ + +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01110400.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01110400.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a658c2ff4 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01110400.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + + + + + Edit Template + /text/shared/01/01110400.xhp + + + +
+ +

Edit Template

+ Opens a dialog where you can select a template for editing. +
+
+ Choose File - Templates - Edit Template. +
+
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01130000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01130000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0a2846d8c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01130000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,373 @@ + + + + + + + Print + /text/shared/01/01130000.xhp + + + +
+ printing; documents +documents; printing +text documents; printing +spreadsheets; printing +presentations; print menu +drawings; printing +choosing printers +printers; choosing +print area selection +selecting; print areas +pages; selecting one to print +printing; selections +printing; copies +copies; printing +spoolfiles with Xprinter + + + + +

Print

+ Prints the current document, selection, or the pages that you specify. You can also set the print options for the current document. + The printing options can vary according to the printer and the operating system that you use. +
+
+ +
+ The Print dialog consists of three main parts: A preview with navigation buttons, tab pages with control elements specific to the current document type, and the Print, Cancel and Help buttons. + If you just want to know how to print your document, click any of the following links. + + + Printing text documents: + + + + + + + + + Printing spreadsheets: + + + + + + + + Printing presentations: + + + + + General printing: + + + + The settings that you define in the Print dialog are valid only for the current print job that you start by clicking the Print button. is this true for Printer Settings, too?If you want to change some options permanently, open %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME (application name) - Print. + To set the default %PRODUCTNAME printer options for text documents, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print. + To set the default %PRODUCTNAME printer options for spreadsheet documents, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Print. + To set the default %PRODUCTNAME printer options for presentation documents, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Impress - Print. + Press Shift+F1 or choose Help - What's This? and point to any control element in the Print dialog to see an extended help text. + + +

Preview

+ The preview shows how each sheet of paper will look. You can browse through all sheets of paper with the buttons below the preview. + +

Preview checkbox

+ Turn on or off display of the print preview. +

Preview navigation box

+ + Enter the number of page to be shown in the preview in the box or use the arrow buttons to display pages in the preview. + + 🡆 Shows preview of the next page. + ⯮ Shows preview of the last page. + + 🡄 Shows preview of the previous page. + ⯬ Shows preview of the first page. +

General

+ On the General tab page, you find the most important control elements for printing. You can define which contents of your document are to be printed. You can select the printer and open the Printer Settings dialog. + +

Printer

+ + The list box shows the installed printers. Click the printer to use for the current print job. + + +

Status

+ Shows the availability of the selected printer. + +

Properties

+ + Opens the Printer Properties dialog. The printer properties vary according to the printer that you select. + + +

Range and copies

+ +

All pages

+ Prints the entire document. + +

Pages

+ + + + + + Prints only the pages or slides that you specify in the Pages box. + +

Selection

+ + Prints only the selected area(s) or object(s) in the current document. + + + To print a range of pages, use a format like 3-6. To print single pages, use a format like 7;9;11. You can print a combination of page ranges and single pages, by using a format like 3-6;8;10;12. +

Include

+ Select the subset of pages to print. Possible values are: + + + + + + + Even pages: + Prints only even numbered pages or slides. + + + + + + + + + Odd pages: + Prints only odd numbered pages or slides. + + + + + Odd and even pages: + Prints the entire document. + + + + + + +

From which

+ Select the source of sheet content to be printed. Possible values are Print all sheets and Print selected sheets. + + + +

Paper sides

+ If the printer is capable of duplex printing it's possible to choose between using only one side of the paper or both. + +

Number of copies

+ + Enter the number of copies that you want to print. + + +

Collate

+ Preserves the page order of the original document. + + +

Create separated prints jobs for collated output

+ Check to not rely on the printer to create collated copies but create a print job for each copy instead. + + +

Print in reverse order

+ Check to print pages in reverse order. + +

Page Layout

+ The Page Layout section can be used to save some sheets of paper by printing several pages onto each sheet of paper. You define the arrangement and size of output pages on the physical paper. + + Change the arrangement of pages to be printed on every sheet of paper. The preview shows how every final sheet of paper will look. + For some document types, you can choose to print a brochure. + + +

Paper size

+ Set the paper size you would like to use. The preview will show how the document would look on a paper of the given size. + +

Orientation

+ Select the orientation of the paper. Possible values are Portrait and Landscape. + + + +

Pages per sheet

+ Print multiple pages per sheet of paper. + Select how many pages to print per sheet of paper. When the number of pages is set to Custom, then the following settings shows: + +

Pages

+ Select number of rows. + +

By

+ Select number of columns. + +

Margin

+ Select margin between the printed pages and paper edge. + +

Distance

+ Select margin between individual pages on each sheet of paper. + + +

Order

+ Select order in which pages are to be printed. + + +

Draw a border on each page

+ Check to draw a border around each page. + + +

Brochure

+ Select the Brochure option to print the document in brochure format. + + + + +

%PRODUCTNAME Writer

+

Contents

+ +

Page Background

+ Specifies whether to print colors and objects that are inserted to the background of the page, which you have specified under Format - Page - Background. + +

Images and other graphic objects

+ Specifies whether the graphics and drawings or OLE objects of your text document are printed. + +

Hidden text

+ Enable this option to print text that is marked as hidden. + +

Text placeholders

+ Enable this option to print text placeholders. Disable this option to leave the text placeholders blank in the printout. + +

Form controls

+ Specifies whether the form control fields of the text document are printed. +

Comments

+ + + Specify where to print comments (if any). +

Color

+ +

Print text in black

+ Specifies whether to always print text in black. +

Pages

+ +

Print automatically inserted blank pages

+ If this option is enabled automatically inserted blank pages are printed. This is best if you are printing double-sided. For example, in a book, a "chapter" paragraph style has been set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to print that even numbered page. + + +

%PRODUCTNAME Calc

+

Pages

+ +

Suppress output of empty pages

+ If checked empty pages that have no cell contents or draw objects are not printed. + + + +

%PRODUCTNAME Impress

+

Document

+ +

Type

+ Select which parts of the document should be printed. + +

Slides per page

+ Select how many slides to print per page. + +

Order

+ Specify how to arrange slides on the printed page. +

Contents

+ +

Slide name

+ Specifies whether to print the page name of a document. + +

Date and time

+ Specifies whether to print the current date and time. + +

Hidden pages

+ Specifies whether to print the pages that are currently hidden. +
+

Color

+ +

Original colors

+ Specifies to print in original colors. + +

Grayscale

+ Specifies to print colors as grayscale. + +

Black and white

+ Specifies to print colors as black and white. + +

Size

+ Specify how to scale slides in the printout. + +

Original size

+ Specifies that you do not want to further scale pages when printing. + +

Fit to printable page

+ Specifies whether to scale down objects that are beyond the margins of the current printer so they fit on the paper in the printer. +

Distribute on multiple sheets of paper

+ Prints a large format document, such as a poster or banner, by distributing the document page across multiple sheets of paper. The distribution option calculates how many sheets of paper are needed. You can then piece together the sheets. + +

Tile sheet of paper with repeated slides

+ Specifies that pages are to be printed in tiled format. If the pages or slides are smaller than the paper, repeat the pages or slides on one sheet of paper. +
+ + +

%PRODUCTNAME Draw

+

Contents

+ +

Page name

+ Specifies whether to print the page name of a document. + +

Date and time

+ Specifies whether to print the current date and time. + + + + + +

%PRODUCTNAME Math

+

Contents

+

Title

+ + Specifies whether you want the name of the document to be included in the printout. + +

Formula text

+ Specifies whether to include the contents of the Commands window at the bottom of the printout. + +

Borders

+ Applies a thin border to the formula area in the printout. +

Size

+ +

Original size

+ Prints the formula without adjusting the current font size. + +

Fit to page

+ Adjusts the formula to the page format used in the printout. + + +

Scaling

+ Reduces or enlarges the size of the printed formula by a specified factor. + Enter the scale factor for scaling the formula. + + + +

Unix hints

+ You can also use the Printer Settings to specify additional printer options. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01140000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01140000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73eab3b5b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01140000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ + + + + + + + Printer Setup + /text/shared/01/01140000.xhp + + + +
+ + printers; properties + settings; printers + properties; printers + default printer; setting up + printers; default printer + page formats; restriction + + + + +Printer Settings + Select the default printer for the current document. +
+
+ +
+You might experience a slight delay when you change the default printer for a document that contains embedded $[officename] OLE objects. +Printer + Lists the information that applies to the selected printer. + If the list is empty, you need to install a default printer for your operating system. Refer to the online help for your operating system for instructions on how to install and setup a default printer. + +Name + Lists the installed printers on your operating system. To change the default printer, select a printer name from the list. +Status + Describes the current status of the selected printer. +Type + Displays the type of printer that you selected. +Location + Displays the port for the selected printer. +Comments + Displays additional information for the printer. + +Properties + Changes the printer settings of your operating system for the current document. + Ensure that the Landscape or Portrait layout option set in the Printer Properties dialog matches the page format that you set by choosing Slide - PropertiesPage - PropertiesFormat - Page. + +Options + Opens the Printer Options dialog where you can override the global printer options set on the %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME + +Writer +Calc +Writer/Web - Print panel for the current document. + The Options button is only available in %PRODUCTNAME Writer and Calc. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01160000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01160000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..66c7a327b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01160000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ + + + + + + + Send + /text/shared/01/01160000.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+ +Send +Sends a copy of the current document to different applications. +
+
+ +
+Email Document +New menu commands, see #i46895 and #i63793UFI: New commands all have the same Help IDs, but different names + +Opens a new window in your default email program with the current document as an attachment. The OpenDocument file format is used. + +Opens a new window in your default email program with the current document as an attachment. The Microsoft file format is used. + + +Email as OpenDocument Spreadsheet + Opens a new window in your default email program with the current document as an attachment. The OpenDocument file format is used. +Email as Microsoft Excel + Opens a new window in your default email program with the current document as an attachment. The Microsoft Excel file format is used. + + +Email as OpenDocument Presentation +Opens a new window in your default email program with the current document as an attachment. The OpenDocument file format is used. +Email as Microsoft PowerPoint Presentation +Opens a new window in your default email program with the current document as an attachment. The Microsoft PowerPoint file format is used. + + +Email as OpenDocument Text +Opens a new window in your default email program with the current document as an attachment. The OpenDocument file format is used. +Email as Microsoft Word +Opens a new window in your default email program with the current document as an attachment. The Microsoft Word file format is used. + + + + + +UFI: removed 2 help ids +Create Master Document + +Create HTML Document + + + +Create AutoAbstract + + + + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01160200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01160200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e41d29ee2 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01160200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + + + + Email Document + /text/shared/01/01160200.xhp + + + +
+ +Email Document + Opens a new window in your default email program with the current document as an attachment. The current file format is used. If the document is new and unsaved, the format specified in %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Load/Save - General is used. +
+
+ +
+If the document is in HTML format, any embedded or linked images will not be sent with the email. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01160300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01160300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..48d9efd28 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01160300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ + + + + + + + Create Master Document + /text/shared/01/01160300.xhp + + + + + +

Create Master Document

+ Creates a master document from the current Writer document. A new sub-document is created at each occurrence of a chosen paragraph style or outline level in the source document. +
+ +
+The Navigator appears after you create a master document. To edit a sub-document, double-click the name of a sub-document in the Navigator. +

File name

+ + + +

separated by

+ Select the paragraph style or outline level that you want to use to separate the source document into sub-documents. By default a new document is created for every outline level 1. +

File type

+ +

Save

+removed autoextension + + +
+ +
+ + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01170000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01170000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1cb9ae68 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01170000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + + + + + + + Exit + /text/shared/01/01170000.xhp + + + +
+exiting;$[officename] +mw made "exiting..." a two level entry + +

Exit %PRODUCTNAME

+ Closes all %PRODUCTNAME programs and prompts you to save your changes. This command does not exist on macOS systems. +
+
+ +
+
+Close the current document +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01180000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01180000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e6ba96dbd --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01180000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + + + + Save All + /text/shared/01/01180000.xhp + + + +
+ +Save All + Saves all modified $[officename] documents. +
+
+ +
+If you are saving a new file or a copy of a read-only file, the Save As dialog appears. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01190000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01190000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d178b3cf6 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01190000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ + + + + + + + Versions + /text/shared/01/01190000.xhp + + + + + +
+versions;file saving as, restriction + + + +Versions + Saves and organizes multiple versions of the current document in the same file. You can also open, delete and compare previous versions. +
+
+ +
+If you save a copy of a file that contains version information (by choosing File - Save As), the version information is not saved with the file. +New versions + Set the options for saving a new version of the document. + +Save New Version + Saves the current state of the document as a new version. If you want, you can also enter comments in the Insert Version Comment dialog before you save the new version. + +Insert Version Comment + Enter a comment here when you are saving a new version. If you clicked Show to open this dialog, you cannot edit the comment. + +Always save version when closing + If you have made changes to your document, $[officename] automatically saves a new version when you close the document. + If you save the document manually, do not change the document after saving, and then close, no new version will be created.issue 12653 + +Existing versions + Lists the existing versions of the current document, the date and the time they were created, the author and the associated comments. + + +Open + Opens the selected version in a read-only window. + +Show + Displays the entire comment for the selected version. + +Delete + Deletes the selected version. + +Compare + Compare the changes that were made in each version. If you want, you can Manage Changes. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01990000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01990000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c4575f387 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/01990000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ + + + + + + + + + + +Recent Documents +/text/shared/01/01990000.xhp + + + +
+
+ +Recent Documents + +Lists the most recently opened files. To open a file in the list, click its name. +
+
+The number of files that are listed can be changed in the Expert configuration by setting the property /org.openoffice.Office.Common/History PickListSize. +The file is opened by the %PRODUCTNAME module that saved it. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02010000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02010000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ed657d0f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02010000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ + + + + + + + Undo + /text/shared/01/02010000.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+undoing;editing +editing;undoing + + + +

Undo

+ Reverses the last command or the last entry you typed. To select the command that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Undo icon on the Standard bar. +
+
+ +
+To change the number of commands that you can undo, go to the Expert configuration and set a new value of the property "/org.openoffice.Office.Common/Undo Steps". +Some commands (for example, editing Styles) cannot be undone. +You can cancel the Undo command by choosing Edit - Redo. +

About the Undo command in database tables

+ When you are working with database tables, you can only undo the last command. + If you change the content of a record in a database table that has not been saved, and then use the Undo command, the record is erased. +

About the Undo command in presentations

+ The Undo list is cleared when you apply a new layout to a slide. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02020000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02020000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5794607ab --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02020000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ + + + + + + + Redo + /text/shared/01/02020000.xhp + + + +
+restoring;editing +redo command +mw made "restoring..." a two level entry + + +Redo + Reverses the action of the last Undo command. To select the Undo step that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Redo icon on the Standard bar. +
+
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02030000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02030000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3e9dcb4b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02030000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + + + + + Repeat + /text/shared/01/02030000.xhp + + + +
+repeating; commands +commands; repeating + + + +Repeat + Repeats the last command. This command is available in Writer and Calc. +
+UFI: had to remove switch construct because help-ids don't work any more inside switches, see i47727 +although this invalidates the fix of i34949 + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02040000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02040000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8c52d1222 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02040000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ + + + + + + + Cut + /text/shared/01/02040000.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+cutting +clipboard; cutting + + +Cut + Removes and copies the selection to the clipboard. +
+
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02050000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02050000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..da25d06a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02050000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ + + + + + + + Copy + /text/shared/01/02050000.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+clipboard; Unix +copying; in Unix + + +Copy + Copies the selection to the clipboard. +
+Each time you copy, the existing content of the clipboard is overwritten. +
+ +
+ + +$[officename] also supports the clipboard under Unix; however, you must use the $[officename] commands, such as Ctrl+C. + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02060000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02060000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..27993e859 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02060000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ + + + + + + + Paste + /text/shared/01/02060000.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+ +pasting; cell ranges +clipboard; pasting +cells; pasting +pasting; Enter key +pasting; Ctrl+V shortcut + +mw deleted "cell ranges,pasting" + + + + +overwrite dialog in Calc if target is not empty + + + +Paste + Inserts the contents of the clipboard at the location of the cursor, and replaces any selected text or objects.UFI: text used for icon and menu +
+
+ + + + Press the Enter key. + + +
+ + +In a spreadsheet, when you paste a range of cells from the clipboard, the result depends on the current selection: If only one cell is selected, the cell range will be pasted started from that cell. If you mark a cell range wider than the cell range in the clipboard, the cell range will be pasted repeatedly to fill the selected cell range. +Pasting contents in %PRODUCTNAME Calc + When copying a cell or a range in %PRODUCTNAME Calc the selection is marked with blinking dashes around the range (the "marching ants") to indicate what was being selected during the clipboard operation. + Marching ants mark for Calc clipboard + There are two ways to paste the clipboard contents in a spreadsheet document: + + + Using CommandCtrl+V shortcut, the Paste icon in the toolbar or choose Edit - Paste: The contents of the clipboard is pasted in the target location and the clipboard keeps the contents for more paste operations. The copied selection mark stays active. + + + Using Enter key: the clipboard contents is pasted once and cleared. No further paste is possible with the clipboard contents. The copied selection mark is disabled. + + +To deactivate the copied selection mark press the Esc key. The clipboard contents is not cleared. + + + + + + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02070000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02070000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..802711c84 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02070000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ + + + + + + + Paste Special + /text/shared/01/02070000.xhp + + + + + + + + + + +
+

Paste Special

+ Inserts the contents of the clipboard into the current file in a format that you can specify. +
+ + + + + + +
+ +
+ + + +

Source

+ Displays the source of the clipboard contents. + +

Selection

+ Select a format for the clipboard contents that you want to paste. The available format depends on the copied or cut source format. + + + When you paste HTML data into a text document, you can choose "HTML format" or "HTML format without comments". The second choice is the default; it pastes all HTML data, but no comments. + + + + + + + +

Paste Special

+ This dialog appears in Calc if the clipboard contains spreadsheet cells. +

Presets

+ Choose one of the presets to quickly load commonly used settings for Paste Special. +

Values Only

+ Pastes only cell contents including text, numbers and dates. +

Values & Formats

+ Pastes cell contents and formats applied to cells. +

Formats Only

+ Pastes only formats applied to cells. +

Transpose All

+ Pastes all cell contents with their positions transposed. +

Run immediately

+ Check this option to load the preset and immediately apply it. When unchecked, choosing a preset will only load the corresponding options in the dialog without pasting anything. + Uncheck Run immediately to load the options from the preset and change its settings in the Paste Special dialog before applying them by clicking OK. +

Selection

+ Select a format for the clipboard contents that you want to paste. + +

Paste all

+ Pastes all cell contents, comments, formats, and objects into the current document. + +

Texti50436

+ Inserts cells containing text. + +

Numbers

+ Inserts cells containing numbers. + +

Date & Time

+ Inserts cells containing date and time values. + +

Formulas

+ Inserts cells containing formulae. + +

Comments

+ Inserts comments that are attached to cells. If you want to add the comments to the existing cell content, select the "Add" operation. + +

Formats

+ Inserts cell format attributes. + +

Objects

+ Inserts objects contained within the selected cell range. These can be OLE objects, chart objects, or drawing objects. +

Operations

+ Select the operation to apply when you paste cells into your sheet. + +

None

+ Does not apply an operation when you insert the cell range from the clipboard. The contents of the clipboard will replace existing cell contents. + +

Add

+ Adds the values in the clipboard cells to the values in the target cells. Also, if the clipboard only contains comments, adds the comments to the target cells. + +

Subtract

+ Subtracts the values in the clipboard cells from the values in the target cells. + +

Multiply

+ Multiplies the values in the clipboard cells with the values in the target cells. + +

Divide

+ Divides the values in the target cells by the values in the clipboard cells.UFI: fixes #i14796# +

Options

+ Sets the paste options for the clipboard contents. + +

Skip empty cells

+ Empty cells from the clipboard do not replace target cells. If you use this option in conjunction with the "Multiply" or the "Divide" operation, the operation is not applied to the target cell of an empty cell in the clipboard. + + If you select a mathematical operation and clear the Skip empty cells box, empty cells in the clipboard are treated as zeroes. For example, if you apply the Multiply operation, the target cells are filled with zeroes. + +

Transpose

+ The rows of the range in the clipboard are pasted to become columns of the output range. The columns of the range in the clipboard are pasted to become rows.i59261 + +

Link

+ Inserts the cell range as a link, so that changes made to the cells in the source file are updated in the target file. To ensure that changes made to empty cells in the source file are updated in the target file, ensure that the "Paste All" option is also selected. +You can also link sheets within the same spreadsheet. When you link to other files, a DDE link is automatically created. A DDE link is inserted as a matrix formula and can only be modified as a whole. +

Shift Cells

+ Set the shift options for the target cells when the clipboard content is inserted. + +

Don't shift

+ Inserted cells replace the target cells. + +

Down

+ Target cells are shifted downward when you insert cells from the clipboard. + +

Right

+ Target cells are shifted to the right when you insert cells from the clipboard. + + +
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02090000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02090000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..af99cede0 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02090000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ + + + + + + + Select All + /text/shared/01/02090000.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+ + +Select All + Selects the entire content of the current file, frame, or text object. +
+To select all of the cells on a sheet, click the button at the intersection of the column and row header in the top left corner of the sheet. +
+ +
+ +To select all of the sheets in a spreadsheet file, right-click the name tab of a sheet, and then choose Select All Sheets. Selects all of the sheets in the current spreadsheet. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02100000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02100000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..46acfe4ac --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02100000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,411 @@ + + + + + + Find & Replace + /text/shared/01/02100000.xhp + + + +
+ + Find & Replace dialog + + + + + +

+ + Find & Replace + +

+ + + Finds or replaces text or formats in the current document. + + +
+
+ +
+ Find Toolbar + + + Type the text to search in the current document. Press Enter to search the text. + + + + Click to search the next occurrence in downward direction. + + + + Click to search the next occurrence in upward direction. + + + +

Find

+ + Enter the text that you want to find, or select a previous search from the list. + + Search options are listed under the Find box and in the Other options area of the dialog. + +

Match case

+ + case sensitivity;searching + + + + Matches the exact character provided in the Find box without considering any alternative case matches. + + + Disable this option to consider all possible case matches. For example, entering "a" in the Find box matches both "a" and "A". + Beware that some characters may have more than one match when Match case is disabled. For instance, "s" matches "s", "S" and "ß" (sharp S used in the German language). + + + searching;formatted numbers + searching;formatted display + finding;formatted numbers + finding;formatted display + + + +

Formatted display

+ + Includes number formatting characters in the search. + + + + +

+ + Entire Cells + Whole words only + +

+ + + Searches for whole words or cells that are identical to the search text. + + + + searching; all sheets + finding; in all sheets + sheets; searching all + + +

+ + All sheets + +

+ + + Searches through all of the sheets in the current spreadsheet file. + + + + Searches through all of the sheets in the current spreadsheet file. + + + +

Replace

+ + Enter the replacement text, or select a recent replacement text or style from the list. + + Replacement options are listed under the Find box and in the Other options area of the dialog. + + + + +

Find All

+ Finds and selects all instances of the text or the format that you are searching for in the document (only in Writer and Calc documents). + + + copied text as hidden help, see issue 115137 + + + Finds and selects all instances of the text or the format that you are searching for in the document (only in Writer and Calc documents). + + +

Find Previous

+ + Finds and selects the previous occurrence of the text or format that you are searching for in the document. + + +

Find Next

+ + Finds and selects the next occurrence of the text or format that you are searching for in the document. + + +

Replace

+ + Replaces the selected text or format that you searched for, and then searches for the next occurrence. + + +

Replace All

+ + Replaces all of the occurrences of the text or format that you want to replace. + + Repeat this command until all replacements on your slide have been made. + + +

Other options

+ + + Shows more or fewer search options. Click this label again to hide the extended search options. + + + finding; selections + + +

Current selection only

+ + Searches only the selected text or cells. + + +

Replace backwards

+ + Search starts at the current cursor position and goes backwards to the beginning of the file. + + + + +

Comments

+ + In Writer, you can select to include the comment texts in your searches. + + + + + +

+ + + + Regular expressions + +

+ + + + + Allows you to use regular expressions in your search. + + + i72448 +Ext help text not found within switches. Solution: Keep switched text for normal display, add hidden help text as "fall through". + + Allows you to use regular expressions in your search. + + + + + + + + + had to copy extended help to outside of switch construct - see issue 72448 + + + Searches for text formatted with the style that you specify. Select this checkbox, and then select a style from the Find list. To specify a replacement style, select a style from the Replace list. + + +

+ + Paragraph Styles / Including Styles + Cell Styles + +

+ + Searches for text formatted with the style that you specify. Select this checkbox, and then select a style from the Find list. To specify a replacement style, select a style from the Replace list. + + + + +

+ Match character width (only if Asian languages are enabled) +

+ + + Distinguishes between half-width and full-width character forms. + + + + +

+ Sounds like (Japanese) (only if Asian languages are enabled) +

+ + + Lets you specify the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text. Select this checkbox, and then click the Sounds button to specify the search options. + + + + + + + Sets the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text. + + + + Searching in Japanese + +

Diacritic-sensitive

+ Searches exact match, does not include Unicode combining marks in search. For example, searching for كتب will not match كَتَبَ or كُتُب or كتِب and so on. +

Kashida-sensitive

+ Searches exact match, does not include Arabic Tatweel mark U+0640 (also known as Kashida) in search. For example, searching for كتاب will not match كـتاب or كتــــاب and so on. +

+ + + Attributes + + +

+ + + + + + +

+ + + Format + + +

+ + + Finds specific text formatting features, such as font types, font effects, and text flow characteristics. + After you select format and attributes that you want to search for, the Paragraph Styles checkbox in the Other options area changes to Including Styles. Select this checkbox if you want to include search for formatting and attributes set by styles. + + + +

+ + No Format + +

+ + + Click in the Find or the Replace box, and then click this button to remove the search criteria based on formats. + + + + Click in the Find or the Replace box, and then click this button to remove the search criteria based on formats. + + + + The search and replace criteria selected for Format and Attributes are displayed under the Find and Replace boxes. + + +

+ + Direction + +

+ + + Determines the order for searching the cells. + + + +

+ + Rows + +

+ + + Searches from left to right across the rows. + + + + Searches from left to right across the rows. + + +

+ + Columns + +

+ + + Searches from top to bottom through the columns. + + + + Searches from top to bottom through the columns. + +

+ + Search in + +

+ +

+ + Formulas + +

+ + + Searches for the characters that you specify in formulas and in fixed (not calculated) values. For example, you could look for formulas that contain 'SUM'. + + + + Searches for the characters that you specify in formulas and in fixed (not calculated) values. For example, you could look for formulas that contain 'SUM'. + +

+ + Values + +

+ + + Searches for the characters that you specify in values and in the results of formulas. + + + + Searches for the characters that you specify in values and in the results of formulas. + +

+ + Comments + +

+ + + Searches for the characters that you specify in the comments that are attached to the cells. + + + + Searches for the characters that you specify in the comments that are attached to the cells. + + + After you close the Find & Replace dialog, you can still search using the last search criteria that you entered, by pressing Shift+CommandCtrl+F. +
+ + + +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02100001.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02100001.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7caadd4a --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02100001.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,415 @@ + + + + + + + List of Regular Expressions + /text/shared/01/02100001.xhp + + + + +regular expressions; list of +regular expressions; new line +regular expressions; empty paragraph +regular expressions; begin of word +regular expressions; begin of paragraph +regular expressions; end of paragraph +lists; regular expressions +replacing; tab stops (regular expressions) +tab stops; regular expressions +concatenation, see ampersand symbol +ampersand symbol, see also operators +mw added "replacing;" and "tab stops;" +

List of Regular Expressions

+ + + + Term + + + Representation/Use + + + + + Any character + + + The given character, unless it is a regular expression meta character. The list of meta characters follows in this table. + + + + + . + + + Any single character except a line break or a paragraph break. For example, the search term "sh.rt" matches both "shirt" and "short". + + + + + ^ + + + The beginning of a paragraph or cell. Special objects such as empty fields or character-anchored frames, at the beginning of a paragraph are ignored. Example: "^Peter" matches the word "Peter" only when it is the first word of a paragraph. + + + + + + $ + + + The end of a paragraph or cell. Special objects such as empty fields or character-anchored frames at the end of a paragraph are ignored. Example: "Peter$" matches only when the word "Peter" is the last word of a paragraph, note "Peter" cannot be followed by a period. + $ on its own matches the end of a paragraph. This way it is possible to search and replace paragraph breaks. + + + + + * + + + Zero or more of the regular expression term immediately preceding it. For example, "Ab*c" matches "Ac", "Abc", "Abbc", "Abbbc", and so on. + + + + + + + + + + One or more of the regular expression term immediately preceding it. For example, "AX.+4" finds "AXx4", but not "AX4". + The longest possible string that matches this regular expression in a paragraph is always matched. If the paragraph contains the string "AX 4 AX4", the entire passage is highlighted. + + + + + ? + + + Zero or one of the regular expression term immediately preceding it. For example, "Texts?" matches "Text" and "Texts" and "x(ab|c)?y" finds "xy", "xaby", or "xcy". + + + + + \ + + + The special character that follows it is interpreted as a normal character and not as a regular expression meta character (except for the combinations "\n", "\t", "\b", "\>" and "\<"). For example, "tree\." matches "tree.", not "treed" or "trees". + + + + + \n + + + A line break that was inserted with the Shift+Enter key combination when in the Find text box. + A paragraph break that can be entered with the Enter or Return key when in the Replace text box in Writer. Has no special meaning in Calc, and is treated literally there. + To change line breaks into paragraph breaks, enter \n in both the Find and Replace boxes, and then perform a search and replace. + + + + + \t + + + A tab character. Can also be used in the Replace box. + + + + + + \b + + + A word boundary. For example, "\bbook" matches "bookmark" and "book" but not "checkbook" whereas "book\b" matches "checkbook" and "book" but not "bookmark". + Note, this form replaces the obsolete (although they still work for now) forms "\>" (match end of word) and "\<" (match start of word). + + + + + ^$ + + + Finds an empty paragraph. + + + + + ^. + + + Finds the first character of a paragraph. + + + + + & or $0 + + + Adds the string that was found by the search criteria in the Find box to the term in the Replace box when you make a replacement. + For example, if you enter "window" in the Find box and "&frame" in the Replace box, the word "window" is replaced with "windowframe". + You can also enter an "&" in the Replace box to modify the Attributes or the Format of the string found by the search criteria. + + + + + [...] + + + Any single occurrence of any one of the characters that are between the brackets. For example: "[abc123]" matches the characters ‘a’, ‘b’, ’c’, ‘1’, ‘2’ and ‘3’. "[a-e]" matches single occurrences of the characters a through e, inclusive (the range must be specified with the character having the smallest Unicode code number first). "[a-eh-x]" matches any single occurrence of the characters that are in the ranges ‘a’ through ‘e’ and ‘h’ through ‘x’. + + + + + [^...] + + + Any single occurrence of a character, including Tab, Space and Line Break characters, that is not in the list of characters specified inclusive ranges are permitted. For example "[^a-syz]" matches all characters not in the inclusive range ‘a’ through ‘s’ or the characters ‘y’ and ‘z’. + + + + + \uXXXX + \UXXXXXXXX + + + The character represented by the four-digit hexadecimal Unicode code (XXXX). + The character represented by the eight-digit hexadecimal Unicode code (XXXXXXXX). + For certain symbol fonts the symbol (glyph) that you see on screen may look related to a different Unicode code than what is actually used for it in the font. The Unicode codes can be viewed by choosing Insert - Special Character, or by using Unicode conversion shortcut. + + + + + | + + + The infix operator delimiting alternatives. Matches the term preceding the "|" or the term following the "|". For example, "this|that" matches occurrences of both "this" and "that". + + + + + {N} + + + The post-fix repetition operator that specifies an exact number of occurrences ("N") of the regular expression term immediately preceding it must be present for a match to occur. For example, "tre{2}" matches "tree". + + + + + {N,M} + + + The post-fix repetition operator that specifies a range (minimum of "N" to a maximum of "M") of occurrences of the regular expression term immediately preceding it that can be present for a match to occur. For example, "tre{1,2}" matches "tre" and "tree". + + + + + {N,} + + + The post-fix repetition operator that specifies a range (minimum "N" to an unspecified maximum) of occurrences of the regular expression term immediately preceding it that can be present for a match to occur. (The maximum number of occurrences is limited only by the size of the document). For example, "tre{2,}" matches "tree", "treee", and "treeeee". + + + + + (...) + + + The grouping construct that serves three purposes. + + + To enclose a set of ‘|’ alternatives. For example, the regular expression "b(oo|ac)k" matches both "book" and "back". + + + To group terms in a complex expression to be operated on by the post-fix operators: "*", "+" and "?" along with the post-fix repetition operators. For example, the regular expression "a(bc)?d" matches both "ad" and "abcd" in a search.; the regular expression "M(iss){2}ippi" matches "Mississippi". + + + To record the matched sub string inside the parentheses as a reference for later use in the Find box using the "\n" construct or in the Replace box using the "$n" construct. The reference to the first match is represented by "\1" in the Find box and by "$1" in the Replace box. The reference to the second matched sub string by "\2" and "$2" respectively, and so on. + + + For example, the regular expression "(890)7\1\1" matches "8907890890". + With the regular expression "\b(fruit|truth)\b" in the Find box and the regular expression "$1ful" in the Replace box occurrences of the words "fruit" and "truth" can be replaced with the words "fruitful" and "truthful" respectively without affecting the words "fruitfully" and "truthfully" + + + + + [:alpha:] + + + Represents an alphabetic character. Use [:alpha:]+ to find one of them. + + + + + [:digit:] + + + Represents a decimal digit. Use [:digit:]+ to find one of them. + + + + + [:alnum:] + + + Represents an alphanumeric character ([:alpha:] and [:digit:]). + + + + + [:space:] + + + Represents a space character (but not other whitespace characters).UFI: see #i41706# + + + + + [:print:] + + + Represents a printable character. + + + + + [:cntrl:] + + + Represents a nonprinting character. + + + + + [:lower:] + + + Represents a lowercase character if Match case is selected in Options. + + + + + [:upper:] + + + Represents an uppercase character if Match case is selected in Options. + + +
+For a full list of supported metacharacters and syntax, see ICU Regular Expressions documentation +Regular expression terms can be combined to form complex and sophisticated regular expressions for searches as show in the following examples. +

Examples

+ + + + + Expression + + + Meaning + + + + + ^$ + + + An empty paragraph. + ^ specifies that the match must be at the start of a paragraph, + $ specifies that a paragraph mark or the end of a cell must follow the matched string. + + + + + ^. + + + The first character of a paragraph. + + . specifies any single character. + + + + + e([:digit:])? + + + Matches "e" by itself or an "e" followed by one digit. + e specifies the character "e", + [:digit:] specifies any decimal digit, + ? specifies zero or one occurrences of [:digit:]. + + + + + ^([:digit:])$ + + + Matches a paragraph or cells containing exactly one digit. + + + + + + + + ^[:digit:]{3}$ + + + Matches a paragraph or cell containing only three digit numbers + + + {3} specifies that [:digit:] must occur three times, + + + + + + \bconst(itu|ruc)tion\b + + + Matches the words "constitution" and "construction" but not the word "constitutional." + \b specifies that the match must begin at a word boundary, + const specifies the characters "const", + ( starts the group, + itu specifies the characters "itu", + | specifies the alternative, + ruc specifies the characters "ruc", + ) ends the group, + tion specifies the characters "tion", + \b specifies that the match must end at a word boundary. + + +
+ +
+ + + + + + +Wiki page about regular expressions in Writer +Wiki page about regular expressions in Calc +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02100100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02100100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..512659999 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02100100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ + + + + + + +Similarity Search +/text/shared/01/02100100.xhp + + + + +
+ +
+For example, a similarity search can find words that differ from the Find text by two characters. + +Set the options for the similarity search. +

Settings

+Define the criteria for determining if a word is similar to the search term. + +

Exchange characters

+Enter the number of characters in the search term that can be exchanged. For example, if you specify 2 exchanged characters, "sweep" and "creep" are considered similar. + +

Add characters

+Enter the maximum number of characters by which a word can exceed the number of characters in the search term. + +

Remove characters

+Enter the number of characters by which a word can be shorter than the search term. + +

Combine

+Searches for a term that matches any combination of the similarity search settings. +Using Combine better meets a user's expectations from looking at the settings, but may return false positives. Not using Combine may match less than expected, but does not return false positives. +A Weighted Levenshtein Distance (WLD) algorithm is used. If Combine is not checked, then settings are treated as an exclusive-OR (strict WLD). +If Combine is checked, then settings are treated as an inclusive-OR (relaxed WLD). + +Be careful when using Replace All with Similarity Search. Best to be certain first about what will be found. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02100200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02100200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..da757b8d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02100200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ + + + + + + + Attributes + /text/shared/01/02100200.xhp + + + + + +

Attributes

+ Choose the text attributes that you want to search for. For example, if you select the Outline attribute, then all characters formatted manually with an Outline effect are found. If you also want to find characters with an Outline effect as part of a style, then select Including styles in the Other Options section, before searching. + +

Options

+ Select the attributes that you want to search for. + +
+

Keep with Next Paragraph

+ Finds the Keep With Next Paragraph attribute. +
+
+

Do not split paragraph

+ Finds paragraphs with the Do not split paragraph attribute enabled. +
+
+

Spacing

+ Finds the Spacing (top, bottom) attribute. +
+
+

Alignment

+ Finds the Alignment (left, right, centered, justified) attribute. +
+
+

Effects

+ Finds characters that use a Case effect (Uppercase, Lowercase, Capitalize every word, or Small capitals). +
+
+

Blinking

+ Finds characters use the Blinking attribute. +
+
+

Strikethrough

+ Finds characters formatted with the Strikethrough attribute. +
+
+

Indent

+ Finds the Indent (from left, from right, first line) attribute. +
+
+

Widows

+ Finds the Widow Control attribute. +
+
+

Kerning

+ Finds Spacing (standard, expanded, condensed) attributes and pair kerning. +
+
+

Outline

+ Finds characters formatted with the Outline attribute. +
+
+

Position

+ Finds characters using the Normal, Superscript or Subscript attributes. +
+
+

Page line-spacing

+ Finds paragraphs with the Activate page line-spacing attribute enabled. +
+
+

Relief

+ Finds characters formatted with the Relief attribute. +
+
+

Rotation

+ Finds the Rotation attribute. +
+
+

Shadowed

+ Finds characters formatted with the Shadowed attribute. +
+
+

Font

+ Finds any instance where the default font was changed. +
+
+

Font Color

+ Finds any instance where the default font color was changed. +
+
+

Font Size

+ Finds the Font size/Font height attribute. +
+
+

Font Weight

+ Finds the Bold or the Bold and Italic attribute. +
+
+

Font Posture

+ Finds the Italic or the Bold and Italic attribute. +
+
+

Orphans

+ Finds the Orphan Control attribute. +
+
+

Page Style

+ Finds the Break With Page Style attribute. +
+
+

Hyphenation

+ Finds the Hyphenation attribute. +
+
+

Character scaling

+ Finds characters formatted with Scale width. +
+
+

Language

+ Finds the Language attribute (for spelling). +
+
+

Tab Stops

+ Finds paragraphs that use an additional tab set. +
+
+

Underline

+ Finds characters formatted with Underlining. +
+
+

Vertical text alignment

+ Finds the Vertical text alignment attribute. +
+
+

Individual Words

+ Finds characters formatted with Underlining or Strikethrough as Individual words. +
+
+

Character background

+ Finds characters that use the Background attribute. +
+
+

Line Spacing

+ Finds the Line spacing (single line, 1.5 lines, double, proportional, at least, lead) attribute. +
+
+

Overline

+ Finds characters formatted with Overlining. +
+ + +
+ + +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02100300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02100300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..04d1c03dd --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02100300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ + + + + + + + Text Format (Search) + /text/shared/01/02100300.xhp + + + + +

Text Format (Search)

+ Finds specific text formatting features, such as font types, font effects, and text flow characteristics. +
+ +
+The search criteria for attributes are listed below the Find box. +You do not need to specify a search text in the Find box when you search and replace formatting. +To define a replacement format, click in the Replace box, and then click the Format button. +Use the Text Format (Search) or the Text Format (Replace) to define your formatting search criteria. These dialogs contain the following tab pages: + + + + + + + + + + +
+Attributes +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02110000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02110000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5f157cbf4 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02110000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,162 @@ + + + + + + + Navigator for Master Documents + /text/shared/01/02110000.xhp + + + +

Navigator for Master Documents

+In a Master document, you can switch the Navigator between normal view and master view. + +The Navigator lists the main components of the master document. If you rest the mouse pointer over a name of a sub-document in the list, the full path of the sub-document is displayed. +The master view in the Navigator displays the following icons: +

Toggle Master View

+ Switches between master view and normal view. + + + + Icon + + + Toggle Master View + + +
+ + +

Edit

+ Edit the contents of the component selected in the Navigator list. If the selection is a file, the file is opened for editing. If the selection is an index, the Index dialog is opened. + + + + Icon + + + Edit + + +
+ + +

Update

+ Click and choose the contents that you want to update. + + + + Icon + + + Update + + +
+ +

Selection

+ Updates the contents of the selection. + +

Indexes

+ Updates all indexes. + +

Links

+ Updates all links. + +

All

+ Updates all contents. + +

Edit link

+ This command is found by right-clicking an inserted file in the Navigator. Changes the link properties for the selected file. + + +

Insert

+ Inserts a file, an index, or a new document into the master document. + You can also insert files into the master document by dragging a file from your desktop and dropping on the master view of the Navigator. + + + + Icon + + + Insert + + +
+ +

Index

+ Inserts an index or a table of contents into the master document. + +

File

+ Inserts one or more existing files into the master document. + +

New Document

+ Creates and inserts a new sub-document. When you create a new document, you are prompted to enter the file name and the location where you want to save the document. + +

Text

+ Inserts a new paragraph in the master document where you can enter text. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator.i81372 + +

Save Contents as well

+ Saves a copy of the contents of the linked files in the master document. This ensures that the current contents are available when the linked files cannot be accessed. + + + + Icon + + + Save Contents as well + + +
+ +

Move Up

+ Moves the selection up one position in the Navigator list. You can also move entries by dragging and dropping them in the list. If you move a text section onto another text section, the text sections are merged. + + + + Icon + + + Move Up + + +
+ +

Move Down

+ Moves the selection down one position in the Navigator list. You can also move entries by dragging and dropping them in the list. If you move a text section onto another text section, the text sections are merged. + + + + Icon + + + Move Down + + +
+ +

Delete

+This command is found by right-clicking an item in the Navigator. Deletes the selection from the Navigator list and the master document, but does not delete the subdocument file. +
+ +
+ + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02180000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02180000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..31e3b4d65 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02180000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ + + + + + + + Edit Links to External Files + /text/shared/01/02180000.xhp + + + + + + + + opening;documents with links + links; updating specific links + updating; links, on opening + links; opening files with + + + +

Edit Links to External Files

+ You can change or remove each link to external files in the current document. You can also update the content of the current file to the most recently saved version of linked external file. This command does not apply to hyperlinks, and is not available if the current document does not contain links to other files. +This command can be used with external file links to sections (place cursor outside of the section), master documents,sheets linked with Sheet - Insert Sheet from File or Sheet - External Links, Function WEBSERVICE, images and OLE objects (when inserted with a link to an external file). + +
+ +
+ + + +

Source file

+ Lists the path to the source file. If the path defines a DDE link, relative paths must be preceded with "file:". +Double-click a link in the list to open a file dialog where you can select another object for this link. +

Element

+ Lists the application (if known) that last saved the source file. +

Type

+ Lists the file type, such as graphic, of the source file. +

Status

+ Lists additional information about the source file. + +

Automatic

+ Automatically updates the contents of the link when you open the file. Any changes made in the source file are then displayed in the file containing the link. Linked graphic files can only be updated manually. This option is not available for a linked graphic file. + The Automatic option is only available for DDE links. You can insert a DDE link by copying the contents from one file and pasting by choosing Edit - Paste Special, and then selecting the Link box. As DDE is a text based linking system, only the displayed decimals are copied into the target sheet.removed Calc switch: this feature can be used wherever a cell area can be pasted: everywhere + +

Manual

+ Only updates the link when you click the Update button. + +

Modify

+ Change the source file for the selected link. + +

Break Link

+ Breaks the link between the source file and the current document. The most recently updated contents of the source file are kept in the current document. + +

Update

+Updates the selected link so that the most recently saved version of the linked file is displayed in the current document. + +When you open a file that contains links, you are prompted to update the links. Depending on where the linked files are stored, the update process can take several minutes to complete. +If you are loading a file that contains DDE links, you are prompted to update the links. Decline the update if you do not want to establish a connection to the DDE server. +Links to remote locations can be constructed that transmit local data to the remote server. Decline the prompt to update if you do not trust the document. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02180100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02180100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2d833132b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02180100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ + + + + + + + Modify DDE Links + /text/shared/01/02180100.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + + + + + DDE links; modifying +changing; DDE links + +Modify DDE Links + Change the properties for the selected DDE link. +
+ +
+Modify Link + Lets you set the properties for the selected link. + +Application +Lists the application that last saved the source file. %PRODUCTNAME applications have the server name soffice. + +File +Path to the source file. Relative paths must be expressed by full URI, for example, with file://. + +Category + Lists the section or object that the link refers to in the source file. If you want, you can enter a new section or object here. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02200000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02200000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7f4622fd --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02200000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ + + + + + + + OLE Object (Edit) + /text/shared/01/02200000.xhp + + + +
+ +

OLE Object

+Lets you edit a selected OLE object that you inserted from the Insert - OLE Object submenu. +
+
+ +
+ + +
+ +
+ +Resizes the object to the original size. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02200100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02200100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6eff7e2d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02200100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + + + + + Edit + /text/shared/01/02200100.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+objects; editingediting; objects +

Edit

+ Lets you edit a selected OLE object that you inserted with the Insert – OLE Object command. +
+
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02200200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02200200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fb3721397 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02200200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ + + + + + + + Open + /text/shared/01/02200200.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+objects; opening +opening; objects + +

Open

+ Opens the selected OLE object with the program that the object was created in. +
+
+ +
+This menu command is inserted into Edit – Objects submenu by the application that created the linked object. Depending on the application, the Open command for the OLE object might have a different name. +After you have completed your changes, close the source file for the OLE object. The OLE object is then updated in the container document. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02210101.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02210101.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ee52fea7b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02210101.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ + + + + + + + Floating Frame Properties + /text/shared/01/02210101.xhp + + + + + +

Floating Frame Properties

+ Changes the properties of the selected floating frame. Floating frames work best when they contain an html document, and when they are inserted in another html document. +
+ +
+ +Name + Enter a name for the floating frame. The name cannot contain spaces, special characters, or begin with an underscore (_). + +

Contents

+ Enter the path and the name of the file that you want to display in the floating frame. You can also click the Browse button and locate the file that you want to display. For example, you can enter: + + + https://www.example.com + + + file:///C:/Documents/Readme.txtAdolfo: Is the "|" character after the "file:///c" correct? And a user file should *never* be in a root directory anyway.SophiaS: agreed, changed + + + +Browse + Locate the file that you want to display in the selected floating frame, and then click Open. +Scroll Bar + Add or remove a scrollbar from the selected floating frame. + +On + Displays the scrollbar for the floating frame. + +Off + Hides the scrollbar for the floating frame. + +Automatic + Mark this option if the currently active floating frame can have a scrollbar when needed. +Border + Displays or hides the border of the floating frame. + +On + Displays the border of the floating frame. + +Off + Hides the border of the floating frame. +Padding + Define the amount of space that is left between the border of the floating frame and the contents of the floating frame provided that both documents inside and outside the floating frame are HTML documents. + +Width + Enter the amount of horizontal space that you want to leave between the right and the left edges of the floating frame and the contents of the frame. Both documents inside and outside the floating frame must be HTML documents. + +Default + Applies the default horizontal spacing. + +Height + Enter the amount of vertical space that you want to leave between the top and bottom edges of the floating frame and the contents of the frame. Both documents inside and outside the floating frame must be HTML documents. + +Default + Applies the default vertical spacing. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02220000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02220000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e0e8d6ce5 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02220000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,249 @@ + + + + + + + ImageMap Editor + /text/shared/01/02220000.xhp + + + + + + +

ImageMap Editor

+ Allows you to attach URLs to specific areas, called hotspots, on a graphic or a group of graphics. An image map is a group of one or more hotspots. +
+ +
+ +You can draw three types of hotspots: rectangles, ellipses, and polygons. When you click a hotspot, the URL is opened in the browser window or frame that you specify. You can also specify the text that appears when your mouse rests on the hotspot. + +

Apply

+ Applies the changes that you made to the image map. + + + + Icon Apply + + + Apply + + +
+ +

Open

+ Loads an existing image map in the MAP-CERN, MAP-NCSA or SIP StarView ImageMap file format. + + + + Icon Open + + + Open + + +
+ +

Save

+ Saves the image map in the MAP-CERN, MAP-NCSA or SIP StarView ImageMap file format. + + + + Icon Save + + + Save + + +
+ +

Select

+ Selects a hotspot in the image map for editing. + + + + Icon Select + + + Select + + +
+ +

Rectangle

+ Draws a rectangular hotspot where you drag in the graphic. After, you can enter the Address and the Text Alternative for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open. + + + + Icon Rectangle + + + Rectangle + + +
+ +

Ellipse

+ Draws an elliptical hotspot where you drag in the graphic. + + + + Icon Ellipse + + + Ellipse + + +
+ +

Polygon

+ Draws a polygonal hotspot in the graphic. Click this icon, drag in the graphic, and then click to define one side of the polygon. Move to where you want to place the end of the next side, and then click. Repeat until you have drawn all of the sides of the polygon. When you are finished, double-click to close the polygon. + + + + Icon Polygon + + + Polygon + + +
+ +

Freeform Polygon

+ Draws a hotspot that is based on a freeform polygon. Click this icon and move to where you want to draw the hotspot. Drag a freeform line and release to close the shape. + + + + Icon Freeform Polygon + + + Freeform Polygon + + +
+ +

Edit Points

+ Lets you change the shape of the selected hotspot by editing the anchor points. + + + + Icon Edit points + + + Edit points + + +
+ +

Move Points

+ Lets you move the individual anchor points of the selected hotspot. + + + + Icon Move Points + + + Move Points + + +
+ +

Insert Points

+ Adds an anchor point where you click on the outline of the hotspot. + + + + Icon Insert Points + + + Insert Points + + +
+ +

Delete Points

+ Deletes the selected anchor point. + + + + Icon Delete Points + + + Delete Points + + +
+ +

Active

+ Disables or enables the hyperlink for the selected hotspot. A disabled hotspot is transparent. + + + + Icon Active + + + + + +
+ +

Macro

+ Lets you assign a macro that runs when you click the selected hotspot in a browser. + + + + Icon Macro + + + Macro + + +
+ +

Properties

+ Allows you to define the properties of the selected hotspot. + + + + Icon PropertiesUFI: see #60783 + + + Properties + + +
+ +

Address:

+ Enter the URL for the file that you want to open when you click the selected hotspot. If you want to jump to an anchor within the document, the address should be of the form "file:///C:/Documents/document_name#anchor_name"This needs a rework as the document address example seems to be windows only and uses forbidden root directory again.. + +

Text Alternative

+ Enter the text that you want to display when the mouse rests on the hotspot in a browser. If you do not enter any text, the Address is displayed. +

Frame:

+ Enter the name of the target frame that you want to open the URL in. You can also select a standard frame name from the list. + List of frame types + +

Graphic View

+ don't hide the imagemap if extended tips are onDisplays the image map, so that you can click and edit the hotspots. +
+ Controlling the ImageMap Editor With the Keyboard +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02220100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02220100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..270f99f7a --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02220100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ + + + + + + + Description + /text/shared/01/02220100.xhp + + + + +hotspots; properties +properties; hotspots +ImageMap; hotspot properties +MW inserted index entries + + +

Description

+ Lists the properties for the selected hotspot. +
+ +
+

Hyperlink

+ Lists the properties of the URL that is attached to the hotspot. + +URL: + Enter the URL for the file that you want to open when you click the selected hotspot. If you want to jump to a named anchor within the current document, the address should be of the form "file:///C:/Documents/[current_document_name]#anchor_name". + +

Text Alternative

+ Enter the text that you want to display when the mouse rests on the hotspot in a browser. If you do not enter any text, the Address is displayed. + +

Frame:

+ Enter the name of the target frame that you want to open the URL in. You can also select a standard frame name that is recognized by all browsers from the list. + +

Name:

+ Enter a name for the image. + +

Description

+ Enter a description for the hotspot. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..33d242492 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ + + + + + + + Track Changes + /text/shared/01/02230000.xhp + + + + + + +
+ + +

Track Changes

+Lists the commands that are available for tracking changes in your file. +
+ +
+ +
+ + + + +

Manage

+ + +

Comment

+ + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ac239901f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ + + + + + + + Record Changes + /text/shared/01/02230100.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+ + +

Record Changes

+Tracks each change that is made in the current document by author and date. +
+
+ + On the Track Changes toolbar, click + +
+ +If you choose Edit - Track Changes - Show, the lines containing changed text passages are indicated by a vertical line in the left page margin. You can set the properties of the vertical line and the other markup elements by choosing %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Changes in the Options dialog box. + +You can set the properties of the markup elements by choosing %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Changes in the Options dialog box. +The following changes are tracked when the record changes command is active: + + + + + Paste and delete text. + + + + + Move paragraphs. + + + Sort text. + + + Find and replace text. + + + Insert attributes that are one character wide, for example, fields and footnotes. + + + Insert sheets, ranges. + + + Insert document. + + + Insert AutoText. + + + Insert from clipboard. + + + + + + + Change cell contents by insertions and deletions. + + + Insert or delete columns and rows. + + + Insert sheets. + + + Cut, copy and paste through the clipboard. + + + Move by dragging and dropping. + + + + + + +When the record changes command is active, you cannot delete, move, merge, split, or copy cells or delete sheets. + + +removed the note about no-tables-comparing in Writer + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230150.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230150.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2b004d63e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230150.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ + + + + + + + Protect Changes + /text/shared/01/02230150.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+ + +

Protect Changes

+Prevents a user from deactivating the record changes feature, or from accepting or rejecting changes unless the user enters a password. +
+
+ + On the Track Changes toolbar, click + +
+
+ + +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3a1815654 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ + + + + + + + Show Changes + /text/shared/01/02230200.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +changes; showing +hiding;changes +showing; changes + + + + + +
+

Show Track Changes

+Shows or hides recorded changes. + +
+
+ + On the Track Changes toolbar, click + +
+You can change the display properties of the markup elements by choosing %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Changes %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Changes in the Options dialog box. + +When you rest the mouse pointer over a change markup in the document, a Tip displays the author and the date and time that the change was made. If the Extended Tips are activated, the type of change and any attached comments are also displayed. + + + + +

Show changes in spreadsheet

+ Shows or hides recorded changes. + + +

Show accepted changes

+ Shows or hides the changes that were accepted. + +

Show rejected changes

+ Shows or hides the changes that were rejected. + + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..17781eec2 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ + + + + + + + Comment + /text/shared/01/02230300.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + + + + + + + +
+

Insert Track Change Comment

+Enter a comment for the recorded change. + +
+ +
+ +
+You can attach a comment when the cursor is in a changed text passagethe changed cell is selected +, or in the Manage Changes dialog. +Comments are displayed as callouts in the sheet when you rest your mouse pointer over a cell with a recorded change. You can also view comments that are attached to a changed cell in the changes list in the Manage Changes dialog. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230400.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230400.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..74c01210d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230400.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ + + + + + + + Manage changes + /text/shared/01/02230400.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + + + + + + +
+

Manage changes

+ Accept or reject recorded changes. +
+ +
+ + On the Track Changes toolbar, click + +
+ + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230401.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230401.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a14aeca21 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230401.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ + + + + + + List + /text/shared/01/02230401.xhp + + + +
+ + + +

List

+Accept or reject individual changes. +
+
+ +
+The List tab displays all of the changes that were recorded in the current document. If you want to filter this list, click the Filter tab, and then select your filter criteria. If the list contains nested changes, the dependencies are shown regardless of the filter. + +Nested changes occur where changes made by different authors overlap. + +Click the plus sign beside an entry in the list to view all of the changes that were recorded for a cell. + +If one of the nested changes for a cell matches a filter criterion, all of the changes for the cell are displayed. When you filter the change list, the entries in the list appear in different colors according to the following table: + + + + + +Color + + +Meaning + + + + +black + + +The entry matches a filter criterion. + + + + +blue + + +One or more subentries matches a filter criterion. + + + + +gray + + +The subentry does not match a filter criterion. + + + + +green + + +The subentry matches a filter criterion. + + +
+ + + +

Selection field

+Lists the changes that were recorded in the document. When you select an entry in the list, the change is highlighted in the document. To sort the list, click a column heading. Hold down CommandCtrl while you click to select multiple entries in the list. +To edit the comment for an entry in the list, right-click the entry, and then choose Edit - Comment. +After you accept or reject a change, the entries of the list are re-ordered according to "Accepted" or "Rejected" status. + + +

Action

+Lists the changes that were made in the document. +

Position.

+Lists the cells with contents that were changed. + +

Author

+ Lists the user who made the change. + +

Date

+ Lists the date and time that the change was made. + +

Comment

+ Lists the comments that are attached to the change. + + +

Accept

+ Accepts the selected change and removes the highlighting from the change in the document. + + +

Reject

+ Rejects the selected change and removes the highlighting from the change in the document. + +

Accept All

+ Accepts all of the changes and removes the highlighting from the document. + +

Reject All

+ Rejects all of the changes and removes the highlighting from the document. + + +To reverse the acceptance or rejection of a change, choose Undo on the Edit menu. + + + +

Undo +

+If you made changes by choosing Tools - AutoCorrect - Apply and Edit Changes, the Undo button appears in the dialog. Reverse the last Accept or Reject command. + There are additional commands in the context menu of the list: + + +

Edit comment

+ Edit the comment for the selected change. +

Sort

+ Sorts the list according to the column headings. + +

Action

+ Sorts the list according to the type of change. + +

Author

+ Sorts the list according to the author. + +

Date

+ Sorts the list according to the date and time. + +

Comment

+ Sorts the list according to the comments that are attached to the changes. + +

Document Position

+ Sorts the list in a descending order according to the position of the changes in the document. This is the default sorting method. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230402.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230402.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..81ea076aa --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230402.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ + + + + + + + Filter + /text/shared/01/02230402.xhp + + + +
+

Filter

+Set the criteria for filtering the list of changes on the List tab. + + + +
+
+ +
+
+ + + + + + +

Date

+Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify. + + +

Set Date/Time

+ + + + +Icon Set Date/Time + + +Enters the current date and time into the corresponding boxes. + + +
+ + +

Author

+Filters the list of changes according to the name of the author that you select from the list. + + + + + + + +

Range

+ Filters the list of changes according to the range of cells that you specify. To select a range of cells in your sheet, click the Set Reference button (...). +

Shrink/Max

+ + + + +Icon Shrink/Max + + + Select the range of cells that you want to use as a filter, and then click this button to return to the filter list. + + +
+ + + + +

Action

+ Filters the list of changes according to the type of change that you select in the Action box. + + + + + +

Comment

+Filters the comments of the changes according to the keyword(s) that you enter. +You can also use regular expressions (wildcards) when you filter the comments. +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230500.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230500.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1dccf43d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02230500.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + + + + + + + Merge Document + /text/shared/01/02230500.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+ +

Merge Document

+Imports changes made to copies of the same document into the original document. Changes made to footnotes, headers, frames and fields are ignored. Identical changes are merged automatically. +
+
+ + On the Track Changes toolbar, click + +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02240000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02240000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8fef7ab09 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02240000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ + + + + + + + Compare Document + /text/shared/01/02240000.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+ +

Compare Document

+ +Compares the current document with a document that you select. + The contents of the selected document are marked as deletions in the dialog that opens. If you want, you can insert the contents of the selected file into the current document by selecting the relevant deleted entries, clicking Reject, and then clicking Insert. +
+
+ + On the Track Changes toolbar, click + +
+ + + +The contents of footnotes, headers, frames and fields are ignored. + + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02250000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02250000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7f5ab8924 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/02250000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ + + + + + + + Bibliography Database + /text/shared/01/02250000.xhp + + + +
+ + + + + +Bibliography Database +
+ Insert, delete, edit, and organize records in the bibliography database. +
+ +
+ If the fields in your database are read-only, ensure that the data source view is closed. + The supplied bibliography database contains sample records of books. + Use the toolbar to select a table in the bibliography database, to search for records, or to sort the records using filters. + +Lists the available tables in the current database. Click a name in the list to display the records for that table.removed icons; converted to hidden help text + +Go to the first record in the table. + +Go to the previous record in the table. + +Go to the next record in the table. + +Go to the last record in the table. + +Type the number of the record that you want to display, and then press Enter. + +Inserting a New Record + Inserts a new record into the current table. To create a record, click the asterisk (*) button at the bottom of the table view. An empty row is added at the end of the table. + +Select the type of record that you want to create. $[officename] inserts a number in the Type column of the record that corresponds to the type that you select here. + +Enter a short name for the record. The short name appears in the Identifier column in the list of records. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table. + Finding and Filtering Records + You can search for records by matching a keyword to a field entry. + +Entering Search key + Type the information that you want to search for, and then press Enter. To change the filter options for the search, long-click the AutoFilter icon, and then select a different data field. You can use wildcards such as % or * for any number of characters, and _ or ? for one character in your search. To display all of the records in the table, clear this box, and then press Enter. + +AutoFilter + Long-click to select the data field that you want to search using the term that you entered in the Search Key box. You can only search one data field. + The list of table records is automatically updated to match the new filter settings. + +Use the Standard Filter to refine and to combine AutoFilter search options. + + +To display all of the records in a table, click the Reset Filter icon. + +Deleting a Record + To delete a record in the current table, right-click the row header of the record, and then select Delete. Deletes the selected record. + Changing the data source + +Data Source + Select the data source for the bibliography database. + + + + +Column Arrangement + Lets you map the column headings to data fields from a different data source. To define a different data source for your bibliography, click the Data Source button on the record's Object bar. +Select the data field that you want to map to the current Column name. To change the available data fields, select a different data source for your bibliography. + +Deletes the current record. + Lets you choose a different data source for your bibliography. + +Inserts a new record into the current table. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/03010000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/03010000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..69725b9d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/03010000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ + + + + + + + Zoom & View Layout + /text/shared/01/03010000.xhp + + + + + +
+ + zooming;page views + views; scaling + screen; scaling + pages; scaling + +mw deleted "scaling;" + + + + + +

Zoom & View Layout

+Reduces or enlarges the screen display of %PRODUCTNAME. The current zoom factor is displayed as a percentage value on the Status bar. +
+ +
+ +
+Zooming is handled differently on Unix, Linux, and Windows platforms. A document saved with a 100% zoom factor in Windows is displayed at a larger zoom factor on Unix/Linux platforms. To change the zoom factor, double-click or right-click the percentage value on the Status bar, and select the zoom factor that you want. + +

Zoom factor

+Set the zoom factor at which to display the current document and all documents of the same type that you open thereafter. + + + +

Optimal

+Resizes the display to fit the width of the selected cell area at the moment the command is started.Resizes the display to fit the width of the text in the document at the moment the command is started. + + + +

Fit width and height

+Resizes the display to fit the width and height of the selected cell area at the moment the command is started.Displays the entire page on your screen. + + + +

Fit width

+Displays the complete width of the document page. The top and bottom edges of the page may not be visible. + +
+ + + + +

100 %

+Displays the document at its actual size. +
+ + + +

Variable

+Enter the zoom factor at which you want to display the document. Enter a percentage in the box. + +

View layout

+For text documents, you can set the view layout. Reduce the zoom factor to see the effects of different view layout settings.for this doc or all docs? answer: it's the same as before for the zoom factor. + + +

Automatic

+The automatic view layout displays pages side by side, as many as the zoom factor allows. + + +

Single page

+The single page view layout displays pages beneath each other, but never side by side. + + + +

Columns

+In columns view layout you see pages in a given number of columns side by side. Enter the number of columns. + + +

Book mode

+In book mode view layout you see two pages side by side as in an open book. The first page is a right page with an odd page number. + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/03020000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/03020000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aba97469d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/03020000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + + + + + + + Standard Bar + /text/shared/01/03020000.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+standard bar on/off +mw made "standard bar;..." a one level entry + +Standard Bar + Shows or hides the Standard bar. +
+
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/03050000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/03050000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..915910a56 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/03050000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + + + + + + + Tools Bar + /text/shared/01/03050000.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+tools bar + + +Tools Bar + Shows or hides the Tools bar. +
+
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/03060000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/03060000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..08f8bd1b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/03060000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ + + + + + + + Status Bar + /text/shared/01/03060000.xhp + + + +
+ + status bar on/off + + + +

Status Bar

+ Shows or hides the Status bar at the bottom edge of the window. +
+
+ +
+ +can remove this switch when there are related topics for BASE and DRAW + + + +
+ + + + Status Bar - Overview + Status Bar - Overview + Status Bar - Overview + Status Bar - Overview + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/03110000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/03110000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cc5c2a17e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/03110000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ + + + + + + + Full Screen + /text/shared/01/03110000.xhp + + + +
+ + full screen view + screen; full screen views + complete screen view + views;full screen + + +Full Screen + Shows or hides the menus and toolbars in Writer or Calc. To exit the full screen mode, click the Full Screen button or press the Esc key. +
+
+ +
+ +In Writer and Calc, you can also use the shortcut keys CommandCtrl+Shift+J to switch between the normal and full screen mode. +You can still use shortcut keys in Full Screen mode, even though the menus are unavailable. To open the View menu, press Alt+V. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/03170000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/03170000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..566b40274 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/03170000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ + + + + + + + Color Bar + /text/shared/01/03170000.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+
+color bar +paint box + + +

Color Bar

+
+ Show or hide the Color bar. To modify or change the color table that is displayed, choose Format - Area, and then click on the Colors tab. +
+
+ +
+ +To change the fill color of an object in the current file, select the object and then click a color. To change the line color of the selected object, right-click a color. To change the color of text in a text object, double-click the text-object, select the text, and then click a color. +You can also drag a color from the Color bar and drop it on a draw object on your slide to change the fill color. +To detach the Color bar, click on a gray area of the toolbar and then drag. To reattach the Color bar, double click on an gray area of the color bar while pressing the CommandCtrl key. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/03990000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/03990000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4e111c6ec --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/03990000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + + + + + + + Toolbars + /text/shared/01/03990000.xhp + + + +
+ +Toolbars + Opens a submenu to show and hide toolbars. A toolbar contains icons and options that let you quickly access $[officename] commands. +
+Customize + Opens a dialog where you can add, edit, and remove icons. + +Reset + Choose View - Toolbars - Reset to reset the toolbars to their default context sensitive behavior. Now some toolbars will be shown automatically, dependent on the context.UFI: #i63811 +
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04050000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04050000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bff0ada0f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04050000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ + + + + + + + Comments + /text/shared/01/04050000.xhp + + + + + comments;inserting/editing/deleting/printing/resolving + comments;hide resolved + comments;resolve in text documents + inserting; comments + editing; comments + deleting;comments + Navigator;comments + printing;comments + resolving;comments + records; inserting comments + remarks, see also comments + + mw changed "notes;" and added 3 entries +
+ + +

Comment

+ Inserts a comment around the selected text, presentation slide, drawing page or at the current spreadsheet cursor position. +
+
+ + +
+ + The comments by different authors get different colors. Choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - User Data to enter your name so that it can show up as the comment author. + + +

Comments in spreadsheets

+ When you attach a comment to a cell, a callout appears where you can enter your text. A small square in the upper right corner of a cell marks the position of a comment. To display the comment permanently, right-click the cell, and choose Show Comment. + + Cell with comment displayed + + To change the object properties of a comment, for example the background color, choose Show Comment as above, then right-click the comment. Do not double-click the text! + To edit a shown comment, double-click the comment text. To edit a comment that is not shown permanently, right-click in the cell that contains the comment, and then choose Edit Comment. To specify the formatting of the comment text, right-click the comment text in edit mode. + To change the position or size of a comment, drag a border or corner of the comment box. + To delete a comment, right-click the cell, then choose Delete Comment. + + You can also right-click a comment name in the Navigator window to choose some editing commands. + + To set the printing options for comments in your spreadsheet, choose Format - Page, and then click the Sheet tab. + + +

Inserting Comments in Presentations

+
+ Use the command Insert - Comment or the key combination above to insert a comment anchor to the current slidepage. A colored comment box is shown at the top left corner, to enter the text of the comment. A small colored box - the anchor - in the top left of the slidepage contains the initials of the author name, followed by a sequential number. Click on the anchor to open or close the corresponding comment. + +
+ + Comments in Presentations + + + +

Inserting Comments in Drawings

+ + + Comments in Drawings + + + +

Inserting Comments in Text Documents

issue 113019 112000 + Use the command Insert - Comment or the Command+OptionCtrl+Alt+C key combination to insert a comment anchor at the current cursor position. A colored comment box is shown at the page margin, to enter the text of the comment. A line connects the anchor to the comment box. If a text range is selected, the comment is attached to the text range. The commented text range is shadowed. + + Comments in text documents + +

Editing comments

+ Every user with write permission to the document can edit and delete comments of all authors. You can use the Command+OptionCtrl+Alt+C key combination to edit a comment at the current cursor position. + + + In the Find & Replace dialog of text documents, you can select to include the comments texts in your searches. +

Replying to comments

+ If the comment in a text document was written by another author, there is a Reply command in the context menu. This command inserts a new comment adjacent to the comment to which you want to reply. The comment anchor is the same for both comments. Type your reply text in the new comment. Save and send your document to other authors, then those authors can add replies, too.View - Comments command +
+

Marking comments as resolved

+ When the document has been reviewed and commented and requires your action in its contents, you can mark the comment Resolved or Unresolved. Open the comment context menu or click on the comment dropdown list to mark the Resolved checkbox. When you mark the comment resolved, the word Resolved is inserted under the date in the comment box. When marking unresolved, the word Resolved is removed. + You can toggle the display of all resolved comments in the document. Hidden resolved comments are not displayed in the page margin but are not deleted. You can display back all hidden comments. Choose and mark View - Resolved comments to display the resolved comments. Unmark to hide resolved comments. The default is to display all resolved comments. +
+ +

Navigating from comment to comment in text documents

+ + When the cursor is inside a comment, you can press Command+OptionCtrl+Alt+Page Down to jump to the next comment, or press Command+OptionCtrl+Alt+Page Up to jump to the previous comment. + + When the cursor is inside the normal text, press the above mentioned keys to jump to the next or previous comment anchor. + + You can also open the Navigator to see a list of all comments. Right-click a comment name in the Navigator to edit or delete the comment. + + + + + + + + Delete the current comment. + + + Delete all comments by this author in the current document. + + + Delete all comments in the current document. + +

Viewing Comments

+ + + + + + Use View - Comments to show or hide all comments in spreadsheets. + + + Use View - Comments to show or hide all anchor comments on the top of the page. + + + Use View - Comments to show or hide all anchor comments on the top of the slide. + + + Use View - Comments or click on the Comment button on the right of the horizontal ruler to show or hide all comments. + + + +

Printing comments

+ + + You cannot print the comments of the slides. + You can choose to use the Notes view to write a page of notes for every slide. + + + You cannot print the comments of the drawing pages. + + + Comments are printed when they are made visible. + + + To change the printing option for comments for all your text documents, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print. + + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04060000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04060000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6c1d98a5f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04060000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ + + + + + +Scan +/text/shared/01/04060000.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+ +

Scan

+Inserts a scanned image into your document. + +
+To insert a scanned image, the driver for your scanner must be installed. Under UNIX systems, install the SANE package found at http://www.sane-project.org. The SANE package must use the same libc as $[officename]. + +
+ +
+

Select Source

+ +

Request

+ +
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04060100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04060100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7e9a71461 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04060100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ + + + + + + + Select Source + /text/shared/01/04060100.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + + + + +

Select Source

+ Selects the scanner that you want to use. + + + + The dialog displays settings for the selected scanner and the scan job. + + +
+ +
+ + +

Sources

+ Displays a list of available scanners detected in your system. Click on a scanner in the list and press Select to open the scanner configuration dialog. The configuration dialog depends on the scanner driver installed. + + +

Scan Area

+

Left, right, top, bottom

+Set the margins of the scan area. +

Preview

+Displays a preview of the scanned image. The preview area contains eight handles. Drag the handles to adjust the scan area or enter a value in the corresponding margin spin box. +

Device used

+Select the scanner device in the list of devices detected by your system. +

Resolution [DPI]

+Select the resolution in dots per inch for the scan job. The available resolutions depends on the scanner driver. +

Show advanced options

+Mark this checkbox to display more configuration options for the scanner device. The set of options is displayed in the Options box and depends on the scanner driver. +

Options

+Displays the list of available scanner driver advanced options. Double click an option to display its contents just below. The option and its values depends on the scanner driver. +

About Device

+Displays a popup window with information obtained from the scanner driver: device address, vendor, scanner model and type of scanner. +

Create preview

+Scans and displays the document in the preview area. Use the Create Preview command to view a sample of the scanned document and set the scan job properties. +

Scan

+Scans an image, and then inserts the result into the document and closes the dialog. + + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04060200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04060200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a7bb66ffa --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04060200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + + + + Request + /text/shared/01/04060200.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + + +

Request

+ Scans an image, and then inserts the result into the document. The scanning dialog is provided by the manufacturer of the scanner. For an explanation of the dialog please refer to the documentation on your scanner. +
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04100000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04100000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2cafbf0a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04100000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ + + + + + + + Special Character + /text/shared/01/04100000.xhp + + + +
+ + + + +

Special Character

+ Allows a user to insert characters from the range of symbols found in the installed fonts. +
+
+ +
+When you click a character in the Special Characters dialog, a preview and the corresponding numerical code for the character is displayed. + +

Search

+ Enter the UTF-8 name or part of the name of the character to display the UTF-8 character in the top left square of the grid. The name of the character cannot be translated. For example, enter tilde to display ~ and enter latin capital letter O with circumflex to display Ô. +

Font

+ Select a font to display the special characters that are associated with it. + +

Character block

+Select a Unicode block for the current font. The special characters for the selected Unicode block are displayed in the character table. + +

Character Table

+ Click the special character(s) that you want to insert, and then click Insert. +

Recent Characters

+ Displays the special characters that were inserted recently. +

Favorite Characters

+ Displays the special characters that were chosen with the Add to Favorites button. Up to 16 special characters can be saved as a favorite. + + Double-click on a special character will insert it into the document. +
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04140000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04140000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..27f19fea9 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04140000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ + + + + + + + Inserting Pictures + /text/shared/01/04140000.xhp + + + + + + +
+

Image

+Opens a file selection dialog to insert an image into the current document. +
+
+ +
+ + + + +

Style

+Select the frame style for the graphic. + + +

Anchor

+ Select the anchor type for the image at the current cell position. + + + + + +

Link

+Inserts the selected graphic file as a link. + + + +

Preview

+Displays a preview of the selected graphic file. + + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04150000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04150000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6aa60e3a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04150000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + + + + + + + OLE Object (Insert Menu) + /text/shared/01/04150000.xhp + + + +
+ +

OLE Object

+ Inserts an embedded or linked object into your document, including formulas, QR codes, and OLE objects. +
+
+ +
+

Formula Object

+ + +

OLE Object

+ + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04150100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04150100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2e5a031aa --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04150100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ + + + + + + + Insert OLE Object + /text/shared/01/04150100.xhp + + + +OLE objects; inserting +inserting; OLE objects +objects; inserting OLE objects + + + + +

Insert OLE Object

+ Inserts an OLE object into the current document. The OLE object is inserted as a link or an embedded object. +
+ +
+You cannot use the clipboard or drag and drop to move OLE objects to other files. +Empty and inactive OLE objects are transparent. +

Create new

+ Creates a new OLE object based on the object type that you select. +

Object type

+ Select the type of document that you want to create. +

Create from file

+ Creates an OLE object from an existing file. +

File

+ Choose the file that you want to insert as an OLE object. +

File

+ Enter the name of the file that you want to link or embed, or click Search to locate the file. +

Search...

+ Locate the file that you want to insert, and then click Open. + +

Link to file

+ Enable this checkbox to insert the OLE object as a link to the original file. If this checkbox is not enabled, the OLE object will be embedded into your document.which consequences? cannot find featuremail or spec doc + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04160300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04160300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..246d42a8a --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04160300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ + + + + + + + Formula + /text/shared/01/04160300.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +formulas; starting formula editor +$[officename] Math start +Math formula editor +equations in formula editor +editors;formula editor + + + +Formula + Inserts a formula into the current document. For more information open the $[officename] Math Help. +
+ +
+ + +
+ Formulas +
+ + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04160500.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04160500.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f7cc60a5d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04160500.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ + + + + + +Insert Floating Frame +/text/shared/01/04160500.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +floating frames in HTML documents +inserting; floating frames + + +

Insert Floating Frame

+Inserts a floating frame into the current document. Floating frames are used in HTML documents to display the contents of another file. +
+ +
+If you want to create HTML pages that use floating frames, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Load/Save - HTML compatibility, and then select the "MS Internet Explorer" option. The floating frame is bounded by <IFRAME> and </IFRAME> tags. +
+Floating frame properties +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04180100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04180100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..60f92c07b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04180100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ + + + + + + + Data Sources + /text/shared/01/04180100.xhp + + + + + + +
+ + + +Data Sources +Lists the databases that are registered in %PRODUCTNAME and lets you manage the contents of the databases. +
+ +
+ +
+ +The Data sources command is only available when a text document or a spreadsheet is open. +You can insert fields from a database into your file or you can create forms to access the database. + +
+Table Data bar + +Forms +
+ + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04990000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04990000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..510f4451e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/04990000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ + + + + + + + Media + /text/shared/01/04990000.xhp + + + + +
+ +

Media

+The submenu presents various sources that an image, audio or video can be insert from. +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05010000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05010000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..924933b2a --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05010000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ + + + + + + + + +Clear Direct Formatting +/text/shared/01/05010000.xhp + + + +
+ +formatting; undoing when writing +paragraph;clear direct formatting +format;clear direct formatting +direct formatting;clear +hyperlinks; deleting +deleting; hyperlinks +cells;resetting formats + + MW changed "formats;" to "formatting;" + + + + +

Clear Direct Formatting

+Removes direct formatting from the selection. +
+ +Direct formatting is formatting that you applied without using styles, such as setting bold typeface by clicking the Bold icon. +
+ +
+ + + + + + Applied styles (paragraph, character, and other types) are not affected by Clear Direct Formatting, only direct formatting applied on top of the styles. To remove formatting applied by a character or paragraph style, reapply the corresponding Default style. + To stop applying a direct format, such as underlining, while you type new text at the end of a line, press Shift+Ctrl+X. + +Bullets and numbering are properties of lists. Clear Direct Formatting does not clear directly formatted bullets and numbering found in a paragraph. To remove the bullet and numbering applied directly to a paragraph, use the Toggle Unordered List, the Toggle Ordered List or the No List icons on the Formatting toolbar. + + +
+ + +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..130bce205 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ + + + + + + + Character + /text/shared/01/05020000.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + + +

Character

+ Changes the font and the font formatting for the selected characters. +
+ +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Hyperlink

+ + + + + + + +
+Character Style +
+ + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..521c85517 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ + + + + + + + Font + /text/shared/01/05020100.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + + +formats; fonts +characters;fonts and formats +fonts; formats +text; fonts and formats +typefaces; formats +font sizes; relative changes +languages; spellchecking and formatting +languages; spelling +characters; enabling CTL and Asian characters + + + +
+

CharactersFont

+Specify the formatting and the font that you want to apply. +
+
+ +
+
+The changes are applied to the current selection, to the entire word that contains the cursor, or to the new text that you type. +
+Depending on your language settings, you can change the formatting for the following font types: + + +Western text font - Latin character sets. + + +Asian text font - Chinese, Japanese, or Korean character sets + + +Complex text layout font - right-to-left text direction + + +To enable support for complex text layout and Asian character sets, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Language Settings - Languages, and then select the Enabled box in the corresponding area. + + + + +Font dialog +

Font

+Enter the name of an installed font that you want to use, or select a font from the list. + + + + + + + +

Typeface

+Select the formatting that you want to apply. + + + + + + + +

Size

+Enter or select the font size that you want to apply. For scalable fonts, you can also enter decimal values. +If you are creating a style that is based on another style, you can enter a percentage value or a point value (for example, -2pt or +5pt). + + + + + + +

Language

+Sets the language that the spellchecker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them. +If the language list consists of an editable combo box, you can enter a valid BCP 47 language tag if the language you want to assign is not available from the selectable list. +For language tag details please see the For users section on the langtag.net web site. + + +You can also change the locale setting for cells (choose Format - Cells - Numbers). + + + + + + + + + + +The following buttons appear only for Paragraph Style and Character Style. + + + + +
+Asian languages support +Complex text layout support +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e714aaf96 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,188 @@ + + + + + + + Font Effects + /text/shared/01/05020200.xhp + + + +
+ +fonts; effects +formatting; font effects +characters; font effects +text; font effects +effects; fonts +underlining; text +capital letters; font effects +lowercase letters; font effects +titles; font effects +small capitals +strikethrough; font effects +fonts; strikethrough +outlines; font effects +fonts; outlines +shadows; characters +fonts; shadows +fonts; color ignored +ignored font colors +colors; ignored text color +ufi inserted "fonts;colors"MW copied two entries about font colors to text/shared/guide/text_colormw added 3 index entries about ignored font colors + + +

Font Effects

+ Specify the font effects that you want to use. +
+
+ +
+ + + +
+

Font Color

+ Sets the color for the selected text. If you select Automatic, the text color is set to black for light backgrounds and to white for dark backgrounds. + + + To change the color of a text selection, select the text that you want to change, and click the Font Color icon. To apply a different color, click the arrow next to the Font Color icon, and then select the color that you want to use. + + + If you click the Font Color icon before you select text, the paint can cursor appears. To change the color of text, select the text with the paint can cursor. To change the color of a single word, double-click in a word. To apply a different color, click the arrow next to the Font Color icon, and then select the color that you want to use. + + + To undo the last change, right-click. + + + To exit the paint can mode, click once, or press the Esc key. + + +
+ + +The text color is ignored when printing, if the Print text in black check box is selected in %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print in the Options dialog box. + + +The text color is ignored on screen, if the Use automatic font color for screen display check box is selected in %PRODUCTNAME - Preferences +Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Accessibility. + + +Click to apply the current font color to the selected characters. You can also click here, and then drag a selection to change the text color. Click the arrow next to the icon to open the Font color toolbar. + + +

Transparency

+Sets the transparency of the character text. The value 100% means entirely transparent, while 0% means not transparent at all. + + + Transparency cannot be set for Paragraph Style and Character Style. + + +

Text Decoration

+ +Overlines or removes overlining from the selected text. If the cursor is not in a word, the new text that you enter is overlined. + +

Overlining

+ Select the overlining style that you want to apply. To apply the overlining to words only, select the Individual Words box. + +

Overline color

+ Select the color for the overlining. + +

Strikethrough

+ Select a strikethrough style for the selected text. + If you save your document in Microsoft Word format, all of the strikethrough styles are converted to the single line style. + +

Underlining

+ Select the underlining style that you want to apply. To apply the underlining to words only, select the Individual Words box. + If you apply underlining to a superscript text, the underlining is raised to the level of the superscript. If the superscript is contained in a word with normal text, the underlining is not raised. + + + +

Underline color

+ Select the color for the underlining. + +

Individual words

+ Applies the selected effect only to words and ignores spaces. + +

Effects

+Select the font effects that you want to apply. + + Calc has no case control + +
+

Case

+ The following capitalization effects are available: + + + Without - No effect is applied. + + + UPPERCASE - Changes the selected lowercase characters to uppercase characters. + + + lowercase - Changes the selected uppercase characters to lower characters. + + + Capitalize Every Word - Changes the first character of each selected word to an uppercase character. + + + Small capitals - Changes the selected lowercase characters to uppercase characters, and then reduces their size. + + +
+ +

Hidden

+ Hides the selected characters. To display the hidden text, ensure that Formatting Marks is selected in the View menu. You can also choose %PRODUCTNAME - Preferences +Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids and select Hidden characters. + + + copies the definitions from previous section + + + +

Relief

+ Select a relief effect to apply to the selected text. The embossed relief makes the characters appear as if they are raised above the page. The engraved relief makes the characters appear as if they are pressed into the page. + +

Outline

+
+ Displays the outline of the selected characters. This effect does not work with every font. + +
+

Shadow

+
+ Adds a shadow that casts below and to the right of the selected characters. +
+ + +

Emphasis mark

+ Select a character to display over or below the entire length of the selected text. + +

Position

+ Specify where to display the emphasis marks. + + +Only Writer has Apply button + +
+ + +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f3ad87522 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ + + + + + + + Numbers / Format + /text/shared/01/05020300.xhp + + + + +formats; number and currency formats +number formats; formats +currencies;format codes +defaults; number formats + + mw transferred "format codes;" to Calc guide Format_value_userdef.xhp and "numbers;" and "cells;" to Calc guide Format_table.xhp. Changed "currencies;" + + + + +
+ + +

Numbers

+Specify the formatting options for the selected cell(s). + + +

Numbers / Format

+Specify the formatting option for the selected variable. + + +
+
+ +
+ +

Category

+ Select a category from the list, and then select a formatting style in the Format box. + + + The default currency format for a cell is determined by the regional settings of your operating system. + + + +

Format

+ Select how you want the contents of the selected cell(s) field to be displayed. The code for the selected option is displayed in the Format code box. + +

Currency category list boxes

+ Select a currency, and then scroll to the top of the Format list to view the formatting options for the currency. +
+ The format code for currencies uses the form [$xxx-nnn], where xxx is the currency symbol, and nnn the country code. Special banking symbols, such as EUR (for Euro), do not require the country code. The currency format is not dependent on the language that you select in the Language box. +
+ +

Language

+ + + + + Specifies the language setting for the selected fields. With the language set to Default, $[officename] automatically applies the number formats associated with the system default language. + + + Specifies the language setting for the selected cells. + + Specifies the language setting for the selected field. + + + + + The language setting ensures that date and currency formats, as well as decimal and thousands separators, are preserved even when the document is opened in an operating system that uses a different default language setting. + + + +

Source format

+ Uses the same number format as the cells containing the data for the chart. + + +

Options

+ Specify the options for the selected format. + +

Decimal places

+ Enter the number of decimal places that you want to display. + +

Denominator places

+ With fraction format, enter the number of places for the denominator that you want to display. + +

Leading zeroes

+ Enter the maximum number of zeroes to display in front of the decimal point. + +

Negative numbers red

+ Changes the font color of negative numbers to red. + +

Thousands separator

+ Inserts a separator between thousands. The type of separator that is used depends on your language settings. + +

Engineering notation

+ With scientific format, Engineering notation ensures that exponent is a multiple of 3. + +

Format code

+ Displays the number format code for the selected format. You can also enter a custom format. The following options are only available for user-defined number formats. + +

Add

+ Adds the number format code that you entered to the user-defined category. + +

Edit Comment

+ Adds a comment to the selected number format. + +

Delete

+ Deletes the selected number format. The changes are effective after you restart $[officename]. + +

Name line

+ Enter a comment for the selected number format, and then click outside this box. + +
+ Number format codes: custom format codes defined by user. +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020301.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020301.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6cfb83564 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020301.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,2583 @@ + + + + + + + Number Format Codes + /text/shared/01/05020301.xhp + + + + + + + format codes; numbers + conditions; in number formats + number formats; codes + currency formats + formats;of currencies/date/time + numbers; date, time and currency formats + Euro; currency formats + date formats + times, formats + percentages, formats + scientific notation, formats + engineering notation, formats + fraction, formats + native numeral + LCID, extended + +mw made "time formats" a two level entry and deleted 2x "formats;" + +Number Format Codes +Number format codes can consist of up to four sections separated by a semicolon (;). + + + + In a number format code with two sections, the first section applies to positive values and zero, and the second section applies to negative values. + + + In a number format code with three sections, the first section applies to positive values, the second section to negative values, and the third section to the value zero. + + + You can also assign conditions to the three sections, so that the format is only applied if a condition is met. + + + Fourth section applies if the content is not a value, but some text. Content is represented by an at sign (@). + + + +Decimal Places and Significant Digits + Use zero (0), the number sign (#) or the question mark (?) as placeholders in your number format code to represent numbers. The # only displays significant digits, while the 0 displays zeroes if there are fewer digits in the number than in the number format. The ? works as the # but adds a space character to keep decimal alignment if there is a hidden non-significant zero. + Use question marks (?), zeroes (0) or number signs (#) to represent the number of digits to include in the numerator and the denominator of a fraction. Fractions that do not fit the pattern that you define are displayed as floating point numbers. +If a number contains more digits to the right of the decimal delimiter than there are placeholders in the format, the number is rounded accordingly. If a number contains more digits to the left of the decimal delimiter than there are placeholders in the format, the entire number is displayed. Use the following list as a guide for using placeholders when you create a number format code: + + + + + Placeholders + + + Explanation + + + + + # + + + Does not display extra zeros. + + + + + ? + + + Displays space characters instead of extra zeros. + + + + + 0 (Zero) + + + Displays extra zeros if the number has less places than zeros in the format. + + +
+ + +Examples + + + + + Number Format + + + Format Code + + + + + 3456.78 as 3456.8 + + + ####.# + + + + + 9.9 as 9.900 + + + #.000 + + + + + 13 as 13.0 and 1234.567 as 1234.57 + + + #.0# + + + + + 5.75 as 5 3/4 and 6.3 as 6 3/10 + + + # ???/??? + + + + + .5 as 0.5 + + + 0.## + + + + + .5 as 0.5   (with two extra spaces at the end) + + + 0.??? + + +
+ + +Thousands Separator +Depending on your language setting, you can use a comma, a period or a blank as a thousands separator. You can also use the separator to reduce the size of the number that is displayed by a multiple of 1000 for each separator. The examples below use comma as thousands separator: + + + + + Number Format + + + Format Code + + + + + 15000 as 15,000 + + + #,### + + + + + 16000 as 16 + + + #, + + +
+ + +Including Text in Number Format Codes + +Text and Numbers +To include text in a number format that is applied to a cell containing numbers, place a double quotation mark (") in front of and behind the text, or a backslash (\) before a single character. For example, enter #.# "meters" to display "3.5 meters" or #.# \m to display "3.5 m". If you use space as thousands separator, you need to insert spaces between quotes in the previous examples: #.#" meters" or #.#\ \m to get the correct result. + +Text and Text +To include text in a number format that is applied to a cell that might contain text, enclose the text by double quotation marks (" "), and then add an at sign (@). For example, enter "Total for "@ to display "Total for December". + +Spaces +To use a character to define the width of a space in a number format, type an underscore (_) followed by the character. The width of the space varies according to the width of the character that you choose. For example, _M creates a wider space than _i. +To fill free space with a given character, use an asterisk (*) followed by this character. For instance: +*\0 +will display integer value (0) preceded by as many as needed backslash characters (\) to fill column width. For accounting representation, you may left align currency symbol with a format similar to: +$_-* 0.--;$-* 0.--;$_-* - + +Color +To set the color of a section of a number format code, insert one of the following color names in square brackets [ ]: + + + + + CYAN + + + GREEN + + + + + BLACK + + + BLUE + + + + + MAGENTA + + + RED + + + + + WHITE + + + YELLOW + + +
+ + +Conditions + +Conditional Brackets +You can define a number format so that it only applies when the condition that you specify is met. Conditions are enclosed by square brackets [ ]. +You can use any combination of numbers and the <, <=, >, >=, = and <> operators. +For example, if you want to apply different colors to different temperature data, enter: +[BLUE][<0]#.0 "°C";[RED][>30]#.0 "°C";[BLACK]#.0 "°C" +All temperatures below zero are blue, temperatures between 0 and 30 °C are black, and temperatures higher than 30 °C are red. + +Positive and Negative Numbers +To define a number format that adds a different text to a number depending on if the number is positive, negative, or equal to zero, use the following format: +"plus" 0;"minus" 0;"null" 0 + +Percentages, Scientific Notation and Fraction Representation + +Percentages +To display numbers as percentages, add the percent sign (%) to the number format. + +Scientific Notation +Scientific notation lets you write very large numbers or very small fractions in a compact form. For example, in scientific notation, 650000 is written as 6.5 x 105, and 0.000065 as 6.5 x 10-5. Translators: use the decimal delimiter of your language (period or comma) for all number format codes in Calc.In %PRODUCTNAME, these numbers are written as 6.5E+5 and 6.5E-5, respectively. To create a number format that displays numbers using scientific notation, enter a # or 0, and then one of the following codes E-, E+, e- or e+. If sign is omitted after E or e, it won't appear for positive value of exponent. To get engineering notation, enter 3 digits (0 or #) in the integer part: ###.##E+00 for instance. + +Fraction Representation +To represent a value as a fraction, format consists of two or three parts: integer optional part, numerator and denominator. Integer and numerator are separated by a blank or any quoted text. Numerator and denominator are separated by a slash character. Each part can consist of a combination of #, ? and 0 as placeholders. +Denominator is calculated to get the nearest value of the fraction with respect to the number of placeholders. For example, PI value is represented as 3 16/113 with format: +# ?/??? +Denominator value can also be forced to the value replacing placeholders. For example, to get PI value as a multiple of 1/16th (i.e. 50/16), use format: +?/16 + +Number Format Codes of Currency Formats +The default currency format for the cells in your spreadsheet is determined by the regional setting of your operating system. If you want, you can apply a custom currency symbol to a cell. For example, enter #,##0.00 € to display 4.50 € (Euros).Translators: use the decimal delimiter of your language (period or comma) for all number format codes in Calc. +You can also specify the locale setting for the currency by entering the locale code for the country after the symbol. For example, [$€-407] represents Euros in Germany. To view the locale code for a country, select the country in the Language list on the Numbers tab of the Format Cells dialog. + + +Date and Time Formats + +Date Formats +To display days, months and years, use the following number format codes. +Not all format codes give meaningful results for all languages. + + + + + Format + + + Format Code + + + + + Month as 3. + + + M + + + + + Month as 03. + + + MM + + + + + Month as Jan-Dec + + + MMM + + + + + Month as January-December + + + MMMM + + + + + First letter of Name of Month + + + MMMMM + + + + + Day as 2 + + + D + + + + + Day as 02 + + + DD + + + + + Day as Sun-Sat + + + NN or DDD or AAA + + + + + Day as Sunday to Saturday + + + NNN or DDDD or AAAA + + + + + Day followed by comma, as in "Sunday," + + + NNNN + + + + + Year as 00-99 + + + YY + + + + + Year as 1900-2078 + + + YYYY + + + + + Calendar week + + + WW + + + + + Quarterly as Q1 to Q4 + + + Q + + + + + Quarterly as 1st quarter to 4th quarter + + + QQ + + + + + Era, abbreviation. On the Japanese Gengou calendar, single character (possible values are: M, T, S, H) + + + G + + + + + Era, abbreviation + + + GG + + + + + Era, full name + + + GGG + + + + + Number of the year within an era, short format + + + E + + + + + Number of the year within an era, long format + + + EE or R + + + + + Era, full name and year + + + RR or GGGEE + + +
+ +The above listed formatting codes work with your language version of %PRODUCTNAME. However, when you need to switch the locale of %PRODUCTNAME to another locale, you need to know the formatting codes used in that other locale. +For example, if your software is set to an English locale, and you want to format a year with four digits, you enter YYYY as a formatting code. When you switch to a German locale, you must use JJJJ instead. The following table lists only the localized differences. + + + + + Locale + + + Year + + + Month + + + Day + + + Hour + + + Day Of Week + + + Era + + + + + English - en + and all not listed locales + + + Y + + + M + + + D + + + H + + + A + + + G + + + + + German - de + + + J + + + + + T + + + + + + + + + + + Netherlands - nl + + + J + + + + + + + U + + + + + + + + + French - fr + + + A + + + + + J + + + + + O + + + + + + + Italian - it + + + A + + + + + G + + + + + O + + + X + + + + + Portuguese - pt + + + A + + + + + + + + + O + + + + + + + Spanish - es + + + A + + + + + + + + + O + + + + + + + Danish - da + + + + + + + + + T + + + + + + + + + Norwegian - no, nb, nn + + + + + + + + + T + + + + + + + + + Swedish - sv + + + + + + + + + T + + + + + + + + + Finnish - fi + + + V + + + K + + + P + + + T + + + + + + +
+ + +Entering Dates +To enter a date in a cell, use the Gregorian calendar format. For example, in an English locale, enter 1/2/2002 for Jan 2, 2002. +All date formats are dependent on the locale that is set in %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Language settings - Languages. For example, if your locale is set to 'Japanese', then the Gengou calendar is used. The default date format in %PRODUCTNAME uses the Gregorian Calendar. +To specify a calendar format that is independent of the locale, add a modifier in front of the date format. For example, to display a date using the Jewish calendar format in a non-Hebrew locale, enter: [~jewish]DD/MM/YYYY. +The specified calendar is exported to Microsoft Excel using extended LCID. Extended LCID can also be used in the format string. It will be converted to a calendar modifier if it is supported. See Extended LCID section below. + + + + + Modifier + + + Calendar + + + + + [~buddhist] + + + Thai Buddhist Calendar + + + + + [~gengou] + + + Japanese Gengou Calendar + + + + + [~gregorian] + + + Gregorian Calendar + + + + + [~hanja] or [~hanja_yoil] + + + Korean Calendar + + + + + [~hijri] + + + Arabic Islamic Calendar + + + + + [~jewish] + + + Jewish Calendar + + + + + [~ROC] + + + Republic Of China Calendar + + +
+ +If you perform a calculation that involves one or more cells using a date format, the result is formatted according to the following mappings: + + + + + + + Initial Format + + + Result Format + + + + + Date + Date + + + Number (Days) + + + + + Date + Number + + + Date + + + + + Date + Time + + + Date&Time + + + + + Date + Date&Time + + + Number + + + + + Time + Time + + + Time + + + + + Time + Number + + + Time + + + + + Time + Date&Time + + + Date&Time + + + + + Date&Time + Date&Time + + + Time + + + + + Date&Time + Number + + + Date&Time + + + + + Number + Number + + + Number + + +
+ + + +The Date & Time format displays the date and time that an entry was made to a cell with this format. + + + +By default in %PRODUCTNAME, a date with the value "0" corresponds to Dec 30, 1899. + + + +Time Formats +To display hours, minutes and seconds use the following number format codes: + + + + + Format + + + Format Code + + + + + Hours as 0-23 + + + H + + + + + Hours as 00-23 + + + HH + + + + + Hours as 00 up to more than 23 + + + [HH] + + + + + Minutes as 0-59 + + + M + + + + + Minutes as 00-59 + + + MM + + + + + Minutes as 00 up to more than 59 + + + [MM] + + + + + Seconds as 0-59 + + + S + + + + + Seconds as 00-59 + + + SS + + + + + Seconds as 00 up to more than 59 + + + [SS] + + +
+ +To display seconds as fractions, add the decimal delimiter to your number format code. For example, enter HH:MM:SS.00 to display the time as "01:02:03.45".Translators: use the decimal delimiter of your language (period or comma) for all number format codes in Calc. +Minute time formats M and MM must be used in combination with hour or second time formats to avoid confusion with month date format. +If a time is entered in the form 02:03.45 or 01:02:03.45 or 25:01:02, the following formats are assigned if no other time format has been specified: MM:SS.00 or [HH]:MM:SS.00 or [HH]:MM:SSTranslators: use the decimal delimiter of your language (period or comma) for all number format codes in Calc. + +Displaying Numbers Using Native Characters + +NatNum modifiers +To display numbers using native number characters, use a [NatNum1], [NatNum2], ..., [NatNum11] modifier at the beginning of a number format codes.this will be extended with the libnumbertext work +To spell out numbers in various number, currency and date formats, use a [NatNum12] modifier with the chosen arguments at the beginning of a number format code. See NatNum12 section below. +The [NatNum1] modifier always uses a one to one character mapping to convert numbers to a string that matches the native number format code of the corresponding locale. The other modifiers produce different results if they are used with different locales. A locale can be the language and the territory for which the format code is defined, or a modifier such as [$-yyy] that follows the native number modifier. In this case, yyy is the hexadecimal MS-LCID that is also used in currency format codes. For example, to display a number using Japanese short Kanji characters in an English US locale, use the following number format code: +[NatNum1][$-411]0 +In the following list, the Microsoft Excel [DBNumX] modifier that corresponds to %PRODUCTNAME [NatNum] modifier is shown. If you want, you can use a [DBNumX] modifier instead of [NatNum] modifier for your locale. Whenever possible, %PRODUCTNAME internally maps [DBNumX] modifiers to [NatNumN] modifiers. +Displaying dates using [NatNum] modifiers can have a different effect than displaying other types of numbers. Such effects are indicated by 'CAL: '. For example, 'CAL: 1/4/4' indicates that the year is displayed using the [NatNum1] modifier, while the day and month are displayed using the [NatNum4] modifier. If 'CAL' is not specified, the date formats for that particular modifier are not supported. +[NatNum0] +Try to convert any native number string to ASCII Arabic digits. If already ASCII, it remains ASCII. +[NatNum1] + + + + + Transliterations + + + Native Number Characters + + + DBNumX + + + Date Format + + + + + Chinese + + + Chinese lower case characters + + + + + CAL: 1/7/7 [DBNum1] + + + + + Japanese + + + short Kanji characters + + + [DBNum1] + + + CAL: 1/4/4 [DBNum1] + + + + + Korean + + + Korean lower case characters + + + [DBNum1] + + + CAL: 1/7/7 [DBNum1] + + + + + Hebrew + + + Hebrew characters + + + + + + + + + Arabic + + + Arabic-Indic characters + + + + + + + + + Thai + + + Thai characters + + + + + + + + + Hindi + + + Indic-Devanagari characters + + + + + + + + + Odia + + + Odia (Oriya) characters + + + + + + + + + Marathi + + + Indic-Devanagari characters + + + + + + + + + Bengali + + + Bengali characters + + + + + + + + + Punjabi + + + Punjabi (Gurmukhi) characters + + + + + + + + + Gujarati + + + Gujarati characters + + + + + + + + + Tamil + + + Tamil characters + + + + + + + + + Telugu + + + Telugu characters + + + + + + + + + Kannada + + + Kannada characters + + + + + + + + + Malayalam + + + Malayalam characters + + + + + + + + + Lao + + + Lao characters + + + + + + + + + Tibetan + + + Tibetan characters + + + + + + + + + Burmese + + + Burmese (Myanmar) characters + + + + + + + + + Khmer + + + Khmer (Cambodian) characters + + + + + + + + + Mongolian + + + Mongolian characters + + + + + + + + + Nepali + + + Indic-Devanagari characters + + + + + + + + + Dzongkha + + + Tibetan characters + + + + + + + + + Farsi + + + East Arabic-Indic characters + + + + + + + + + Church Slavic + + + Cyrillic characters + + + + + + +
+ +[NatNum2] + + + + + Transliterations + + + Native Number Characters + + + DBNumX + + + Date Format + + + + + Chinese + + + Chinese upper case characters + + + + + CAL 2/8/8 [DBNum2] + + + + + Japanese + + + traditional Kanji characters + + + + + CAL 2/5/5 [DBNum2] + + + + + Korean + + + Korean upper case characters + + + [DBNum2] + + + CAL 2/8/8 [DBNum2] + + + + + Hebrew + + + Hebrew numbering + + + + + + +
+ +[NatNum3] + + + + + Transliterations + + + Native Number Characters + + + DBNumX + + + Date Format + + + + + Chinese + + + fullwidth Arabic digits + + + + + CAL: 3/3/3 [DBNum3] + + + + + Japanese + + + fullwidth Arabic digits + + + + + CAL: 3/3/3 [DBNum3] + + + + + Korean + + + fullwidth Arabic digits + + + [DBNum3] + + + CAL: 3/3/3 [DBNum3] + + +
+ +[NatNum4] + + + + + Transliterations + + + Native Number Characters + + + DBNumX + + + Date Format + + + + + Chinese + + + lower case text + + + [DBNum1] + + + + + + + Japanese + + + modern long Kanji text + + + [DBNum2] + + + + + + + Korean + + + formal lower case text + + + + + + +
+ +[NatNum5] + + + + + Transliterations + + + Native Number Characters + + + DBNumX + + + Date Format + + + + + Chinese + + + Chinese upper case text + + + [DBNum2] + + + + + + + Japanese + + + traditional long Kanji text + + + [DBNum3] + + + + + + + Korean + + + formal upper case text + + + + + + +
+ +[NatNum6] + + + + + Transliterations + + + Native Number Characters + + + DBNumX + + + Date Format + + + + + Chinese + + + fullwidth text + + + [DBNum3] + + + + + + + Japanese + + + fullwidth text + + + + + + + + + Korean + + + fullwidth text + + + + + + +
+ +[NatNum7] + + + + + Transliterations + + + Native Number Characters + + + DBNumX + + + Date Format + + + + + Chinese + + + short lower case text + + + + + + + + + Japanese + + + modern short Kanji text + + + + + + + + + Korean + + + informal lower case text + + + + + + +
+ +[NatNum8] + + + + + Transliterations + + + Native Number Characters + + + DBNumX + + + Date Format + + + + + Chinese + + + short upper case text + + + + + + + + + Japanese + + + traditional short Kanji text + + + [DBNum4] + + + + + + + Korean + + + informal upper case text + + + + + + +
+ +[NatNum9] + + + + + Transliterations + + + Native Number Characters + + + DBNumX + + + Date Format + + + + + Korean + + + Hangul characters + + + + + + +
+ +[NatNum10] + + + + + Transliterations + + + Native Number Characters + + + DBNumX + + + Date Format + + + + + Korean + + + formal Hangul text + + + [DBNum4] + + + CAL 9/11/11 [DBNum4] + + +
+ +[NatNum11] + + + + + Transliterations + + + Native Number Characters + + + DBNumX + + + Date Format + + + + + Korean + + + informal Hangul text + + + + + + +
+ + +
+ +Extended LCID +If compatible, native numbering and calendar are exported to Microsoft Excel using extended LCID. Extended LCID can also be used in string format instead of NatNum modifier. +Extended LCID consists of 8 hexadecimal digits: [$-NNCCLLLL], with 2 first digits NN for native numerals, CC for calendar and LLLL for LCID code. For instance, [$-0D0741E] will be converted to [NatNum1][$-41E][~buddhist]: Thai numerals (0D) with Buddhist calendar (07) in Thai locale (041E). +Native Numerals +Two first digits NN represents native numerals: + + + + + NN + + + Numeral + + + Representation + + + Compatible LCID + + + + + 01 + + + Arabic + + + 1234567890 + + + all + + + + + 02 + + + Eastern Arabic + + + ١٢٣٤٥٦٧٨٩٠ + + + 401 + 1401, 3c01, 0c01, 801, 2c01, 3401, 3001, 1001, 1801, 2001, 4001, 2801, 1c01, 3801, 2401 + + + + + 03 + + + Persian + + + ۱۲۳۴۵۶۷۸۹۰ + + + 429 + + + + + 04 + + + Devanagari + + + १२३४५६७८९० + + + 439 + 44E, 461, 861 + + + + + 05 + + + Bengali + + + ১২৩৪৫৬৭৮৯০ + + + 445 + 845 + + + + + 06 + + + Punjabi + + + ੧੨੩੪੫੬੭੮੯੦ + + + 446 + + + + + 07 + + + Gujarati + + + ૧૨૩૪૫૬૭૮૯૦ + + + 447 + + + + + 08 + + + Oriya + + + ୧୨୩୪୫୬୭୮୯୦ + + + 448 + + + + + 09 + + + Tamil + + + ௧௨௩௪௫௬௭௮௯0 + + + 449 + 849 + + + + + 0A + + + Telugu + + + ౧౨౩౪౫౬౭౮౯౦ + + + 44A + + + + + 0B + + + Kannada + + + ೧೨೩೪೫೬೭೮೯೦ + + + 44B + + + + + 0C + + + Malayalam + + + ൧൨൩൪൫൬൭൮൯൦ + + + 44C + + + + + 0D + + + Thai + + + ๑๒๓๔๕๖๗๘๙๐ + + + 41E + + + + + 0E + + + Lao + + + ໑໒໓໔໕໖໗໘໙໐ + + + 454 + + + + + 0F + + + Tibetan + + + ༡༢༣༤༥༦༧༨༩༠ + + + 851 + + + + + 10 + + + Burmese + + + ၁၂၃၄၅၆၇၈၉၀ + + + 455 + + + + + 11 + + + Tigrina + + + ፩፪፫፬፭፮፯፰፱0 + + + 473 + 873 + + + + + 12 + + + Khmer + + + ១២៣៤៥៦៧៨៩០ + + + 453 + + + + + 13 + + + Mongolian + + + ᠑᠒᠓᠔᠕᠖᠗᠘᠙᠐ + + + C50 + 850 + + + + + 1B + + + Japanese + + + 一二三四五六七八九〇 + + + 411 + + + + + 1C + + + (financial) + + + 壱弐参四伍六七八九〇 + + + + + + + 1D + + + (fullwidth Arabic) + + + １２３４５６７８９０ + + + + + + + 1E + + + Chinese - simplified + + + 一二三四五六七八九○ + + + 804 + 1004, 7804 + + + + + 1F + + + (financial) + + + 壹贰叁肆伍陆柒捌玖零 + + + + + + + 20 + + + (fullwidth Arabic) + + + １２３４５６７８９０ + + + + + + + 21 + + + Chinese - traditional + + + 一二三四五六七八九○ + + + C04 + 1404 + + + + + 22 + + + (financial) + + + 壹貳參肆伍陸柒捌玖零 + + + + + + + 23 + + + (fullwidth Arabic) + + + １２３４５６７８９０ + + + + + + + 24 + + + Korean + + + 一二三四五六七八九０ + + + 812 + + + + + 25 + + + (financial) + + + 壹貳參四伍六七八九零 + + + + + + + 26 + + + (fullwidth Arabic) + + + １２３４５６７８９０ + + + + + + + 27 + + + Korean - Hangul + + + 일이삼사오육칠팔구영 + + + + +
+ +Calendar +Two next digits CC are for calendar code. Each calendar is only valid for some LCID. + + + + + CC + + + Calendar + + + Example (YYYY-MM-DD) + + + Supported LCID + + + + + 00 + + + Gregorian + + + 2016-08-31 + + + All + + + + + 03 + + + Gengou + + + 28-08-31 + + + 411 (Japanese) + + + + + 05 + + + Unknown + + + 4349-08-31 + + + Unsupported + + + + + 06 or 17 + + + Hijri + + + 1437-11-28 + + + 401 (Arabic - Saudi Arabia), 1401 (Arabic - Algeria), 3c01 (Arabic - Bahrain), 0c01 (Arabic - Egypt), 801 (Arabic - Iraq), 2c01 (Arabic - Jordan), 3401 (Arabic - Kuwait), 3001 (Arabic - Lebanon), 1001 (Arabic - Libya), 1801 (Arabic - Morocco), 2001 (Arabic - Oman), 4001 (Arabic - Qatar), 2801 (Arabic - Syria), 1c01 (Arabic - Tunisia), 3801 (Arabic - U.A.E.), 2401 (Arabic - Yemen) and 429 (Farsi) + + + + + 07 + + + Buddhist + + + 2559-08-31 + + + 454 (Lao), 41E (Thai) + + + + + 08 + + + Jewish + + + 5776-05-27 + + + 40D (Hebrew) + + + + + 10 + + + Indian + + + 1938-06-09 + + + Unsupported + + + + + 0E, 0F, 11, 12 or 13 + + + Unknown + + + 2016-07-29 + + + Unsupported + + + + + Unsupported + + + Hanja + + + + + 412 (Korean) + + + + + Unsupported + + + ROC + + + 0105-08-31 + + + 404 (Chinese - Taiwan) + + +
+
+ +
+ +NatNum12 modifier + +To spell out numbers in various number, currency and date formats, use a [NatNum12] modifier with the chosen arguments at the beginning of a number format code. + +Common NatNum12 formatting examples + + + + + Formatting code + + + Explanation + + + + + [NatNum12] + + + Spell out as cardinal number: 1 → one + + + + + [NatNum12 ordinal] + + + Spell out as ordinal number: 1 → first + + + + + [NatNum12 ordinal-number] + + + Spell out as ordinal indicator: 1 → 1st + + + + + [NatNum12 capitalize] + + + Spell out with capitalization, as cardinal number: 1 → One + + + + + [NatNum12 upper ordinal] + + + Spell out in upper case, as ordinal number: 1 → FIRST + + + + + [NatNum12 title] + + + Spell out in title case, as cardinal number: 101 → Hundred One + + + + + [NatNum12 USD] + + + Spell out as a money amount of a given currency specified by 3-letter ISO code: 1 → one U.S. dollar + + + + + [NatNum12 D=ordinal-number]D" of "MMMM + + + Spell out as a date in format "1st of May" + + + + + [NatNum12 YYYY=title year,D=capitalize ordinal]D" of "MMMM, YYYY + + + Spell out as a date in format "First of May, Nineteen Ninety-nine" + + + + + [NatNum12 MMM=upper]MMM-DD + + + Display upper case abbreviated month name in format "JAN-01" + + + + + [NatNum12 MMMM=lower]MMMM + + + Display lower case month name in format "january" + + +
+ +Other possible arguments: "money" before 3-letter currency codes, for example [NatNum12 capitalize money USD]0.00 will format number "1.99" as "One and 99/100 U.S. Dollars". + +
+ +
+ +Error Codes + +If the value is outside the limits for the selected format the following error code is shown: + +#FMT + +
+ + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020400.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020400.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f1887d0e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020400.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ + + + + + + + Hyperlink + /text/shared/01/05020400.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +formatting; hyperlinks +characters; hyperlinks +hyperlinks; character formats +text;hyperlinks +links; character formats + + + + +Hyperlink +Assigns a new hyperlink or edits the selected hyperlink. + A hyperlink is a link to a file on the Internet or on your local system. + + +You can also assign or edit a named HTML anchor, or Bookmark, that refers to a specific place in a document. + + +
+ +
+Hyperlink +Specify the properties for the hyperlink. + +URL +Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink. If you do not specify a target frame, the file opens in the current document or frame. + + +Browse +Locate the file that you want to link to, and then click Open. + +Reference +Enter the text that you want to display for the hyperlink. + +Events +Specify an event that triggers when you click the hyperlink. + +Name +
+Enter a name for the hyperlink. $[officename] inserts a NAME tag in the hyperlink: +<A HREF="http://www.example.com/" NAME="Nametext" TARGET="_blank">Note</A> +
+ +Frame +
+Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window. + +
+
+ + + +Name of Frame + + +Definition + + + + +Named entries + + +File opens in a named frame in the current HTML document. + + + + +_self + + +File opens in the current frame. + + + + +_blank + + +File opens in a new page. + + + + +_parent + + +File opens in the parent frame of the current frame. If there is no parent frame, the current frame is used. + + + + +_top + + +File opens in the topmost frame in the hierarchy. + + +
+
+Character Styles +Specify the formatting options for the hyperlink. + +Visited links +Select a formatting style to use for visited links from the list. To add or modify a style in this list, close this dialog, and click the Styles icon on the Formatting toolbar. + +Unvisited links +Select a formatting style to use for unvisited links from the list. To add or modify a style in this list, close this dialog, and click the Styles icon on the Formatting toolbar. +
+Hyperlink dialog +Assign macro +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020500.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020500.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..357a6ab63 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020500.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ + + + + + + + Font Position + /text/shared/01/05020500.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+positioning; fonts +formats; positions +effects;font positions +fonts; positions in text +spacing; font effects +characters; spacing +pair kerning +kerning; in characters +text; kerning + + + +Font Position +Position +Specify the position, scaling, rotation, and spacing for characters. +
+
+ +
+ + + + + +Position +Set the subscript or superscript options for a character. + + +Superscript +Reduces the font size of the selected text and raises the text above the baseline. + + +Normal +Removes superscript or subscript formatting. + + +Subscript +Reduces the font size of the selected text and lowers the text below the baseline. + + +Raise/lower by +Enter the amount by which you want to raise or to lower the selected text in relation to the baseline. One hundred percent is equal to the height of the font. + +Relative font size +Enter the amount by which you want to reduce the font size of the selected text. + +Automatic +Automatically sets the amount by which the selected text is raised or lowered in relation to the baseline. +Rotation/scaling + + +Set the rotation and the scaling options for the selected text. + +0 degrees +Does not rotate the selected text. + +90 degrees +Rotates the selected text to the left by 90 degrees. + +270 degrees +Rotates the selected text to the right by 90 degrees. + +Fit to line +Stretches or compresses the selected text so that it fits between the line that is above the text and the line that is below the text. + + + +Scale width +Enter the percentage of the font width by which to horizontally stretch or compress the selected text. +Spacing +Specify the spacing between individual characters. + + +Spacing +Specifies the spacing between the characters of the selected text. Enter the amount by which you want to expand or condense the text in the spin button. +To increase the spacing, set a positive value; to reduce it, set a negative value. + +Pair kerning +Automatically adjust the character spacing for specific letter combinations. +Kerning is only available for certain font types and requires that your printer support this option. + + + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020600.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020600.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f4ed7f281 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020600.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ + + + + + + + Asian Layout + /text/shared/01/05020600.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+double-line writing in Asian layout +formats; Asian layout +characters; Asian layout +text; Asian layout + + + +Asian Layout +Sets the options for double-line writing for Asian languages. Select the characters in your text, and then choose this command. +
+ +
+ +
+Double-lined +Set the double-line options for the selected text. + +Write in double lines +Allows you to write in double lines in the area that you selected in the current document. +Enclosing characters +Specify the characters to enclose the double-lined area. + +Initial character +Select the character to define the start of the double-lined area. If you want to choose a custom character, select Other Characters. + +Final character +Select the character to define the end of the double-lined area. If you want to choose a custom character, select Other Characters. + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020700.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020700.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4455f638f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05020700.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ + + + + + + + Asian Typography + /text/shared/01/05020700.xhp + + + +
+Asian typography +formatting; Asian typography +paragraphs; Asian typography +typography; Asian + + + +Asian Typography +Set the typographic options for cells or paragraphs in Asian language files. To enable Asian language support, choose Language Settings - Languages in the Options dialog box, and then select the Enabled box in the Asian language support area. The Asian typography options are ignored in HTML documents. +
+
+ +
+Line change +Set the options for line breaks in Asian language documents. +Apply list of forbidden characters to the beginning and end of line +Prevents the characters in the list from starting or ending a line. The characters are relocated to either the previous or the next line. To edit the list of restricted characters, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Language Settings - Asian Layout. +Allow hanging punctuation +Prevents commas and periods from breaking the line. Instead, these characters are added to the end of the line, even in the page margin. +Apply spacing between Asian and non-Asian text +Inserts a space between ideographic and alphabetic text. +
+Enabling Asian language support +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05030000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05030000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..81156dc74 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05030000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ + + + + + +Paragraph +/text/shared/01/05030000.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + + + +

Paragraph

+Modifies the format of the current paragraph, such as indents and alignment. + To modify the font of the current paragraph, select the entire paragraph, choose Format - Character, and then click on the Font tab. +
+ +
+The paragraph style for the current paragraph is displayed at the Formatting toolbar, and is highlighted in the Styles window. +UFI: changed name of bar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05030100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05030100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9375088d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05030100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,197 @@ + + + + + + + Indents and Spacing + /text/shared/01/05030100.xhp + + + +
+spacing; between paragraphs in footnotes + line spacing; paragraph + spacing; lines and paragraphs + single-line spacing in text + one and a half line spacing in text + double-line spacing in paragraphs + leading between paragraphs + paragraphs;spacing +mw deleted "footnote spacings" and added "paragraphs;spacing" + + +

Indents and Spacing

+ Sets the indenting and the spacing options for the paragraph. +
+ To change the measurement units used in this dialog, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General , and then select a new measurement unit in the Settings area. + + +You can also set indents using the ruler. To display the ruler, choose View - Ruler. + + +
+ +
+

Indent

+ Specify the amount of space to leave between the left and the right page margins and the paragraph. + +

Before text

+ Enter the amount of space that you want to indent the paragraph from the page margin. If you want the paragraph to extend into the page margin, enter a negative number. In Left-to-Right languages, the left edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin. In Right-to-Left languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the right page margin. + +

After text

+ Enter the amount of space that you want to indent the paragraph from the page margin. If you want the paragraph to extend into the page margin, enter a negative number. In Left-to-Right languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the right page margin. In Right-to-Left languages, the left edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin. + +

First line

+ Indents the first line of a paragraph by the amount that you enter. To create a hanging indent enter a positive value for "Before text" and a negative value for "First line". To indent the first line of a paragraph that uses numbering or bullets, choose "Format - Bullets and Numbering - Position". + +

Automatic

+ Automatically indents a paragraph according to the font size and the line spacing. The setting in the First Line box is ignored. +

Spacing

+ Specify the amount of space to leave between selected paragraphs. + +

Above paragraph

+ Enter the amount of space that you want to leave above the selected paragraph(s). + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Below paragraph

+ Enter the amount of space that you want to leave below the selected paragraph(s). + +

Do not add space between paragraphs of the same style

+ Makes any space specified before or after this paragraph not be applied when the preceding and following paragraphs are of the same paragraph style. + +

Line spacing

+ Specify the amount of space to leave between lines of text in a paragraph. +
+

Single

+ Applies single line spacing to the current paragraph. This is the default setting. + + + + + Icon Line Spacing 1 + + + + Line Spacing 1 + + +
+
+
+

1.15 lines

+ Sets the line spacing to 1.15 lines. + + + + + Icon Line Spacing 1.15 + + + + Line Spacing 1.15 + + +
+
+
+

1.5 lines

+ Sets the line spacing to 1.5 lines. + + + + + Icon Line Spacing 1.5 + + + + Line Spacing 1.5 + + +
+
+
+

Double

+ Sets the line spacing to two lines. + + + + + Icon Line Spacing 2 + + + + Line Spacing 2 + + +
+
+

Proportional

+ Select this option and then enter a percentage value in the box, where 100% corresponds to single line spacing. +

At Least

+ Sets the minimum line spacing to the value that you enter in the box. + If you use different font sizes within a paragraph, the line spacing is automatically adjusted to the largest font size. If you prefer to have identical spacing for all lines, specify a value in At least that corresponds to the largest font size. +

Leading

+ Sets the height of the vertical space that is inserted between two lines. +

Fixed

+ Sets the line spacing to exactly match the value that you enter in the box. This can result in cropped characters. + + +

of

+ Enter the value to use for the line spacing. + + +

Activate page line-spacing

+ Aligns the baseline of each line of text to a vertical document grid, so that each line is the same height. To use this feature, you must first activate the Use page line-spacing option for the current page style. Choose Format - Page Style, click on the Page tab, and then select the Use page line-spacing box in the Layout settings section. + + + + + +
+ + Printing with Page line-spacing +
+ + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05030300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05030300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..557b654f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05030300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ + + + + + + + + +Tabs +/text/shared/01/05030300.xhp + + + +
+formats; tabulators +fill characters with tabulators +tab stops;settings + + + +Tabs +Set the position of a tab stop in a paragraph. +
+If you want, you can also use the ruler to set the tab positions. +
+ +
+ +Position +Select a tab stop type, enter a new measurement, and then click New. If you want, you can also specify the measurement units to use for the tab (cm for centimeter, or " for inches). Existing tabs to the left of the first tab that you set are removed. +Type +Select the type of tab stop that you want to modify. + + +Left +The name of this tab stop is Left/Top if Asian language support is enabled. +Aligns the left edge of the text to the tab stop and extends the text to the right. + + +Right +This name of this tab stop is Right/Bottom if Asian language support is enabled. +Aligns the right edge of the text to the tab stop and extends the text to the left of the tab stop. + +Center +Aligns the center of the text to the tab stop. + +Decimal +Aligns the decimal separator of a number to the center of the tab stop and text to the left of the tab. +The character that is used as a decimal separator depends on the regional setting of your operating system. + + +Character +Enter a character that you want the decimal tab to use as a decimal separator. +Fill Character +Specify the characters to use as leader to the left of the tab stop. + +None +Inserts no fill characters, or removes existing fill characters to the left of the tab stop. + +....... +Fills the empty space to the left of the tab stop with dots. + +------ +Fills the empty space to the left of the tab stop with dashes. + +______ +Draws a line to fill the empty space to the left of the tab stop. + + +Character +Allows you to specify a character to fill the empty space to the left of the tab stop. + +New +Adds the tab stop that you defined to the current paragraph. + +Delete all +Removes all of the tab stops that you defined under Position. Sets Left tab stops at regular intervals as the default tab stops. + + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05030500.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05030500.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8053f617d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05030500.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ + + + + + + + Borders + /text/shared/01/05030500.xhp + + + +
+ + +

Borders

+ Sets the border options for the selected objects in Writer or Calc. +
+ +You can specify the border position, size, and style in Writer or Calc. In $[officename] Writer, you can add borders to pages, frames, graphics, tables, paragraphs, characters and to embedded objects. + +
+ +
+ + To modify the border of an entire table, place the cursor in a table cell, right-click, choose Table, and then click the Borders tab. To modify the border of a table cell, select the cell, right-click, choose Table, and then click the Borders tab. + + + +

Line arrangement

+ Select a predefined border style to apply. + Alternatively, use the Borders button on the toolbar to apply predefined border formats. + + + + + The Remove border option in the Adjacent Cells section determines if borders in the edges of the selected range are to be removed. Leave this option unchecked if edge borders should be left unchanged. + Read the help page User Defined Borders in Cells to learn more on how to define custom line arrangements. + + +Line +Click the border style that you want to apply. The style is applied to the borders selected in the preview. + + +Select the line color that you want to use for the selected border(s). +

Padding

+Specify the amount of space that you want to leave between the border and the contents of the selection. +Left +Enter the distance that you want to have between the left border and the contents of the selection. +Right +Enter the distance that you want to have between the right border and the contents of the selection. +Top +Enter the distance that you want to have between the top border and the contents of the selection. +Bottom +Enter the distance that you want to have between the bottom border and the contents of the selection. +Synchronize +Applies the same padding setting to all four borders when you enter a new distance. +shadows; borders +borders; shadows +margins; shadows + +Shadow style +You can also apply a shadow effect to borders. For the best results, only apply this effect when all four borders are visible. +Graphics or objects that are anchored to a frame in the document cannot exceed the size of the frame. If you apply a shadow to the borders of an object that fills an entire frame, the size of the object is reduced to display the shadows. +Position +Click a shadow style for the selected borders. +Distance +Enter the width of the shadow. +Color +Select a color for the shadow. + +Properties +Specifies the properties for the current paragraph or the selected paragraphs. +Merge with next paragraph +Merges the border style and the shadow style of the current paragraph with the next paragraph. These styles are only merged if the indent, border, and shadow styles of the next paragraph are the same as the current paragraph. This option is also available for Paragraph Styles.UFI: see spec "spec-merge-borders-and-shadow" +Merge adjacent line styles +Merges two different border styles of adjacent cells in a Writer table into one border style. This property is valid for a whole table in a Writer document. +The rules can be condensed to the statement that the stronger attribute wins. If, for example, one cell has a red border of 2 point width, and the adjacent cell has a blue border of 3 point width, then the common border between these two cells will be blue with 3 point width.UFI: see spec "collapsing_table_borders" + + + +Calc does not have an Apply button + + +
+ + + UFI: moved border_object into Writer switch + + + + + + + +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05030700.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05030700.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e62370ddc --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05030700.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ + + + + + + +Alignment +/text/shared/01/05030700.xhp + + + +
+aligning; paragraphs +paragraphs; alignment +lines of text; alignment +left alignment of paragraphs +right alignment of paragraphs +centered text +justifying text +MW deleted "text;" + + +

Alignment

+Sets the alignment of the paragraph relative to the margins of page. +
+
+ +
+Options +Set the alignment options for the current paragraph. + +Left +Aligns the paragraph to the left page margin. + If Asian language support is enabled, this option is named Left/Top. + + + +Right +Aligns the paragraph to the right page margin. + If Asian language support is enabled, this option is named Right/Bottom. + + + +Centered +Centers the contents of the paragraph on the page. + + + + +Justify +Aligns the paragraph to the left and to the right page margins. + + + + +Last Line + +Specify the alignment for the last line in the paragraph. + + +Expand single word + +If the last line of a justified paragraph consists of one word, the word is stretched to the width of the paragraph. + + +UFI: asian enabled + + +Snap to text grid (if active) +Aligns the paragraph to a text grid. To activate the text grid, choose Format - Page - Text Grid. + +

Text-to-text

+

Alignment

+Select an alignment option for oversized or undersized characters in the paragraph relative to the rest of the text in the paragraph. +
+

Properties

+ + + +
+

Text direction

+Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled. +
+
+ + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05030800.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05030800.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..303287ff3 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05030800.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ + + + + + + + + +Crop +/text/shared/01/05030800.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+cropping pictures +pictures; cropping and zooming +zooming; pictures +scaling;pictures +sizes; pictures +original size;restoring after cropping + + + +Crop +Trims or scales the selected graphic. You can also restore the graphic to its original size. +
+
+ +
+
+Crop +Use this area to trim or scale the selected graphic, or to add white space around the graphic. + +Keep scale +Maintains the original scale of the graphic when you crop, so that only the size of the graphic changes. + +Keep image size +Maintains the original size of the graphic when you crop, so that only the scale of the graphic changes. To reduce the scale of the graphic, select this option and enter negative values in the cropping boxes. To increase the scale of the graphic, enter positive values in the cropping boxes. + +Left +If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the left edge of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space to the left of the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the horizontal scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the horizontal scale of the graphic. + +Right +If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the right edge of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space to the right of the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the horizontal scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the horizontal scale of the graphic. + +Top +If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the top of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space above the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the vertical scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the vertical scale of the graphic. + +Bottom +If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the bottom of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space below the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the vertical scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the vertical scale of the graphic. +Scale +Changes the scale of the selected graphic. + +Width +Enter the width for the selected graphic as a percentage. + +Height +Enter the height of the selected graphic as a percentage. +Image size +Changes the size of the selected graphic. + +Width +Enter a width for the selected graphic. + +Height +Enter a height for the selected graphic. + + +Original Size +Returns the selected graphic to its original size. +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05040100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05040100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ccfe8b328 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05040100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ + + + + + + + Organizer + /text/shared/01/05040100.xhp + + + + +organizing; styles +styles; organizing + + + +
+

Organizer

+Set the options for the selected style. +
+
+ + + + + + + +
+ +

Name

+ Displays the name of the selected style. If you are creating or modifying a custom style, enter a name for the style. You cannot change the name of a predefined style. + + + + +

AutoUpdate

+Updates the style when you apply direct formatting to a paragraph using this style in your document. The formatting of all paragraphs using this style is automatically updated. +Updates the style when you apply direct formatting to a paragraph using this style in your document. The formatting of all paragraphs using this style is automatically updated. + + +

Next Style

+Select an existing style that you want to follow the current style in your document. For paragraph styles, the next style is applied to an empty paragraph that is created when you press Enter at the end of an existing paragraph. For page styles, the next style is applied when a new page is created. + + + + +

Inherit from

+ Select an existing style (or - None -) to provide its definitions to the current style. Use the other tabs to modify the inherited style. + You cannot use this option with a page style or a list style. + +

Edit Style

+Edit the properties of the parent style. +

Category

+ Displays the category for the current style. If you are creating or modifying a new style, select 'Custom Style' from the list. + You cannot change the category for a predefined style. + +

Contains

+ Describes the relevant formatting used in the current style. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ Update Style +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05040200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05040200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..473fa35f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05040200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,186 @@ + + + + + + +Page +/text/shared/01/05040200.xhp + + + +
+pages;formatting and numbering +formatting;pages +paper formats +paper trays +printers;paper trays +layout;pages +binding space +margins;pages +gutter +changing;page size +changing;page margins +page margins +margins;defining +page size;defining +mw made "binding space;" a one level entry and added "gutter" and "margins;pages" + + +

Page

+Allows you to define page layouts for single and multiple-page documents, as well as a numbering and paper formats. +
+
+ +
+ + +

Paper format

+Select from a list of predefined paper sizes, or define a custom paper format. + +

Format

+Select a predefined paper size, or create a custom format by entering the dimensions for the paper in the Height and Width boxes. + +

Width

+Displays the width of the selected paper format. To define a custom format, enter a width here. + +

Height

+Displays the height of the selected paper format. To define a custom format, enter a height here. +

Orientation

+Select paper orientation for display and print. + +

Portrait

+Displays and prints the current document with the paper oriented vertically. + +

Landscape

+Displays and prints the current document with the paper oriented horizontally. + +

Text direction

+Select the text direction that you want to use in your document. The "right-to-left (vertical)" text flow direction rotates all layout settings to the right by 90 degrees, except for the header and footer. + +Text direction only appears if Asian or Complex text layout is set in %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Language Setting - Languages. + + +

Paper tray

+Select the paper source for your printer. If you want, you can assign different paper trays to different page styles. For example, assign a different tray to the First Page style and load the tray with your company's letterhead paper.UFI: #i31234# +

Margins

+Specify the amount of space to leave between the edges of the page and the document text. + +

Left / Inner

+Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the page and the document text. If you are using the Mirrored page layout, enter the amount of space to leave between the inner text margin and the inner edge of the page. + +

Right / Outer

+Enter the amount of space to leave between the right edge of the page and the document text. If you are using the Mirrored page layout, enter the amount of space to leave between the outer text margin and the outer edge of the page. + + + + + +

Gutter

+ Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the page and the left margin. If you are using the Mirrored page layout, enter the amount of space to leave between the inner page margin and the inner edge of the page. + + + + +

Top

+Enter the amount of space to leave between the upper edge of the page and the document text. + +

Bottom

+Enter the amount of space to leave between the lower edge of the page and the document text. + + +

Layout settings

+ + + + +

Page layout

+ Specify whether the current style should show odd pages, even pages, or both odd and even pages. +

Right and left

+ The current page style shows both odd and even pages with left and right margins as specified. +

Mirrored

+ The current page style shows both odd and even pages with inner and outer margins as specified. Use this layout if you want to bind the printed pages like a book. Enter the binding space as the "Inner" margin. +

Only right

+ The current page style shows only odd (right) pages. Even pages are shown as blank pages. +

Only left

+ The current page style shows only even (left) pages. Odd pages are shown as blank pages. + + + + + +

Slide Numbers

+ Select the slide numbering format that you want to use for the current slide style. + + +

Page Numbers

+ Select the page numbering format that you want to use for the current page style. + + + + + + + +

Reference Style

+ Select the Paragraph Style that you want to use as a reference for lining up the text on the selected Page style. The height of the font that is specified in the reference style sets the spacing of the vertical page grid. +

Use page line-spacing

+ Aligns the text on the selected Page Style to a vertical page grid. The spacing of the grid is defined by the Reference Style. + Select the Paragraph Style that you want to use as a reference for lining up the text on the selected Page style. The height of the font that is specified in the reference style sets the spacing of the vertical page grid. + +

Gutter position

+ Allows choosing if the current document's gutter shall be positioned at the left of the document's pages (default) or at top of the document's pages when the document is displayed. + + + + + + + +

Table alignment

+ Specify the alignment options for the cells on a printed page. + Centers the cells horizontally on the printed page. +

Horizontal

+ Centers the cells horizontally on the printed page. + Centers the cells vertically on the printed page. +

Vertical

+ Centers the cells vertically on the printed page. + + + + + + + + +

Fit object to paper format

+ Resizes the drawing objects so that they fit on the paper format that you select. The arrangement of the drawing objects is preserved. + + + +
+Changing measurement units + + +Printing with Page line-spacing (register-true) + + +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05040300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05040300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2b6543241 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05040300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ + + + + + + + + + Header + /text/shared/01/05040300.xhp + + + + + If you want, you can also add borders or a background fill to a header. + + + + +
+ +
+ To add a header to the current page style, select Header on, and then click OK. + + If you want to extend a header into the page margins, insert a frame into the header. + + +To quickly move the text cursor from the document text to the header or footer, press Command +Ctrl+Page Up or Page Down. Press the same key again to move the text cursor back into the document text. + + +

Header

+ Set the properties of the header. + +

Header on

+ Adds a header to the current page style. + +

Same content left/righti80087

+ Even and odd pages share the same content. To assign a different header to even and odd pages, clear this option, and then click Edit. + + +

Same content on first page

+First and even/odd pages share the same content. + +

Left margin

+ Enter the amount of space to leave between the left page margin and the left edge of the header. + +

Right margin

+ Enter the amount of space to leave between the right page margin and the right edge of the header. + +

Spacing

+ Enter the amount of space that you want to maintain between the bottom edge of the header and the top edge of the document text. + +

Use dynamic spacing

+ Overrides the Spacing setting, and allows the header to expand into the area between the header and the document text. + +

Height

+ Enter the height that you want for the header. + +

AutoFit height

+ Automatically adjusts the height of the header to fit the content that you enter. + + +

More

+ Defines a border, a background color, or a background pattern for the header. + +

Edit +

+ Add or edit header text. + Add or edit header text. + +
+ Headers + Changing measurement units + Borders + Area +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05040400.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05040400.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a1c89a7d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05040400.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ + + + + + + + + + Footer + /text/shared/01/05040400.xhp + + + + +If you want, you can also add borders or a background fill to a footer. + + + + +
+ +
+To insert a footer into the current document, select Footer on, and then click OK. + +If you want to extend a footer into the page margins, insert a frame into the footer. + + +To quickly move the text cursor from the document text to the header or footer, press CommandCtrl+Page Up or Page Down. Press the same key again to move the text cursor back into the document text. + + +

Footer

+Set the properties of the footer. + + +

Footer on

+Adds a footer to the current page style. + + +

Same content left/right

+Even and odd pages share the same content. To assign a different footer to even and odd pages, clear this option, and then click Edit. + + + +

Same content on first page

+First and even/odd pages share the same content. + + +

Left margin

+ Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the page and the left edge of the footer. + + +

Right margin

+ Enter the amount of space to leave between the right edge of the page and the right edge of the footer. + + +

Spacing

+ Enter the amount of space that you want to maintain between the bottom edge of the document text and the top edge of the footer. + + +

Use dynamic spacing

+ Overrides the Spacing setting and allows the footer to expand into the area between the footer and document text. + + +

Height

+ Enter the height you want for the footer. + + +

AutoFit height

+ Automatically adjusts the height of the footer to fit the content you enter. + + + + +

More

+ Defines a border, a background color, or a background pattern for the footer. + + +

Edit +

+ Add or edit footer text. + Add or edit footer text. + +
+ Footers + Changing measurement units + Borders + Area +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05060000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05060000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f6e7055e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05060000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ + + + + + + + + + + +Asian Phonetic Guide +/text/shared/01/05060000.xhp + + + +
+Asian Phonetic Guide +phonetic guide + + + + +Asian Phonetic Guide +Allows you to add comments next to Asian characters to serve as a pronunciation guide. + +
+
+ +
+ + +Select one or more words in the document. + + +Choose Format - Asian Phonetic Guide. + + +Enter the text that you want to use as a pronunciation guide in the Ruby text box. + + + + + +Base text +Displays the base text that you selected in the current file. If you want, you can modify the base text by entering new text here. + + + +Ruby text +Enter the text that you want to use as a pronunciation guide for the base text. +Alignment +Select the horizontal alignment for the ruby text. +Position +Select where you want to place the ruby text. +Character Style for ruby text +Select a character style for the ruby text. +Styles +Opens the Styles deck of the Sidebar +Styles deck of the Sidebar where you can select a character style for the ruby text. + + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05070000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05070000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ab4757d77 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05070000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ + + + + + +Align Objects +/text/shared/01/05070000.xhp + + + +
+aligning; objects +positioning; objects +ordering; objects + + +

Align Objects

+Aligns selected objects with respect to one another. +
+If one of the selected objects is anchored as a character, some of the alignment options do not work. +
+ +
+Not all types of objects can be selected together. Not all modules (Writer, Calc, Impress, Draw) support all types of alignment. + + + + + + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05070100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05070100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..781329f52 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05070100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ + + + + + + + + +Align Left +/text/shared/01/05070100.xhp + + + +
+ + +Align Left +Aligns the left edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the left edge of the object is aligned to the left page margin.UFI: this help id .uno:alignleft is also called from Calc, where it has a different function +
+
+ +
+Objects are aligned to the left edge of the leftmost object in the selection. +To align the individual objects in a group, choose Format - Group - Enter Group +double-click to enter the group, select the objects, right-click, and then choose an alignment option. + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05070200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05070200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..feac83fce --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05070200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ + + + + + + + Center Horizontal + /text/shared/01/05070200.xhp + + + +
+ + +

Center Horizontal

+ Horizontally centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the horizontal center of the page. +
+
+ +
+ The vertical position of the selected objects is not affected by this command. + + + To align the individual objects in a group, choose Format - Group - Enter Group to enter the group, select the objects, right-click, and then choose an alignment option. + + + To align the individual objects in a group, double-click to enter the group, select the objects, right-click, and then choose an alignment option. + + + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05070300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05070300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..67ee6afd0 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05070300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + + + + + + + + +Align Right +/text/shared/01/05070300.xhp + + + + +
+ +
+Objects are aligned to the right edge of the rightmost object in the selection. + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05070400.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05070400.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2009480ef --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05070400.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + + + + + + + + +Align Top +/text/shared/01/05070400.xhp + + + +
+ + +Align Top +Vertically aligns the top edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the top edge of the object is aligned to the upper page margin. +
+
+ +
+Objects are aligned to the top edge of the topmost object in the selection. + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05070500.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05070500.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e0abeb02d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05070500.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ + + + + + + + + +Align Vertical Center +/text/shared/01/05070500.xhp + + + +
+ + +Align Vertical Center +Vertically centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the vertical center of the page. +
+
+ +
+ + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05070600.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05070600.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0b51adde5 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05070600.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + + + + + + + + +Align Bottom +/text/shared/01/05070600.xhp + + + +
+ + +Align Bottom +Vertically aligns the bottom edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the bottom edge of the object is aligned to the lower page margin. +
+
+ +
+Objects are aligned to the bottom edge of the bottom most object in the selection. + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05080000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05080000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11d2fa015 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05080000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ + + + + + + + + +Alignment (Text Objects) +/text/shared/01/05080000.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+aligning; text objects +text objects; alignment + +Alignment (Text Objects) +Set the alignment options for the current selection. +
+
+ +
+ + + + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05080100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05080100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e1a70137 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05080100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ + + + + + + + + +Left +/text/shared/01/05080100.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + + + +
+ +Left + Aligns the selected paragraph(s) to the left page margin. +
+
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05080200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05080200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..24a8c6d90 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05080200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ + + + + + + + + +Right +/text/shared/01/05080200.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + + + + +
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05080300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05080300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..24aae3145 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05080300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ + + + + + + + + +Center +/text/shared/01/05080300.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + + + +
+ +Center + Centers the selected paragraph(s) on the page. +
+
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05080400.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05080400.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4464934ab --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05080400.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + + + + + + + + + + +Justify +/text/shared/01/05080400.xhp + + + +
+ +Justify +Aligns the selected paragraph(s) to the left and the right page margins. If you want, you can also specify the alignment options for the last line of a paragraph by choosing Format - Paragraph - Alignment. +removed link, see i62789 +
+
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05090000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05090000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..45aef3cc6 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05090000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ + + + + + + + + +Font +/text/shared/01/05090000.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + + + +
+ fonts; text objectstext objects; fontsFont + Set the font options for the selected text. +
+
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05100000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05100000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..47f35b5e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05100000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ + + + + + + + + + + +Size +/text/shared/01/05100000.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+text; font sizes +font sizes; text + +Size +Set the font size for the selected text. +
+
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05100100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05100100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5598fc26e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05100100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ + + + + + + + + +Merge Cells +/text/shared/01/05100100.xhp + + + +moved from scalc/01/05100100.xhp and updated for tdf#33749 +
+ + merge/merging cells + + +

Merge Cells

+Combines the contents of the selected cells into a single cell, retaining the formatting of the first cell in the selection.moved from swriter/01/05100100.xhp, see i86644 +
+ + + +
+
+Select the cells to be merged then do one of the following: +In the Formatting toolbar, click: + +Or, right click the selection to open the context menu and choose Merge Cells. If Unmerge Cells is present instead then the cell selection contains merged cells and cannot be merged further. +Or, in the Properties sidebar mark the Merge Cells checkbox. +Or, choose Format - Merge and Unmerge Cells - Merge Cells. +
+ +
+ + +
+
+Choose Table - Merge Cells.
 +Or, on the Table toolbar click: + +
+
+ + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05100200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05100200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..13c8281e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05100200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ + + + + + + + + +Split Cells +/text/shared/01/05100200.xhp + + + +
+ +unmerge/unmerging cells +split/splitting cells + + + + + + +
+This section moved from /text/calc/01/05100200.xhp and updated for tdf#33749 +

Unmerge Cells

+Divides previously merged cells back to the original cells. If the original cells had content that was kept when merged that content is restored. +
+
+Select the cells to be unmerged then do one of the following: +In the Formatting toolbar click: + +Or, right click the selection to open the context menu and choose Unmerge Cells. If Merge Cells is present instead then the cell selection does not contain any merged cells. +Or, in the Properties sidebar clear the Merge Cells checkbox. +Or, choose Format - Merge and Unmerge Cells - Unmerge Cells +
+ + +
+

Split Cells

+Displays the Split Cells Dialog where the split can be defined as either horizontally or vertically and the number the each cell will be split into. +
+
+Do one of the following: +Choose Table - Split Cells. +Or, on the Table toolbar click: + +
+

Split Cells Dialog

+Enter the number of rows or columns that you want to split the selected cell(s) into. +

Direction

+

Horizontally

+Splits the selected cell(s) into the number of rows that you specify in the Split cell into box. + +

Into equal proportions

+Splits cells into rows of equal height. + +

Vertically

+Splits the selected cell(s) into the number of columns that you specify in the Split cell into box. + + +
+
+ + + + + + + +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05100500.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05100500.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..68d0095db --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05100500.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + + + + + + +Top +/text/shared/01/05100500.xhp + + + +
+ +Top +Aligns the contents of the cell to the top edge of the cell. +
+
+In the context menu of a cell, choose Cell - Top + +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05100600.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05100600.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..75ef4719e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05100600.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + + + + + + +Center (vertical) +/text/shared/01/05100600.xhp + + + +
+ +Center (vertical) +Centers the contents of the cell between top and bottom of the cell. +
+
+In the context menu of a cell, choose Cell - Center + +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05100700.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05100700.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5e247a6b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05100700.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + + + + + + +Bottom +/text/shared/01/05100700.xhp + + + +
+ +Bottom +Aligns the contents of the cell to the bottom edge of the cell. +
+
+In the context menu of a cell, choose Cell - Bottom + +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d37c45d39 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ + + + + + + + + + + +Style +/text/shared/01/05110000.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+text; font styles +fonts; styles + +Style +Use this command to quickly apply font styles to a text selection. +
+
+ +
+If you place the cursor in a word and do not make a selection, the font style is applied to the entire word. If the cursor is not inside a word, and no text is selected, then the font style is applied to the text that you type. + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5e596362e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ + + + + + + + + +Bold +/text/shared/01/05110100.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+text; bold +bold; text +characters; bold + + +

Bold

+Makes the selected text bold. If the cursor is in a word, the entire word is made bold. If the selection or word is already bold, the formatting is removed. +
+If the cursor is not inside a word, and no text is selected, then the font style is applied to the text that you type. +
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8b41ca1ab --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ + + + + + + + + + + +Italic +/text/shared/01/05110200.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+text; italics +italic text +characters; italics + + +

Italic

+Makes the selected text italic. If the cursor is in a word, the entire word is made italic. If the selection or word is already italic, the formatting is removed. +
+If the cursor is not inside a word, and no text is selected, then the font style is applied to the text that you type. +
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..528dc23fa --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ + + + + + + + + +Underline +/text/shared/01/05110300.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + + + +
+characters;underliningunderlining;characters +

Underline

+Underlines or removes underlining from the selected text. +
+
+ +
+If the cursor is not in a word, the new text that you enter is underlined. +
+

Single Underline

+ +Underlines the selected text with a single line. +
+
+

Double Underline

+ +Underlines the selected text with two lines. +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110400.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110400.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ba165143c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110400.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ + + + + + + + + +Strikethrough +/text/shared/01/05110400.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + + + +
+ strikethrough;characters + +

Strikethrough

+ Draws a line through the selected text, or if the cursor is in a word, the entire word. +
+
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110500.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110500.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..854d5c5fc --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110500.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ + + + + + + + + + + +Shadows +/text/shared/01/05110500.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+text; shadowed +characters; shadowed +shadows;characters, using context menu + + +Shadows +Adds a shadow to the selected text, or if the cursor is in a word, to the entire word. +
+
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110600m.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110600m.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..244217567 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110600m.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ + + + + + + + + +Distribute Rows Evenly +/text/shared/01/05110600m.xhp + + + +
+ + + table rows;distribute height equally + row height;distribute equally + +Distribute Rows Evenly +Adjusts the height of the selected rows to match the height of the tallest row in the selection. + +
+
+ + +Choose Table - Size - Distribute Rows Evenly + + + +Open Optimize Size toolbar from Table Bar, click +
+ + + + +Icon + + + +Distribute Rows Evenly + + +
+ +
+
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110700.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110700.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4f984f536 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110700.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + + + + + + + + +Superscript +/text/shared/01/05110700.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
UFI. removed 2 help ids +

Superscript

+Reduces the font size of the selected text and raises the text above the baseline. +
+
+ +
+ + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110800.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110800.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0a162b880 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05110800.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + + + + + + + + +Subscript +/text/shared/01/05110800.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+

Subscript

+Reduces the font size of the selected text and lowers the text below the baseline. +
+
+ +
+ + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05120000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05120000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d1d988d36 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05120000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ + + + + + +Line Spacing +/text/shared/01/05120000.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+line spacing; context menu in paragraphs +text; line spacing + + +

Line Spacing

+Specify the amount of space to leave between lines of text in a paragraph. +
+
+ +
+ + + +
+Indents and Spacing +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05120100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05120100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..91d039beb --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05120100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + + + +Single Line +/text/shared/01/05120100.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+ +

Single Line

+ Applies single line spacing to the current paragraph. This is the default setting. +
+
+ +
+ + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05120200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05120200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..958d738c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05120200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + + + +1.5 Lines +/text/shared/01/05120200.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+ +

1.5 Lines

+Sets the line spacing of the current paragraph to one and half lines. +
+
+ +
+ + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05120300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05120300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..10af87546 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05120300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + + + +Double (Line) +/text/shared/01/05120300.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+ +

Double (Line)

+Sets the line spacing of the current paragraph to two lines. +
+
+ +
+ + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05120600.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05120600.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cba018296 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05120600.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ + + + + + + + + +Distribute Columns Equally +/text/shared/01/05120600.xhp + + + +
+ + + table columns;distribute columns equally + column width;distribute equally + +Distribute Columns Equally +Adjusts the width of the selected columns to match the width of the widest column in the selection. The total width of the table cannot exceed the width of the page. + +
+
+ + +Choose Table - Size - Distribute Columns Equally + + + +Open Optimize Size toolbar from Table Bar, click +
+ + + + +Icon + + + +Distribute Columns Equally + + +
+ +
+
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05140100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05140100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fdfb4fead --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05140100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ + + + + + + +New Style from Selection +/text/shared/01/05140100.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + + + +

New Style from Selection

+ + +Create new paragraph, character, frame, page, list, and table styles from objects that are formatted manually to the new style that you want to create. +Create new cell and page styles from manually modified cell or page formatting. +Create new graphic styles from objects that you have formatted manually to the new style that you want to create. + + +
+ + +For paragraphs only: + Press Shift+F11 + Choose Styles - New Style from Selection. + On the Formatting bar, click the New Style from Selection icon. +For all style categories: + Choose View - Styles or press Command+TF11 to open the Styles sidebar, select the desired style category at the top of Styles deck, then click the Styles action menu icon at the top right corner, and choose New Style from Selection. + + + Choose Styles - New Style from Selection. (cell styles only) + Choose Styles - Manage Styles or press Command+TF11 to open the Styles sidebar, select the desired style category at the top of Styles deck, then click the New Style from Selection icon. + + + Choose View - Styles or press Command+TF11 to open the Styles sidebar, then click the New Style from Selection icon at the top of the Styles deck. + + + + + + +New Style from Selection Icon + + + + New Style from Selection Icon + + +
+
+ +

Enter New Style Name

+ Enter a name for the new Style. +

Custom Styles for Current Document

+ Lists all custom styles in the selected style category forin the selected style category forin the current document. These styles can be overwritten with a new style selection if you want. +
+ + + + + + + + Styles in Calc + + + + Styles in Impress + + + Styles + + +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05190000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05190000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..919035861 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05190000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ + + + + + + + Name + /text/shared/01/05190000.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +objects; naming +groups;naming +names;objects +ufi: changed names;for groups of objects to names;objects, in cws aw038 + + +
+

Name

+Assigns a name to the selected object, so that you can quickly find the object in the Navigator. +UFI: #i63800 +
+
+ +
+ +The name is also displayed in the Status Bar when you select the object. + + + +

Name

+Enter a name for the selected object. The name will be visible in the Navigator. +Names must be unique between images, OLE objects and frames in the same document. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05190100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05190100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..43d7898f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05190100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ + + + + + + + Description + /text/shared/01/05190100.xhp + + + +objects;text alternative and description + descriptions for objects + text alternative;objects + + + + +
+

Description

+Assigns a text alternative and a description to the selected object. These texts are available as alternative tags in your document for use by accessibility tools. They are also available as tags for images when you export the document. +
+
+ +
+ +

Text Alternative

+
+Enter a short description of the essential details of the selected object for a person who cannot see the object. This text is available for use by assistive technologies. +
+ +
+

Description

+Enter a longer description of the object, especially if the object is too complex or contains too much detail to be described adequately with the short Text Alternative. Use Description to add additional information to the short description found in Text Alternative. This text is available for use by assistive technologies. + For images, Text Alternative and Description are exported with an appropriate tag in HTML and PDF format (remember to enable the Universal Accessibility (PDF/UA) option in PDF export). +
+
+Options in Object Properties +
+ + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05200000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05200000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..96d936732 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05200000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ + + + + + + + + +Line +/text/shared/01/05200000.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+ +Line + +Sets the formatting options for the selected line. + +
+
+ +
+ + + + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05200100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05200100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e16b9c75b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05200100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ + + + + + +Line +/text/shared/01/05200100.xhp + + + +
+ + +

Line

+Set the formatting options for the selected line or the line that you want to draw. You can also add arrowheads to a line, or change chart symbols. +
+
+ +
+

Line properties

+ + +

Styles

+Select the line style that you want to use. + + + + +

Colors

+Select a color for the line. + + + + +

Widths

+Select the width for the line. You can append a measurement unit. A zero line width results in a hairline with a width of one pixel of the output medium. + + + +

Transparency

+Enter the transparency of the line, where 100% corresponds to completely transparent and 0% to completely opaque. + + + +The Line tab of the Data Series dialog is only available if you select an XY Chart type. +

Icon

+Set the options for the data point symbols in your chart. + +

Select

+Select the symbol style that you want to use in your chart. If you select Automatic, $[officename] uses the default symbols for the selected chart type. + +

Width

+Enter a width for the symbol. + +

Height

+Enter a height for the symbol. + +

Keep ratio

+Maintains the proportions of the symbol when you enter a new height or width value. +

Arrow styles

+You can add arrowheads to one end, or both ends of the selected line. To add a custom arrow style to the list, select the arrow in your document, and then click on the Arrow Styles tab of this dialog. + + +

Style

+Select the arrowhead that you want to apply to the selected line. + + +

Width

+Enter a width for the arrowhead. + + +

Center

+Places the center of the arrowhead(s) on the endpoint(s) of the selected line. + +

Synchronize ends

+Automatically updates both arrowhead settings when you enter a different width, select a different arrowhead style,or center an arrowhead. +

Corner and cap styles

+ +

Corner style

+Select the shape to be used at the corners of the line. In case of a small angle between lines, a mitered shape is replaced with a beveled shape. + +

Cap style

+Select the style of the line end caps. The caps are added to inner dashes as well. + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05200200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05200200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c6ad692c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05200200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ + + + + + + + + +Line Styles +/text/shared/01/05200200.xhp + + + +
+ + +

Line Styles

+Edit or create dashed or dotted line styles. +
+
+ +
+

Properties

+ +

Line style

+Select the style of line that you want to create. + + +

Type

+Select the combination of dashes and dots that you want. + + +

Number

+Enter the number of times that you want a dot or a dash to appear in a sequence. + + +

Length

+Enter the length of the dash. + +

Spacing

+Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between dots or dashes. + +

Fit to line width

+Automatically adjusts the entries relative to the length of the line. + +

Add

+Creates a new line style using the current settings. Enter a name for the new line style. + +

Modify

+Updates the selected line style using the current settings. To change the name of the selected line style, enter a new name when prompted. + + +

Load line style table

+Imports a list of line styles. + +

Save line style table

+Saves the current list of line styles, so that you can load it again later. + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05200300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05200300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4f30b1f52 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05200300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ + + + + + + +Arrow Styles +/text/shared/01/05200300.xhp + + + +
+ + +

Arrow Styles

+Edit or create arrow styles. +
+You can add arrow styles to the start or end of a line using the Line tab of the Line dialog. +
+ +
+

Manage Arrow Styles

+Lets you add, rename, delete, save and load arrow styles. + +

Style name

+Displays the name of the selected arrow style. + +

Arrow style

+Choose a predefined arrow style symbol from the list box. + +

Add

+To define a custom arrow style, select a drawing object in the document, and then click here. + +

Rename

+Changes the name of the selected arrow style. + + +

Load Arrow Styles

+Imports a list of arrow styles. + +

Save Arrow Styles

+Saves the current list of arrow styles, so that you can load it later. + +
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ac2ad7f18 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ + + + + + + + + +Area window +/text/shared/01/05210000.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+ + + +Area + +Sets the fill properties of the selected drawing object. + +
+
+ +
+ + + + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9ba99f6b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ + + + + + +Area tab +/text/shared/01/05210100.xhp + + + +
+ +areas; styles +fill patterns for areas +fill colors for areas +invisible areas +frames; backgrounds +backgrounds; frames/sections/indexes +sections; backgrounds +indexes; backgrounds +footers;backgrounds +headers;backgrounds + + + + +

+BackgroundArea

+Set the fill options for the selected drawing object or document element. +This is not only for drawing objects, but pages, paragraphs and others too. Need better wording +
+You can add custom colors, gradients, hatchings, two color patterns and image patterns to the default lists for later use. +
+ +
+ +

None

+Do not fill the selected object. + + + + + + + + +

Gradient

+Fills the object with a gradient selected on this page. + + + + + + + +

Hatch

+Fills the object with a hatching pattern selected on this page. + +You can quickly select fill options from the list boxes on the Drawing Object Properties toolbar. + + +TODO: This para doesn't belong here anymore, but as several places include it, can't remove yet. Find a better place for it in a later commit. + + + +Select the type of fill that you want to apply to the selected drawing object. + + +Chart does not have an Apply button + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..108aa9b62 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ + + + + + + + Colors + /text/shared/01/05210200.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + + + + +colors;palette +palette;document colors +colors;adding +colors;delete +document colors;palette + +
+

Colors

+ Select a color to apply, save the current color list, or load a different color list. +
+
+ Press the Color button in one of the situations below: + +
+ +

Colors

+

Palette

+ Select the color palette in the list box to pick the color for the selected object. The palette color set displays below. + The Theme colors palette shows the theme colors from the current theme, if the document has any. + The Document colors palette shows the colors used in the current document. +

Recent colors

+ Displays the recent selected colors. +

Custom Palette

+ Click Add to open a dialog to set a name for the custom color. The palette changes to "custom". + Click Delete to delete the color from the custom palette. + You cannot add or delete colors of the palettes provided by your installation. + +

Active

+ Displays the current active color for the object. Red, blue and green components values and the color value in hexadecimal notation are displayed just below. +

New

+ Displays the new color for the object that will be applied when you click OK. +

R, G and B

+ The values of the red, blue and green components of the new color. You can define the new color by entering the red, green and blue values in the respective R, G and B spin boxes. Allowed values are 0 to 255. +

Hex

+ The color value in hexadecimal notation. You can enter the hexadecimal value in the Hex text box. +

Pick

+ Opens the color picker dialog for a graphical selection of the desired color. + +
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cc3ffdb49 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ + + + + + + + + Gradient + /text/shared/01/05210300.xhp + + + +
+ + +

Gradients

+ Select a gradient, modify the properties of a gradient, or save a new gradient. +
+
+ +
+

Gradient

+Lists the available gradients. You can also modify or create your own gradients. + +

Add

+ Adds a custom gradient to the current list. Specify the properties of your gradient, and then click this button + +

Modify

+ Applies the current gradient properties to the selected gradient. If you want, you can save the gradient under a different name. +To rename a gradient, select the gradient, right-click and choose Rename. To delete a gradient, select the gradient, right-click and choose Delete. +

Options

+Use the options to define or modify a gradient. + +

Type

+Select the gradient that you want to apply. + +

Center X

+ Enter the horizontal offset for the gradient, where 0% corresponds to the current horizontal location of the endpoint color in the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the To Color box. + +

Center Y

+ Enter the vertical offset for the gradient, where 0% corresponds to the current vertical location of the endpoint color in the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the To Color box. + +

Angle

+ Enter a rotation angle for the selected gradient. + +

Border

+ Enter the amount by which you want to adjust the area of the endpoint color on the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the To Color box. +

From Color

+ +Select a color for the beginning point of the gradient. + +Enter the intensity for the color in the From Color box, where 0% corresponds to black, and 100 % to the selected color. +

To Color

+ +Select a color for the endpoint of the gradient. + +Enter the intensity for the color in the To Color box, where 0% corresponds to black, and 100 % to the selected color. + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210400.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210400.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6df6d0e57 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210400.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + + + + + + +Hatch +/text/shared/01/05210400.xhp + + + +
+hatching +areas; hatched/dotted +dotted areas + + + +

Hatch

+Set the properties of a hatching pattern, or save a new hatching pattern. +
+
+ + +
+

Hatch

+Lists the available hatching patterns. You can also modify or create your own hatching pattern. + +To rename a hatching pattern, select the pattern, right-click and choose Rename. To delete a hatching pattern, select the pattern, right-click and choose Delete. +

Add

+Adds a custom hatching pattern to the current list. Specify the properties of your hatching pattern, and then click this button. + +

Modify

+Applies the current hatching properties to the selected hatching pattern. If you want, you can save the pattern under a different name. +

Options

+Define or modify a hatching pattern. + +

Spacing

+Enter the amount of space that you want to have between the hatch lines. + +

Angle

+Enter the rotation angle for the hatch lines, or click a position in the angle grid. + +

Line type

+Select the type of hatch lines that you want to use. + +

Line color

+Select the color of the hatch lines. +

Background Color

+To apply a background color, select the Background color box, then select a color. + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210500.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210500.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..772cdbde2 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210500.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ + + + + + + + + +Image +/text/shared/01/05210500.xhp + + + +
+ +images; areas +areas; image + + + +

Image

+Select an image that you want to use as a fill image, or add your own image pattern. +
+
+ +
+

Image

+Lists the available images. You can also import images. +To rename an image, select the image, right-click and choose Rename. To delete an image, select the image, right-click and choose Delete. + +

Add/Import

+Locate the image that you want to import, and then click Open. The image is added to the end of the list of available images. + +Imported images are saved in your user profile and can be used in other documents. + +

Options

+ +

Style

+ + + Tiled: Fill the area with the image as tiles. + + + Stretched: Stretch the image to fit the object area. + + + Custom position/size: Set a custom size and position of the image in the object area. + + + + + +

Size

+Size of the tiles and the custom size. + + + Width: Set the width of the tile or custom size. + + + Height: Set the height of the tile or custom size. + + + Scale: Mark to turn the height and width settings relative to original size. + + + +

Position

+Select the anchoring position of the image inside the object area. + + +

Tiling Position

+ + + X-Offset: Set the horizontal image offset value with respect to the anchoring position. + + + Y-Offset: Set the vertical image offset value with respect to the anchoring position. + + + + +

Tiling Offset

+Select the tiles offset in rows or columns. Use the spin button to specify the offset value. + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210600.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210600.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..da8d71c12 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210600.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ + + + + + +Shadow +/text/shared/01/05210600.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+areas; shadows +shadows; areas + + + +

Shadow

+Add a shadow to the selected drawing object, and define the properties of the shadow. +
+
+ +
+

Properties

+Set the properties of the shadow that you want to apply. + +

Use shadow

+Adds a shadow to the selected drawing object. + +

Position

+Click where you want to cast the shadow. + +

Distance

+Enter the distance that you want the shadow to be offset from the selected object. + +

Color

+Select a color for the shadow. + +

Transparency

+Enter a percentage from 0% (opaque) to 100% (transparent) to specify the transparency of the shadow. + + + +
+

Shadow

+Adds a shadow to the selected object. If the object already has a shadow, the shadow is removed. If you click this icon when no object is selected, the shadow is added to the next object that you draw. + + + + +Icon Add Shadow + + +Shadow + + +
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210700.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210700.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..34f1007a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210700.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ + + + + + +Transparency +/text/shared/01/05210700.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+transparency;areas +areas; transparency + + + +

Transparency

+Set the transparency options for the fill that you apply to the selected object. +
+
+ + +
+

Transparency mode

+Specify the type of transparency that you want to apply. + +

No transparency

+Turns off color transparency. This is the default setting. + +

Transparency

+Turns on color transparency. Select this option, and then enter a number in the box, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent. + +

Transparency spin button

+Adjusts the transparency of the current fill color. Enter a number between 0% (opaque) and 100% (transparent). + +

Gradient

+Applies a transparency gradient to the current fill color. Select this option, and then set the gradient properties. + +

Type

+Select the type of transparency gradient that you want to apply. + +

Center X

+Enter the horizontal offset for the gradient. + +

Center Y

+Enter the vertical offset for the gradient. + +

Angle

+Enter a rotation angle for the gradient. + +

Border

+Enter the amount by which you want to adjust the transparent area of the gradient. The default value is 0%. + +

Start value

+Enter a transparency value for the beginning point of the gradient, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent. + +

End value

+Enter a transparency value for the endpoint of the gradient, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent. +

Preview

+Use the preview to view your changes before you apply the transparency effect to the color fill of the selected object. + + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210800.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210800.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5bfdc50bd --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05210800.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ + + + + + + + Pattern + /text/shared/01/05210800.xhp + + + +
+ +pattern;area +pattern;background +background;pattern +background;area + + + +

Pattern

+Fills the object with a simple two color pattern selected on this page. +
+

Pattern

+Lists the available patterns. You can also modify or create your own pattern. + +To rename a pattern, select the pattern, right-click and choose Rename. To delete a pattern, select the pattern, right-click and choose Delete. +

Add

+Adds a custom pattern to the current list. Specify the properties of your pattern, and then click this button. + + +

Modify

+Applies the current pattern properties to the selected pattern. If you want, you can save the pattern under a different name. + +

Options

+Draw or modify a pattern. + + +

Pattern Editor

+ +Draw the pattern in the 8 x 8 pixel board. Click on a pattern pixel to activate it, click again to deactivate it. + + +

Foreground Color

+Set the color of the activated pattern pixels. + + +

Background Color

+Set the color of the deactivated pattern pixels. + + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05220000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05220000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..32d64678b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05220000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ + + + + + + + Text (Formatting) + /text/shared/01/05220000.xhp + + + +
+text; text/draw objects + draw objects; text in + frames; text fitting to frames + + + + +

Text

+ Sets the layout and anchoring properties for text in the selected drawing or text object. +
+
+ +
+ The text is positioned relative to the edges of the drawing or text object. +

Drawing Object Text

+ +

Fit width to text

+ Expands the width of the object to the width of the text, if the object is smaller than the text. + +

Fit height to text

+ Expands the height of the object to the height of the text, if the object is smaller than the text. + +

Fit to frame

+ Resizes the text to fit the entire area of the drawing or text object. This control is available only when the other "fit" controls are not selected. + +

Adjust to contour

+ Adapts the text flow so that it matches the contours of the selected drawing object. +

Custom Shape Text

+ +

Word wrap text in shape

+ Wraps the text that you add after double-clicking a custom shape to fit inside the shape. + +

Resize shape to fit text

+ Resizes a custom shape to fit the text that you enter after double-clicking the shape. +

Spacing to borders

+ Specify the amount of space to leave between the edges of the drawing or text object and the borders of the text. + +

Left

+ Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the drawing or text object and the left border of the text. + +

Right

+ Enter the amount of space to leave between the right edge of the drawing or text object and the right border of the text. + +

Top

+ Enter the amount of space to leave between the top edge of the drawing or text object and the upper border of the text. + +

Bottom

+ Enter the amount of space to leave between the bottom edge of the drawing or text object and the lower border of the text. +

Text anchor

+ Set the anchor type and the anchor position. + +

Graphic field

+ Click where you want to place the anchor for the text. + +

Full width

+ Anchors the text to the full width of the drawing object or text object. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05230000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05230000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..99596483d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05230000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ + + + + + + + + +Position and Size +/text/shared/01/05230000.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+ +Position and Size +Resizes, moves, rotates, or slants the selected object. + +
+
+ +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05230100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05230100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8085a1218 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05230100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ + + + + + + + Position and Size (Text Box and Shape) + /text/shared/01/05230100.xhp + + + Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + + +
+ + positioning;draw objects and controls + draw objects;positioning and resizing + controls; positions and sizes + sizes;draw objects + anchors;types/positions for draw objects + draw objects; anchoring + + + + + + +

Position and Size

+ Resizes or moves the selected object. +
+ +
+ +
+ + + +

Position

+Specify the location of the selected object on the page. + + + + + +Coordinate axes start at column A - row 1. +X-coordinates are negative in a "right-to-left" table. + + DRAW/IMPRESS +Coordinates are relative to the origin. Left/top corner of the page content area is the initial default. + + + + + + +

Position X

+Enter the horizontal coordinate where the selected base point should be placed. + +

Position Y

+Enter the vertical coordinate where the selected base point should be placed. + +

Base point

+The selected base point will be moved to the specified Position Y and Position X. +The base point always returns to the left/top corner on reopening the dialog. + + +

Size

+ + +Specify the size of the selected object. + + +Resize the selected object to the chosen width and height relative to the selected base point. + + + + +

Width

+Enter a width for the selected object. + + +

Height

+Enter a height for the selected object. + + +

Keep ratio

+Maintains the width and height ratio when changing the width or height setting in the dialog box. + + + +Only for shapes. + + + + + + + + + + +

To frame

+Anchors the selection to the surrounding frame. + + + +

Base point

+Click a base point in the grid, and then enter the new size dimensions for the selected object in the Width and Height boxes. +The selected base point remains fixed in the grid. The object is resized relative to that point. + + + +

Protect

+ + +

Position

+Prevents changes to the position and size of the selected object. + + +

Size

+Prevents you from resizing the object. + + + + + + + + + + + + + 2022-05-01: Following two options are not in Image (Type tab for Writer), so not part of sections embedded here. + + + Below page text area: the bottom edge of the page text area to the bottom edge of the page. + + + Above page text area: the top edge of the page to the top of the page text area. + + + + + + +

Adapt

+Specifies, if the size of a drawing object should be adjusted to fit the size of entered text. + +

Fit width to text

+Expands the width of the object to the width of the text, if the object is smaller than the text. + +

Fit height to text

+Expands the height of the object to the height of the text, if the object is smaller than the text. + + + + + Adapt is only available for Text Boxes. To adapt Shapes to text, use Format - Object - Text. + + + Adapt is only available for Text Boxes. To adapt Shapes to text, use Format - Text. + + +
+ + +Positioning Objects + + + +Rotating Objects + + +Rotation +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05230300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05230300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8f3720ac1 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05230300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ + + + + + + +Rotation +/text/shared/01/05230300.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+ + +

Rotation

+Rotates the selected object. +
+
+ +
+

Pivot Point

+The selected object is rotated around a pivot point that you specify. The default pivot point is at the center of the object. +If you set a pivot point too far outside of the object boundaries, the object could be rotated off of the page. + + +

Position X

+Enter the horizontal distance from the left edge of the page to the pivot point. + +

Position Y

+Enter the vertical distance from the top edge of the page to the pivot point. + +

Default settings

+Click where you want to place the pivot point. +

Rotation Angle

+Specify the number of degrees that you want to rotate the selected object, or click in the rotation grid. + +

Angle

+Enter the number of degrees that you want to rotate the selected object. + +

Default settings

+Click to specify the rotation angle in multiples of 45 degrees. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05230400.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05230400.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d7868ccb1 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05230400.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ + + + + + +Slant & Corner Radius +/text/shared/01/05230400.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+slanting draw objects +draw objects; slanting +areas; slanting +shapes; control points +draw objects; control points +mw made "slanting;..." a one level entry + + +

Slant & Corner Radius

+Slants the selected object, or rounds the corners of a rectangular object. +
+
+ +
+ +

Corner Radius

+You can only round the corners of a rectangular object. + +

Radius

+Enter the radius of the circle that you want to use to round the corners. +

Slant

+Slants the selected object along an axis that you specify. + +

Angle

+Enter the angle of the slant axis.. The slant angle relates to how much an object inclines or slants from its normal vertical position. +

Control points 1 and 2

+Some shapes have a special handle which you can drag to change the properties of the shape. The mouse pointer changes to a hand symbol over these special handles. The control points refers to the X and Y coordinates of the position of these handles. When the object has no handle, the values in these boxes are zero. When the shape has one control point, the coordinates of the other control point are zero. +Enter a value to set the X and Y coordinates of the control points of the object. + + Control points in a shape + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05230500.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05230500.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..78061b664 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05230500.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ + + + + + + + + +Callout +/text/shared/01/05230500.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+legends; draw objects +draw objects; legends +labels;for draw objects +labels, see also names/callouts +captions, see also labels/callouts +names, see also labels/callouts +mw made "labeling..." a two level entry and added 3 "see also" references +Callout +Specify the properties of the selected callout. +
+
+ +
+ + +These callouts are a legacy of the first versions of %PRODUCTNAME. You must customize a toolbar or menu to insert these callouts. The newer custom shape callouts offer more features, for example a Callouts toolbar +Icon + where you can select the shape. + +Callout Styles +Click the Callout style that you want to apply to the selected callout. + +Spacing +Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the end of the callout line, and the callout box. + + + +Extension +Select where you want to extend the callout line from, in relation to the callout box. + +Length +Enter the length of the callout line segment that extends from the callout box to the inflection point of the line. +The Length box is only available if you select the Angled connector line callout style, and leave the Optimal checkbox cleared. + +Optimal +Click here to display a single-angled line in an optimal way. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05240000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05240000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eda40485f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05240000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ + + + + + + + + + + +Flip +/text/shared/01/05240000.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+draw objects; flipping +flipping draw objects + + +Flip +Flips the selected object horizontally, or vertically. +
+
+ +
+ + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05240100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05240100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..526544824 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05240100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + + + + + + + + + + +Vertically +/text/shared/01/05240100.xhp + + + +
+ + +Vertically +Flips the selected object(s) vertically from top to bottom. +
+
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05240200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05240200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..79070464e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05240200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + + + + + + + + + + +Horizontally +/text/shared/01/05240200.xhp + + + +
+ + +Horizontally +Flips the selected object(s) horizontally from left to right. +
+
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05250000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05250000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9f380e709 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05250000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ + + + + + + + + +Arrange +/text/shared/01/05250000.xhp + + + +
+objects; arranging within stacks +arranging; objects +borders; arranging +pictures; arranging within stacks +draw objects; arranging within stacks +controls; arranging within stacks +OLE objects; arranging within stacks +charts; arranging within stacks +layer arrangement +levels; depth stagger +depth stagger +mw made "layers;..." a one level entry + + + +Arrange +Changes the stacking order of the selected object(s). +
+
+ +
+Layer for text and graphics +Each object that you place in your document is successively stacked on the preceding object. Use the arrange commands to change the stacking order of objects in your document. You cannot change the stacking order of text. + + + + + + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05250100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05250100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a4163d9f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05250100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ + + + + + + + + +Bring to Front +/text/shared/01/05250100.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + + + +
+ +Bring to Front + Moves the selected object to the top of the stacking order, so that it is in front of other objects. +
+
+ +
+
+ Layer +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05250200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05250200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3cee57d77 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05250200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ + + + + + + + + +Bring Forward +/text/shared/01/05250200.xhp + + + +
+ + +Bring Forward +Moves the selected object up one level, so that it is closer to top of the stacking order. +
+
+ +
+
+Layer +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05250300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05250300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fd9028183 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05250300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ + + + + + + + + +Send Backward +/text/shared/01/05250300.xhp + + + +
+ + +Send Backward +Moves the selected object down one level, so that it is closer to the bottom of the stacking order. +
+
+ +
+
+Layer +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05250400.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05250400.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8af4f5e36 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05250400.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ + + + + + + + + +Send to Back +/text/shared/01/05250400.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + + + +
+ +Send to Back + Moves the selected object to the bottom of the stacking order, so that it is behind the other objects. +
+
+ +
+
+ Layer +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05250500.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05250500.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c0b4a5bcc --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05250500.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ + + + + + + + + +To Foreground +/text/shared/01/05250500.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+ + +To Foreground + +Moves the selected object in front of text. +
+
+ +
+
+Layer +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05250600.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05250600.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bebbd2dc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05250600.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ + + + + + + + + +To Background +/text/shared/01/05250600.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+ + +To Background + +Moves the selected object behind text. +
+
+ +
+
+ +Layer +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05260000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05260000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..18b1377cd --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05260000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ + + + + + +Anchor +/text/shared/01/05260000.xhp + + + +
+ +

Anchor

+Shows anchoring options for the selected object. +
+
+ +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +If the selected object is in a frame, you can also anchor the object to the frame. +
+ +
+ + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05260100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05260100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ed03e717d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05260100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ + + + + + + +To Page +/text/shared/01/05260100.xhp + + + +
+ +

To Page

+Anchors the selected object so that it always remains on the current page. +
+
+ +
+Objects with this anchor can be positioned in relation to the entire page or in relation to the page’s text area. +The position of the anchored object on the current page does not change as content and pages are added or removed from the document. + The current page remains in the document, with its current position in the sequence of pages, as long as the object is anchored to that page. +The anchor icon is displayed at the top left corner of the page. +
+ + + + + + +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05260200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05260200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ef2b1429b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05260200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ + + + + + + +To Paragraph +/text/shared/01/05260200.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+ +

To Paragraph

+ Anchors the selected object to the current paragraph. +
+
+ +
+ Objects with this anchor can be positioned in relation to the page or its text area, as well as the paragraph or its text area. + The anchor icon is displayed at the left page margin at the beginning of the paragraph. +When a paragraph is used for positioning and the paragraph extends over more than one page or column, then positioning options that refer to a paragraph area or paragraph text area are applied only to the portion of the paragraph in the page or column where the anchor is located. +
+ + + + + + +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05260300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05260300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ca836d1ff --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05260300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ + + + + + + + To Character + /text/shared/01/05260300.xhp + + + + + +
+ +

To Character

+Anchors the selected object to a character. Use the mouse to drag the anchor to the desired character. +
+
+ +
+The character immediately before the anchor position is used for positioning in relation to the Character region and the Line of text reference line. + +To align an image, frame, or OLE object relative to the anchored character, right-click the object, and choose Properties. Click the Position and Size tab, and in the Position area, select Character in the to boxes. + + +
+ + + + + + +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05260400.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05260400.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..96fa1584d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05260400.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ + + + + + + +To Cell +/text/shared/01/05260400.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+ +

To Cell

+ Anchors the selected item to a cell. The anchor icon is displayed in the upper left corner of the cell. +
+
+ +
+
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05260500.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05260500.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..69dd84054 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05260500.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ + + + + + + +To Frame +/text/shared/01/05260500.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+ +

To Frame

+Anchors the selected object to a surrounding frame. +
+
+ +
+
+ + + + + + +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05260600.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05260600.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..027eadb2c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05260600.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ + + + + + + +As Character +/text/shared/01/05260600.xhp + + + +
+ + +

As Character

+Anchors the selected object as a character in the current text. The height of the current line of text is extended, if the object is above (and/or below) the border for the highest character or object in the current line of text. +
+
+ +
+
+ + + + + + +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05270000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05270000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7555ae02f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05270000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ + + + + + + + + +Edit Points +/text/shared/01/05270000.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+ +Edit Points +Lets you change the shape of the selected drawing object. +
+
+ +
+To edit the shape of a selected drawing object, click the Points icon on the Drawing Bar, and then drag one of the points on the object. +
+ +Edit Points Bar +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05280000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05280000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2bbae57ad --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05280000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,335 @@ + + + + + +Fontwork +/text/shared/01/05280000.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+ + + +

Fontwork Dialog (for putting text along a curve)

+Simple tool for putting text along a curve without any fancy effects.UFI: see "Fontwork_ui" spec doc. +This Fontwork dialog is meant for making text follow a curve. Draw a curve, double-click it and type text into it. With the curve selected, you can now activate the Fontwork command. Access the dialog by choosing Format - Text Box and Shape - FontworkFirst call Tools - Customize to add a menu command or a toolbar button to open the dialog. The Fontwork command is found in the Format category of the Customize dialog. +
+

Alignment icons

+You can make text follow any shape. Most of the custom shapes available in the Drawing toolbar need to be converted to a different type before you can use them with Fontwork. In Impress or Draw, right-click the shape and select Convert - To Curve/Polygon/Contour. If you wish, you can now copy and paste the converted shape into Writer for use with Fontwork. Shapes in the Legacy Circles and Ovals and Legacy Rectangles toolbars do not need to be converted. The Arc included in the basic shapes is also a legacy shape. + +Removes baseline formatting. + + + + +Icon + + + +Off + + +
+ + +Uses the top or the bottom edge of the selected object as the text baseline. + + + + +Icon + + + +Rotate + + +
+ + +Uses the top or the bottom edge of the selected object as the text baseline and preserves the original vertical alignment of the individual characters. + + + + +Icon + + + +Upright + + +
+ + +Horizontally slants the characters in the text object. + + + + +Icon + + + +Slant Horizontal + + +
+ + +Vertically slants the characters in the text object. + + + + +Icon + + + +Slant Vertical + + +
+ + +Reverses the text flow direction, and flips the text horizontally or vertically. To use this command, you must first apply a different baseline to the text. + + + + +Icon + + + +Orientation + + +
+ + +Aligns the text to the left end of the text baseline. + + + + +Icon + + + +Align Left + + +
+ + +Centers the text on the text baseline. + + + + +Icon + + + +Center + + +
+ + +Aligns the text to the right end of the text baseline. + + + + +Icon + + + +Align Right + + +
+ + +Resizes the text to fit the length of the text baseline. + + + + +Icon + + + +AutoSize Text + + +
+ + +Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the text baseline and the base of the individual characters. + + + + +Icon + + + +Distance + + +
+ + +Enter the amount of space to leave between the beginning of the text baseline, and the beginning of the text. + + + + +Icon + + + +Indent + + +
+ + +Shows or hides the text baseline, or the edges of the selected object. + + + + +Icon + + + +Contour + + +
+ + +Shows or hides the borders of the individual characters in the text. + + + + +Icon + + + +Text Contour + + +
+ + +Removes the shadow effects that you applied to the text. + + + + +Icon + + + +No Shadow + + +
+ + +Adds a shadow to the text in the selected object. Click this button, and then enter the dimensions of the shadow in the Distance X and the Distance Y boxes. + + + + +Icon + + + +Vertical + + +
+ + +Adds a slant shadow to the text in the selected object. Click this button, and then enter the dimensions of the shadow in the Distance X and the Distance Y boxes. + + + + +Icon + + + +Slant + + +
+ + +

Horizontal Distance

+Enter the horizontal distance between the text characters and the edge of the shadow. + + + + +Icon + + + +X Distance + + +
+ + +

Vertical Distance

+Enter the vertical distance between the text characters and the edge of the shadow. + + + + +Icon + + + +Y Distance + + +
+ + +

Shadow Color

+Select a color for the text shadow. +
+ + +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05290000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05290000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6500cf74a --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05290000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ + + + + + + + + +Group +/text/shared/01/05290000.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+ +Group +Groups keep together selected objects, so that they can be moved or formatted as a single object. +
+
+ +
+Working with groups +To edit the individual objects of a group, select the group, right-click, and then choose Enter Group + +Group - Enter Group +When you are editing a group, the objects that are not part of the group are faded. +Use Tab and Shift+Tab to move forwards and backwards through the objects in a group. +To exit a group, right-click, and then choose Exit Group + +Group - Exit Group +Group + +Ungroup + +Enter Group + +Exit Group + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05290100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05290100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0f6c13b66 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05290100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + + + + + + + + +Group +/text/shared/01/05290100.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + + + +Group + Groups the selected objects, so that they can be moved as a single object. +
+ +
+ The properties of individual objects are maintained even after you group the objects. You can nest groups, that is, you can have a group within a group. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05290200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05290200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aa760d4b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05290200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + + + + + + + + +Ungroup +/text/shared/01/05290200.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + + + +Ungroup + Breaks apart the selected group into individual objects. +
+ +
+ To break apart the nested groups within a group, you must repeat this command on each subgroup. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05290300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05290300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c819247d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05290300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ + + + + + + +Enter Group +/text/shared/01/05290300.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + + +Enter Group + Opens the selected group, so that you can edit the individual objects. If the selected group contains nested group, you can repeat this command on the subgroups. This command does not permanently ungroup the objects. +
+ +
+ To select an individual object in a group, hold down CommandCtrl, and then click the object. +
+ Groups + Exit Group +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05290400.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05290400.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0cc00af87 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05290400.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ + + + + + + + + +Exit Group +/text/shared/01/05290400.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + + + + +Exit Group + Exits the group, so that you can no longer edit the individual objects in the group. If you are in a nested group, only the nested group is closed. +
+ +
+
+ Groups + Enter Group +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05320000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05320000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ade7f9e73 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05320000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ + + + + + + + + + + +Text Animation +/text/shared/01/05320000.xhp + + + +
+ + +Text Animation +Adds an animation effect to the text in the selected drawing object. +
+
+ +
+Text animation effects +Select the effect that you want to apply, and then set the properties of the effect. +Effects +Select the animation effect that you want to apply to the text in the selected drawing object. To remove an animation effect, select No Effect. +To the Left +Scrolls text from right to left. + + + + +Icon + + + +Left arrow + + +
+To the Right +Scrolls text from left to right. + + + + +Icon + + + +Right arrow + + +
+To the Top +Scrolls text from bottom to top. + + + + +Icon + + + +Up arrow + + +
+To the Bottom +Scrolls text from top to bottom. + + + + +Icon + + + +Down arrow + + +
+Properties +Start Inside +Text is visible and inside the drawing object when the effect is applied. +Text visible when exitingi60202 +Text remains visible after the effect is applied. +Animation effects +Set the looping options for the animation effect. +Continuous +Plays the animation effect continuously. To specify the number of times to play the effect, clear this checkbox, and enter a number in the Continuous box. +Continuous box +Enter the number of times that you want the animation effect to repeat. +Increment +Specify the increment value for scrolling the text. +Pixels +Measures increment value in pixels. +Increment box +Enter the number of increments by which to scroll the text. +Delay +Specify the amount time to wait before repeating the effect. +Automatic +$[officename] automatically determines the amount of time to wait before repeating the effect. To manually assign the delay period, clear this checkbox, and then enter a value in the Automatic box. +Automatic box +Enter the amount of time to wait before repeating the effect. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05320001.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05320001.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c83de7eb8 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05320001.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + + +Text Columns +/text/shared/01/05320001.xhp + + + +
+ + +Text Columns +Adds columns to the text in the selected drawing object. +
+Number of columns +Specifies how many columns to use to lay out the drawing object's text. +Spacing +Specifies the amount of space between the columns. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05320002.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05320002.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..92f010043 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05320002.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ + + + + + +Theme +/text/shared/01/05320002.xhp + + + +
+ + +Theme +Adds colors to the selected master page. +
+General +Name +Specifies a name for this master page theme. +Color Set +Name +Specifies a name for this set of colors. +Background - Dark 1 +Specifies the first dark color to be used as dark background, typically black. +Text - Light 1 +Specifies the first light color to be used as light text, typically white. +Background - Dark 2 +Specifies the second dark color to be used as dark background. This is typically dark, but not exactly black. +Text - Light 2 +Specifies the second light color to be used as light text. This is typically light, but not exactly white. +Accent 1 +First custom color. This is typically dark enough that light text is readable when the custom color is used as a background color. +Accent 2 +Second custom color. +Accent 3 +Third custom color. +Accent 4 +Fourth custom color. +Accent 5 +Fifth custom color. +Accent 6 +Sixth custom color. +Hyperlink +Color used for non-followed hyperlinks. +Followed Hyperlink +Color used for followed hyperlinks. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e3cb966d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ + + + + + + + + + Row Height + /text/shared/01/05340100.xhp + + + + + + + +Row Height + Changes the height of the current row, or the selected rows. + + You can also change the height of a row by dragging the divider below the row header. To fit the row height to the cell contents, double-click the divider. + +
+ +
+ + +Height + Enter the row height that you want to use. + + +Default value + Adjusts the row height to the size based on the default template. Existing contents may be shown vertically cropped. The height no longer increases automatically when you enter larger contents. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6f6d90000 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ + + + + + + + + +Column width +/text/shared/01/05340200.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + + + + + +Column width + Changes the width of the current column, or the selected columns. +
+ +
+ You can also change the width of a column by dragging the divider beside the column header. To fit the column width to the cell contents, double-click the divider. + Width + Enter the column width that you want to use. + Default value Automatic + Automatically adjusts the column width based on the current font. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a9f1c6bcb --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,153 @@ + + + + + + + + +Alignment +/text/shared/01/05340300.xhp + + + +
+aligning; cells +cells; aligning + + + +Alignment +Sets the alignment options for the contents of the current cell, or the selected cells. +
+
+ +
+ +Horizontal +Select the horizontal alignment option that you want to apply to the cell contents. +Default +Aligns numbers to the right, and text to the left. +If the Default option is selected, numbers will be aligned to the right and text will be left-justified.UFI: removed two help idsUFI: reason: Help IDs .uno:AlignLeft, AlignRight, AlignBlock, AlignHorizontalCenter are the same for Objects in Draw/Impress and for text alignment in Calc. Unfortunately both sets of files are located in shared folder... Must create a special file in scalc or add those as hidden texts to a file in scalc. +Left +Aligns the contents of the cell to the left. + + +UFI: removed two help ids +Right +Aligns the contents of the cell to the right. + + +UFI: removed two help ids +Center +Horizontally centers the contents of the cell. + + +UFI: removed two help ids +Justified +Aligns the contents of the cell to the left and to the right cell borders. + + + +Filled +Repeats the cell contents (number and text) until the visible area of the cell is filled. This feature does not work on text that contains line breaks. +Distributed +Aligns contents evenly across the whole cell. Unlike Justified, it justifies the very last line of text, too. + +Indent +Indents from the left edge of the cell by the amount that you enter. + +Vertical +Select the vertical alignment option that you want to apply to the cell contents. +Default +Aligns the cell contents to the bottom of the cell.UFI: removed two help ids +Top +Aligns the contents of the cell to the upper edge of the cell. + + + + + + + +UFI: removed two help ids +Bottom +Aligns the contents of the cell to the lower edge of the cell. + + +UFI: removed two help ids +Middle +Vertically centers the contents of the cell. + + + +Justified +Aligns the contents of the cell to the top and to the bottom cell borders. +Distributed +Same as Justified, unless the text orientation is vertical. Then it behaves similarly, than horizontal Distributed setting, i.e. the very last line is justified, too. +Text orientation +Sets the text orientation of the cell contents. + + + + + +Click in the dial to set the text orientation. + +Degrees +Enter the rotation angle from 0 to 360 for the text in the selected cell(s). + +Reference edge +Specify the cell edge from which to write the rotated text. + + + +Text Extension From Lower Cell Border: Writes the rotated text from the bottom cell edge outwards. + + + +Text Extension From Upper Cell Border: Writes the rotated text from the top cell edge outwards. + + + +Text Extension Inside Cells: Writes the rotated text only within the cell. + + + +Vertically stacked +Aligns text vertically.UFI: see spec "Shrink to fit" + + +Asian layout mode +This checkbox is only available if Asian language support is enabled and the text direction is set to vertical. Aligns Asian characters one below the other in the selected cell(s). If the cell contains more than one line of text, the lines are converted to text columns that are arranged from right to left. Western characters in the converted text are rotated 90 degrees to the right. Asian characters are not rotated. +Properties +Determine the text flow in a cell. + +Wrap text automatically +Wraps text onto another line at the cell border. The number of lines depends on the width of the cell. To enter a manual line break, press Command +Ctrl+Enter in the cell.conditional switches inside AVIS do not work + + +Hyphenation active +Enables word hyphenation for text wrapping to the next line. + +Shrink to fit cell size +Reduces the apparent size of the font so that the contents of the cell fit into the current cell width. You cannot apply this command to a cell that contains line breaks. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340400.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340400.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..89a9afd30 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340400.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,205 @@ + + + + + +Data Sources +/text/shared/01/05340400.xhp + + + +
+data source browser +tables in databases;browsing and editing +databases; editing tables +editing; database tables and queries +queries; editing in data source view +mw deleted "database tables," and changed "tables in databases;" +

Data Sources

+This section contains information on browsing and editing database tables. +
+ +You cannot use the data source browser on a database table that is open in Design view. +

Data source browser

+The commands for the data source browser are found on the Table Data bar and in context menus. +

Selecting records

+To select a record in a database table, click the row header, or click a row header, and then use the Up or Down arrow keys. +Select database records. Drag-and-drop rows or cells to the document to insert contents. Drag-and-drop column headers to insert fields. +The following table describes how to select individual elements in the data source browser: + + + +Selection + + +Action + + + + +Record + + +Click the row header + + + + +Several records or removing a selection + + +Hold down CommandCtrl and click the row header + + + + +Column + + +Click the column header + + + + +Data field + + +Click in the data field + + + + +Entire table + + +Click the row header of the column headings + + +
+

Table Data toolbar (editing table data)

+ + + + +Icon + + + +Allows you to edit, add, or delete records from the database table.removed 3 ancient paras + + +
+

Cutting, copying and pasting data

+You can cut, copy, and paste records in Data Source view. The Data Source browser also supports the dragging and dropping of records, or text and numbers from other $[officename] files. +You cannot drag and drop to Yes/No, binary, image, or counting table fields. +Drag and drop only works in Edit mode. + +

Navigating in the Data Source Browser

+Use the Form Navigation bar at the bottom of the Data Source view to navigate between different records. +

First record

+ + + + +Icon + + + + +Go to the first record in the table. + + +
+

Previous record

+ + + + +Icon + + + + +Go to the previous record in the table. + + +
+

Record number

+ +Type the number of the record that you want to display, and then press Enter. +

Next record

+ + + + +Icon + + + + +Go to the next record in the table. + + +
+

Last record

+ + + + +Icon + + + + +Go to the last record in the table. + + +
+

New record

+ + + + +Icon + + + + +Inserts a new record into the current table. To create a record, click the asterisk (*) button at the bottom of the table view. An empty row is added at the end of the table. + + +
+

Number of records

+ +Displays the number of records. For example, "Record 7 of 9(2)" indicates that two records (2) are selected in a table containing 9 records, and that the cursor is in record number 7. +

Organizing tables

+To access the commands for formatting the table, right-click a column header, or a row header. +

Table Format

+ +

Row Height

+ + +

Column Format

+ +

Column Width

+ + + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340402.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340402.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e30751e93 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340402.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ + + + + + + + + +Table format +/text/shared/01/05340402.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + + + + + Table format + Formats the selected row(s). +
+ +
+ + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340404.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340404.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7890d5597 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340404.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + + + + + + + + +Delete Rows +/text/shared/01/05340404.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+Delete Rows +Deletes the selected row(s). +
+
+ +
+This command can be activated only when you select the Edit icon on the Table Data bar or Standard bar. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340405.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340405.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..187be12c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340405.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + + + +Column format +/text/shared/01/05340405.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + + +

Column format

+ Formats the selected column(s). +
+ +
+ + + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340500.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340500.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e80ee7691 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340500.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + + + + + + + + +Hide Columns +/text/shared/01/05340500.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+Hide Columns +Hides the selected column(s). To display hidden columns, right-click any column header, and then choose Show Columns. +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340600.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340600.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..721316944 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05340600.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + + + + + + + + +Show Columns +/text/shared/01/05340600.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+Show Columns +Displays hidden columns. Choose the column that you want to display from the list, or click All to display all of the hidden columns. +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05350000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05350000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f3e2599f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05350000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ + + + + + +3D Effects +/text/shared/01/05350000.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + + + 3D Effects + + +
+ + + +

3D Effects

+Specifies the properties of 3D object(s) in the current document or converts a 2D object to 3D. +
+
+ +
+ + + + + +
+ +

Apply

+Click here to apply the properties shown in the dialog to the selected object. + + + + + Apply icon + + + + Apply + + +
+ +

Update

+Click here to view in the dialog all the properties of the selected object. + + + + + Update Icon + + + + Update + + +
+ + +

Convert to 3-D

+Use this icon to convert a selected 2D object to a 3D object. You can also select several 2D objects and convert them to one single 3D object. To convert a group of 2D objects to 3D, you must first ungroup the selected objects. + + + + + Icon Convert to 3-D + + + + Convert to 3-D + + +
+ +

Convert to Rotation Object

+Click here to convert a selected 2D object to a 3D rotation object. You can also select several 2D objects and convert them to one single 3D rotation object. To convert a group of 2D objects to 3D, you must first ungroup the selected objects. + + + + + + Icon Convert to Rotation Object + + + + Convert to Rotation Object + + +
+

Perspective On/Off

+Click here to turn the perspective view on or off. + + + + + Icon Perspective On/Off + + + + Perspective On/Off + + +
+
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05350200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05350200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ed822cb08 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05350200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ + + + + + +Geometry +/text/shared/01/05350200.xhp + + + +
+

Geometry

+Adjusts the shape of the selected 3D object. You can only modify the shape of a 3D object that was created by converting a 2D object. To convert a 2D object to 3D, select the object, right-click, and then choose Convert - To 3D, or Convert - To 3D Rotation Object. + + + + + Geometry Icon + + + + Geometry + + +
+
+
+ +
+

Geometry

+Define the shape properties for the selected 3D object. +

Rounded edges

+Enter the amount by which you want to round the corners of the selected 3D object. +

Scaled depth

+Enter the amount by which to increase or decrease the area of the front side of the selected 3D object. +

Rotation angle

+Enter the angle in degrees to rotate the selected 3D rotation object. +

Depth

+Enter the extrusion depth for the selected 3D object. This option is not valid for 3D rotation objects. +

Segments

+You can change the number of segments that are used to draw a 3D rotation object. +

Horizontal

+Enter the number of horizontal segments to use in the selected 3D rotation object. +

Vertical

+Enter the number of vertical segments to use in the selected 3D rotation object +

Normals

+Allows you to modify the rendering style of the 3D surface. +

Object-Specific

+Renders the 3D surface according to the shape of the object. For example, a circular shape is rendered with a spherical surface. + + + + +Icon + + + +Object-Specific + + +
+

Flat

+Renders the 3D surface as polygons. + + + + +Icon + + + +Flat + + +
+

Spherical

+Renders a smooth 3D surface. + + + + +Icon + + + +Spherical + + +
+

Invert Normals

+Inverts the light source. + + + + +Icon + + + +Invert Normals + + +
+

Double-sided Illumination

+Lights the object from the outside and the inside. To use an ambient light source, click this button, and then click the Invert Normals button. + + + + +Icon + + + +Double-sided illumination + + +
+

Double-Sided

+Closes the shape of a 3D object that was created by extruding a freeform line (Convert - To 3D). + + + + +Icon + + +Double-Sided + + +
+ + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05350300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05350300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d83dd1698 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05350300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ + + + + + +Shading +/text/shared/01/05350300.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+ +

Shading

+Sets the shading and shadow options for the selected 3D object. + + + + + Icon Shading + + + + Shading + + +
+
+
+ +
+

Shading

+Specify the type of shading to apply to the selected 3D object. + +

Mode

+Select the shading method that you want to use. Flat shading assigns a single color to a single polygon on the surface of the object. Gouraud shading blends colors across the polygons. Phong shading averages the color of each pixel based on the pixels that surround it, and requires the most processing power. + +

Shadow

+Adds or removes a shadow from the selected 3D object. + + + + +Icon + + +3D Shadowing On/Off + + +
+ + +

Surface angle

+Enter an angle from 0 to 90 degrees for casting the shadow. +

Camera

+Set the camera options for the selected 3D object. + +

Distance

+Enter the distance to leave between the camera and the center of the selected object. + +

Focal length

+Enter the focal length of the camera, where a small value corresponds to a "fisheye" lens, and a large value to a telephoto lens. + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05350400.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05350400.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a158cde61 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05350400.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ + + + + + +Illumination +/text/shared/01/05350400.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+ +

Illumination

+Define the light source for the selected 3D object. + + + + + Icon Illumination + + + + Illumination + + +
+
+
+ +
+

Illumination

+Specify the light source for the object, as well as the color of the light source and of the ambient light. You can define up to eight different light sources. + + + + + + + + +

Light source

+Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box. You can also press the Spacebar to turn the light source on or off. + + + + +Icon Light is on + + + +Light is on + + +
+ + + + + +Icon Light is off + + + +Light is off + + +
+ + +

Color Selection

+Select a color for the current light source. + +

Select Color in the color dialog

+ + +

Ambient light

+ +

Color Selection

+Select a color for the ambient light. + +

Select Color Through the Color Dialog

+ + +

Preview

+Displays a preview of the light source changes. + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05350500.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05350500.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7c174db79 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05350500.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,239 @@ + + + + + +Textures +/text/shared/01/05350500.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+ +

Textures

+Sets the properties of the surface texture for the selected 3D object. This feature is only available after you apply a surface texture to the selected object. To quickly apply a surface texture, open the Gallery, hold down Shift+CommandCtrl, and then drag an image onto the selected 3D object. + + + + + Icon Textures + + + + Textures + + +
+
+
+ +
+

Textures

+Sets the texture properties. +

Type

+Set the color properties of the texture. + +

Black & White

+Converts the texture to black and white. + + + + +Icon Black & White + + + +Black & White + + +
+ + +

Color

+Converts the texture to color. + + + + +Icon Color + + + +Color + + +
+ +

Mode

+Show or hide shading. + +

Only Texture

+Applies the texture without shading. + + + + +Icon Only Texture + + + +Only Texture + + +
+ + +

Texture and Shading

+Applies the texture with shading. To define the shading options for the texture, click the Shading button in this dialog. + + + + +Icon Texture and Shading + + + +Texture and Shading + + +
+ +

Projection X

+Set the options for displaying the texture. + +

Object-specific

+Automatically adjusts the texture based on the shape and size of the object. + + + + +Icon Object-specific + + + +Object-specific + + +
+ + +

Parallel

+Applies the texture parallel to the horizontal axis. + + + + +Icon + + + +Parallel + + +
+ + +

Circular

+Wraps the horizontal axis of the texture pattern around a sphere. + + + + +Icon Circular + + + +Circular + + +
+ +

Projection Y

+Click the respective buttons to define the texture for the object Y axis. + +

Object-specific

+Automatically adjusts the texture based on the shape and size of the object. + + + + +Icon Object-Specific + + + +Object-specific + + +
+ + +

Parallel

+Applies the texture parallel to the vertical axis. + + + + +Icon Parallel + + + +Parallel + + +
+ + +

Circular

+Wraps the vertical axis of the texture pattern around a sphere. + + + + +Icon Circular + + + +Circular + + +
+ +

Filter

+Filters out some of the 'noise' that can occur when you apply a texture to a 3D object. + +

Filtering On/Off

+Blurs the texture slightly to remove unwanted speckles. + + + + +Icon Filtering On/Off + + + +Filtering On/Off + + +
+ + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05350600.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05350600.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f4c96fc9b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05350600.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ + + + + + +Material +/text/shared/01/05350600.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+ +

Material

+Changes the coloring of the selected 3D object. + + + + + Icon Material + + + + Material + + +
+
+
+ +
+

Material

+Assigns a predefined color scheme or lets you create your own color scheme. + +

Favorites

+Select a predefined color scheme, or select User-defined to define a custom color scheme. + +

Object color

+Select the color that you want to apply to the object. + +

Select Color Through the Color Dialog

+ + + +

Illumination color

+Select the color to illuminate the object. + +

Select Color Through the Color Dialog

+ + +

Specular

+Sets the light reflection properties for the selected object. + +

Color

+Select the color that you want the object to reflect. + +

Select Color Through the Color Dialog

+ + + +

Intensity

+Enter the intensity of the specular effect. + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05360000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05360000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..af9f8d314 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05360000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ + + + + + +Distribute +/text/shared/01/05360000.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + + +drawing objects;distribute +drawing objects;distribute evenly +distribute objects in drawings +distribute objects vertically +distribute objects;vertically evenly +distribute objects horizontally +distribute objects;horizontally evenly + + +
+

Distribute Selection

+ +Distributes three or more selected objects evenly along the horizontal axis or the vertical axis. You can also evenly distribute the spacing between objects. +
+
+ +
+Objects are distributed with respect to the outermost objects in the selection. + + Original object distribution + +

Horizontally

+Specify the horizontal distribution for the selected objects. + +

Horizontally Left

+Distributes the selected objects, so that the left edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another. + + Object distribution horizontally left + + +

Horizontally Center

+Distributes the selected objects, so that the horizontal centers of the objects are evenly spaced from one another. + + Object distribution horizontally center + + +

Horizontally Spacing

+Distributes the selected objects horizontally, so that the objects are evenly spaced from one another. + + Object distribution horizontally spaced evenly + + +

Horizontally Right

+Distributes the selected objects, so that the right edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another. + + Object distribution horizontally right + +

Vertically

+Specify the vertical distribution for the selected objects. + +

Vertically Top

+Distributes the selected objects, so that the top edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another. + + Distribute objects vertically top + + +

Vertically Center

+Distributes the selected objects, so that the vertical centers of the objects are evenly spaced from one another. + + Distribute objects vertically center + + +

Vertically Spacing

+Distributes the selected objects vertically, so that the objects are evenly spaced from one another. + + Object distribution horizontally spaced evenly + + +

Vertically Bottom

+Distributes the selected objects, so that the bottom edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another. + + Distribute objects vertically bottom + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05990000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05990000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..15aae70bf --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/05990000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + + + +Text Attributes +/text/shared/01/05990000.xhp + + + +
UFI: removed 2 help ids +

Text Attributes

+Sets the layout and anchoring properties for text in the selected drawing or text object. + +
+
+ +
+This command is only available for drawing objects that can contain text, for example for rectangles, but not for lines. + + + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06010000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06010000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..62d5e2b84 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06010000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ + + + + + + + Spelling + /text/shared/01/06010000.xhp + + + +
+dictionaries; spellcheck + spellcheck; dialog + dictionaries; spelling + spelling; dialog + languages; spellcheck + languages; spelling + + + + + +

Spelling

+ Checks the document or the current selection for spelling errors. If a grammar checking extension is installed, the dialog also checks for grammar errors. + +
+
+ +
+ The spellcheck starts at the current cursor position and advances to the end of the document or selection. You can then choose to continue the spellcheck from the beginning of the document. + Spelling looks for misspelled words and gives you the option of adding an unknown word to a user dictionary. When the first misspelled word is found, the Spelling dialog opens. + Spelling errors are underlined in red, grammar errors in blue. + + +

Text Language

+ Specifies the language to use to check the spelling. + + +

Not in Dictionary

+ Displays the sentence with the misspelled word highlighted. Edit the word or the sentence, or click one of the suggestions in the text box below. + +

Ignore Once

+ Skips the unknown word and continues with the spellcheck. + This label of this button changes to Resume if you leave the Spelling dialog open when you return to your document. To continue the spellcheck from the current position of the cursor, click Resume. + +

Ignore All

+ Skips all occurrences of the unknown word until the end of the current %PRODUCTNAME session and continues with the spellcheck. + +While performing a grammar check, click Ignore Rule to ignore the rule that is currently flagged as a grammar error. +

Ignore Rule

+ Appears when checking grammar. Click to ignore the suggested grammatical change. + +

Add to Dictionary

+ Adds the unknown word to a user-defined dictionary. + + To add a new dictionary, press Options, then press New. After %PRODUCTNAME is restarted, multiple user-defined dictionaries are shown when Add to Dictionary is pressed. Select which dictionary should receive the added word. +

Suggestions

+ Lists suggested words to replace the misspelled word. Select the word that you want to use, and then click Correct or Correct All. + +

Correct

+ Replaces the unknown word with the current suggestion. If you changed more than just the misspelled word, the entire sentence is replaced. + +

Correct All

+ Replaces all occurrences of the unknown word with the current suggestion. + +

Add to AutoCorrect

+ Adds the current combination of the incorrect word and the selected replacement suggestion to the AutoCorrect replacement table, but does not make any change in the document. + + +

Check grammar

+ Enable to work first on all spelling errors, then on all grammar errors. + +

Options

+ Opens a dialog, where you can select the user-defined dictionaries, and set the rules for the spellchecking. + +

Undo

+ Click to undo the last change in the current sentence. Click again to undo the previous change in the same sentence. +
+ + Spelling Options + AutoCorrect Commands + Thesaurus +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06010101.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06010101.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..352c99108 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06010101.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ + + + + + + + + +Writing aids +/text/shared/01/06010101.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + + + + Writing aids + Select the user-defined dictionaries and set the rules for the spellchecking. +
+ +
+ + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06010500.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06010500.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2092271b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06010500.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ + + + + + + + + +Language +/text/shared/01/06010500.xhp + + + +
+ +Language +Opens a submenu where you can choose language specific commands. +
+ +Writer menu commands, i80434 + +For Selection +Opens a submenu. Choose a language for the selected text.
Choose None to exclude the selected text from spellchecking and hyphenation.
Choose More to open a dialog with more options. + +For Paragraph +Opens a submenu. Choose a language for the current paragraph.
Choose None to exclude the current paragraph from spellchecking and hyphenation.
Choose More to open a dialog with more options. + +For all Text +Opens a submenu. Choose a language for all text.
Choose None to exclude all text from spellchecking and hyphenation.
Choose More to open a dialog with more options. + + + + + + + + + +Hyphenation +Opens the Format - Cells - Alignment tab page. + + +Hyphenation +Turns hyphenation on and off. + + +Hyphenation +Turns hyphenation on and off. + + + +More Dictionaries Online +Opens the default browser on the dictionaries extension page. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06010600.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06010600.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..be6f78a9e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06010600.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ + + + + + + + + +Chinese Conversion +/text/shared/01/06010600.xhp + + +UFI: former Chinese Translation dialog, issue 58212 + + + +
+Chinese writing systems +simplified Chinese;conversion to traditional Chinese +traditional Chinese;conversion to simplified Chinese + + + + +Chinese Conversion +Converts the selected Chinese text from one Chinese writing system to the other. If no text is selected, the entire document is converted. You can only use this command if you enable Asian language support in %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Language Settings - Languages. +
+
+ +
+Conversion Direction +Select the conversion direction. + +Traditional Chinese to simplified Chinese +Converts traditional Chinese text characters to simplified Chinese text characters. Click OK to convert the selected text. If no text is selected, the whole document is converted. + +Simplified Chinese to traditional Chinese +Converts simplified Chinese text characters to traditional Chinese text characters. Click OK to convert the selected text. If no text is selected, the whole document is converted. +Common Terms +Common terms are words that have the same meaning in traditional and simplified Chinese but are written with different characters. + +Translate common terms +Converts words with two or more characters that are in the list of common terms. After the list is scanned, the remaining text is converted character by character. + +Edit terms +Opens the Edit Dictionary dialog where you can edit the list of conversion terms. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06010601.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06010601.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5c55cce97 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06010601.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + + + + + + + +Edit Dictionary +/text/shared/01/06010601.xhp + + +UFI: Edit Dictionary of Chinese Translation dialog + + + +common terms;Chinese dictionary +dictionaries;common terms in simplified and traditional chinese + + + +Edit Dictionary +Edit the Chinese conversion terms. +
+ +
+You can use this dialog to edit, to add, or to delete entries from the conversion dictionary. The file path name for the conversion dictionary is user/wordbook/commonterms.ctd. You cannot delete the default entries in this file. + +Traditional Chinese to Simplified Chinese +Converts traditional Chinese to simplified Chinese. + +Simplified Chinese to Traditional Chinese +Converts simplified Chinese to traditional Chinese. + +Reverse Mapping +Automatically adds the reverse mapping direction to the list for each modification that you enter. + +Term +Enter the text that you want to replace with the Mapping term. + +Mapping +Enter the text that you want to replace the Term with. + +Property +Defines the class of the selected term. + +Add +Adds the term to the conversion dictionary. If the term is already in the dictionary, the new term receives precedence. + +Modify +Saves the modified entry to the database file. + +Delete +Removes the selected user-defined entry from the dictionary. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06020000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06020000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ab0549fd7 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06020000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ + + + + + + +Thesaurus +/text/shared/01/06020000.xhp + + + +
+ + + + +

Thesaurus

+Opens a dialog box to replace the current word with a synonym, or a related term. +
+
+ +
+ +Thesaurus support is not available for all languages. + +

Current word

+ Displays the current word, or the related term that you selected by double-clicking a line in the Alternatives list. You can also type text directly in this box to look up your text. + +

Arrow left

+ Recalls the previous contents of the "Current word" text box. + +

Alternatives

+ Click an entry in the Alternatives list to copy the related term to the "Replace with" text box. Double-click an entry to copy the related term to the "Current word" text box and to look up that term. + +

Replace with

+ The word or words in the "Replace with" text box will replace the original word in the document when you click the Replace button. You can also type text directly in this box. + +

Language

+Select a language for the thesaurus. You can install languages with a thesaurus library from the Extensions web page. + + + +
+ +
+ + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06030000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06030000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1dbcd9b8b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06030000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ + + + + + + + + +Color Replacer +/text/shared/01/06030000.xhp + + + +
+ + + +Color Replacer +Opens the Color Replacer dialog, where you can replace colors in bitmap and meta file graphics. +
+You can replace up to four different colors at one time. +
+ +
+ + + + + + + + + + +Icon + + + +Color Replacer + + +
+ + +Select one of the four source color boxes. Move the mouse pointer over the selected image, and then click the color that you want to replace. + +Color Replacer color +Displays the color in the selected image that directly underlies the current mouse pointer position. This features only works if the Color Replacer tool is selected. + +Replace +Replaces the selected source colors in the current image with the colors that you specify in the Replace with boxes. +Colors +Lists the source colors and the replacement colors. + + + + +Source color checkbox +Select this checkbox to replace the current Source color with the color that you specify in the Replace with box. + +Source color +Displays the color in the selected image that you want to replace. To set the source color, click here, click the Color Replacer, and then click a color in the selected image. + + + + +Tolerance +Set the tolerance for replacing a source color in the source image. To replace colors that are similar to the color that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colors, enter a higher value. + + + + +Replace with +Lists the available replacement colors. To modify the current list of colors, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colors tab. + +Transparency +Replaces transparent areas in the current image with the color that you select. + +Transparency +Select the color to replace the transparent areas in the current image. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06040000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06040000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b05d02879 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06040000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + + + + + + AutoCorrect + /text/shared/01/06040000.xhp + + + + + + AutoCorrect function;switching on and off + AutoComplete, see also AutoCorrect/AutoInput + + + AutoCorrect + Sets the options for automatically replacing text as you type. +
+ +
+ To apply an AutoCorrect rule, enter the predefined text in the document and press the Spacebar. + + + To turn off AutoCorrect in %PRODUCTNAME Writer choose Tools - AutoCorrect - While Typing. Refer to the help page Turning Off AutoCorrect to learn more about deactivating AutoCorrect in %PRODUCTNAME Writer. + To apply AutoCorrect to an entire text document, choose Tools - AutoCorrect - Apply. + + + + + To turn off AutoCorrect in %PRODUCTNAME Calc, go to Tools - AutoCorrect Options and uncheck all items in the Options and Localized Options tabs. Refer to the help page Turning Off AutoCorrect to learn more about deactivating AutoCorrect in %PRODUCTNAME Calc. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ AutoCorrect +
+ + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06040100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06040100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ca1b2a2ee --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06040100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,305 @@ + + + + + + + Options (AutoCorrect) + /text/shared/01/06040100.xhp + + + +
+AutoCorrect function; options + replacement options + words; automatically replacing + abbreviation replacement + capital letters; AutoCorrect function + spaces; ignoring double + numbering; using automatically + paragraphs; numbering automatically + tables in text; creating automatically + titles; formatting automatically + empty paragraph removal + paragraphs; removing blank ones + styles; replacing automatically + user-defined styles; automatically replacing + bullets; replacing + paragraphs; joining + joining; paragraphs +removed two bookmarks "automatic..." and two more entries about quotes and 1/2 replacement + + + + +

Options

+ Select the options for automatically correcting errors as you type, and then click OK. +
+
+ +
+ + +In text documents, you can choose to apply [T] AutoCorrect options while you type. Enable this feature by using Tools - AutoCorrect - While Typing. +You can also apply [M] AutoCorrect options to a selection or a whole document of existing text by using Tools - AutoCorrect - Apply. In general, [M] options are applied only to paragraphs with Default Paragraph Style. + All non-empty paragraphs with "Default Paragraph Style" are converted to "Text Body" paragraph style when Tools - AutoCorrect - Apply is used. see i72339Don't use inline switches for notes, tips and warnings. The icon will still show up. + + +

[M] and [T] options

+

Use replacement table

+ If you type a letter combination that matches a shortcut in the replacement table, the letter combination is replaced with the replacement text. +

Correct TWo INitial CApitals

+ If you type two uppercase letters at the beginning of a "WOrd", the second uppercase letter is automatically replaced with a lowercase letter. + No corrections are made to entries found in an applicable spelling dictionary. +

Capitalize first letter of every sentence.

+ Capitalizes the first letter of every sentence + + +The first letter in a Calc cell will never be capitalized automatically.see i78661 + + + +bold; AutoFormat function +bold; using * when typing +underlining; AutoFormat function +underlining; using _ when typing +italic; AutoFormat function +italic; using / when typing +strikeout; AutoFormat function +strikeout; using - when typing + +

Automatic *bold*, /italic/, -strikeout- and _underline_

+ Automatically applies bold, italic, strikethrough or underline formatting to text enclosed by asterisks (*), slashes (/), hyphens (-), and underscores (_), respectively. These characters disappear after the formatting is applied. + This feature does not work if the formatting characters * / - _ are entered with an Input Method Editor. +

URL Recognition

+ Automatically creates a hyperlink when you type a URL. +UFI: moved "replace 1st" to Localized Options tab page, cws cbosdo01 +

Replace DashesUFI: changed switches, added table, #61325#

UFI: see i73558 for name: not the dashes are replaced but the hyphens (or even better the minus signs) +Replaces one or two hyphens with a long dash (see the following table). + Text will be replaced after you type a trailing white space (space, tab, or return). In the following table, the A and B represent text consisting of letters A to z or digits 0 to 9. N represents digits only. + + + + Text that you type: + + + Result that you get: + + + + + A - B (A, space, minus, space, B) + + + A – B (A, space, en-dash, space, B) + + + + + A -- B (A, space, minus, minus, space, B) + + + A – B (A, space, en-dash, space, B) + + + + + A--B (A, minus, minus, B) + + + A—B (A, em-dash, B)
(see note below the table) + + + + + N--N (N, minus, minus, N) + + + N–N (N, en-dash, N) + + + + + A-B (A, minus, B) + + + A-B (unchanged) + + + + + A -B (A, space, minus, B) + + + A -B (unchanged) + + + + + A --B (A, space, minus, minus, B) + + + A –B (A, space, en-dash, B) + + +
+ + If the text has the Hungarian or Finnish language attribute, then two hyphens in the sequence A--B are replaced by an en-dash instead of an em-dash.i71908 +

Delete spaces and tabs at beginning and end of paragraph +

+ Removes spaces and tabs at the beginning of a paragraph. To use this option, the Apply Styles option must also be selected. + +

Delete spaces and tabs at end and start of line

+ Removes spaces and tabs at the beginning of each line. To use this option, the Apply Styles option must also be selected. + +

[T] options only

+

Ignore double spaces

+ Replaces two or more consecutive spaces with a single space. +

Correct accidental use of cAPS LOCK key

+ Inverts a capitalized word entered with the Caps Lock key enabled, after a space is entered, and disables the Caps Lock key. For example, entering Libre with Caps Lock enabled appears as lIBRE, which is converted automatically to Libre. +

Bulleted and numbered lists. Bullet symbol:

+ Automatically creates a numbered list when you press Enter at the end of a line that starts with a number followed by a period, a space, and text. If a line starts with a hyphen (-), a plus sign (+), or an asterisk (*), followed by a space, and text, a bulleted list is created when you press Enter. + + To cancel automatic numbering when you press Enter at the end of a line that starts with a numbering symbol, press Enter again. + + + +The automatic numbering option is only applied to paragraphs that are formatted with the "Default", "Text body", or "Text body indent" paragraph style. + + + + +

Apply border

+ Automatically applies a border at the base of the preceding paragraph when you type three or more specific characters, and then press Enter. + + + To create a single line, type three or more hyphens (-), or underscores (_), and then press Enter. To create a double line, type three or more equal signs (=), asterisks (*), tildes (~), or hash marks (#), and then press Enter. + + + The following table summarizes the line thickness for the different characters: + + + + --- + + + 0.05pt single underline + + + + + ___ + + + 1.0pt single underline + + + + + === + + + 1.0pt double underline + + + + + *** + + + 4.0pt thick-thin double underline + + + + + ~~~ + + + 4.0pt thin-thick double underline + + + + + ### + + + 2.5pt double underline + + +
+ + + To modify attributes of a predefined border, such as color, style, width and shadow, click the paragraph above the line, choose Format - Paragraph - Borders tab. + + + To delete the created line, click the paragraph above the line, choose Format - Paragraph - Borders, delete the bottom border. + + + To remove a line created with Apply Border, place the cursor above the line, press CommandCtrl+M. + + + +

Create table +

+ Creates a table when you press Enter after typing a series of hyphens (-) or tabs separated by plus signs, that is, +------+---+. Plus signs indicate column dividers, while hyphens and tabs indicate the width of a column. + + +-----------------+---------------+------+ + + + +

Apply Styles

+ Automatically apply a Heading 1 to Heading 8 paragraph style to a text that starts with an uppercase letter and does not end with a period. + To get a Heading 1 paragraph style, type the text that you want to use as a heading, then press Enter twice. + For other Heading N styles, press the Tab key N-1 times before typing the text to get the desired level. For example, to get a "Heading 4" paragraph style press the Tab key three times, type something, then press Enter twice. + This feature works only with "Default Paragraph Style", "Text Body" and "Text Body Indent" paragraph styles, and there must be one empty paragraph before the text, if the text is not at the top of a page. + + +

[M] options only

+

Remove blank paragraphs +

+Removes empty paragraphs and paragraphs that contain only spaces or tabs from the current document. This option works for any paragraph style. +

Replace Custom Styles +

+ Replaces custom paragraph styles applied in the current document to "Text Body", "Text Body Indent", "First Line Indent" or "Hanging Indent" paragraph style. + +

Replace bullets with +

+ Converts paragraphs that start with a hyphen (-), a plus sign (+), or an asterisk (*) directly followed by a space or a tab, to bulleted lists. This option only works on paragraphs that are formatted with the "Default Paragraph Style". To change the bullet style that is used, select this option, and then click Edit. + +removed "replace standard quotes..." cws cbosdo01 +

Combine single line paragraphs if length greater than... +

+ Combines consecutive single-line paragraphs into a single paragraph. This option only works on paragraphs that use the "Default" paragraph style. If a paragraph is longer than the specified length value, the paragraph is combined with the next paragraph. To enter a different length value, select the option, and then click Edit. + + +Modifies the selected AutoCorrect option. +

Edit +

+ Modifies the selected AutoCorrect option. + + + + +
+ AutoCorrect Commands +
+ + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06040200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06040200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..009be7749 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06040200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ + + + + + + + +Replace +/text/shared/01/06040200.xhp + + + +
+AutoCorrect function; replacement table +replacement table +replacing; AutoCorrect function +text; replacing with format +frames; AutoCorrect function +pictures; inserting automatically +AutoCorrect function; pictures and frames + + + +

Replace

+Edits the replacement table for automatically correcting or replacing words or abbreviations in your document. +
+To enable the replacement table, choose Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options, click the Options tab, and then select Use replacement table. To use the replacement table while you type, check Tools - AutoCorrect - While Typing. + +
+ +
+ + +

Replacement table

+Lists the entries for automatically replacing words, abbreviations or word parts while you type. To add an entry, enter text in the Replace and With boxes, and then click New. To edit an entry, select it, change the text in the With box, and then click Replace. To delete an entry, select it, and then click Delete. +You can use the AutoCorrect feature to apply a specific character format to a word, abbreviation or a word part. Select the formatted text in your document, open this dialog, clear the Text only box, and then enter the text that you want to replace in the Replace box. +You can also include frames, graphics, and OLE objects in an AutoCorrect entry, so long as they are anchored as characters in the text. Select the frame, graphic or OLE object and at least one text character in front of and behind the object. Open this dialog, type a name for this AutoCorrect entry in the Replace box, and then click New. + + +

Replace

+Enter the word, abbreviation or word part that you want to replace while you type. +The wildcard character sequence .* can match anything before or after the replace string. For example: + + + Having the replace pattern i18n.* and the with pattern international, the following corrections are made: + + + + + + Enter + + + Autocorrected Result + + + + + i18ns + + + internationals + + + + + i18nization + + + internationalization + + + + + i18nized + + + internationalized + + +
+ + +The replace pattern ....* with the replacement text … finds and replaces the three dots in ...word with …word. + + +To enter time values using the number pad, use the replace pattern .*...* and : as the replacement text. Now 10..30 is replaced automatically with 10:30. + +

With:

+Enter the replacement text, graphic, frame, or OLE object that you want to replace the text in the Replace box. If you have selected text, a graphic, a frame, or an OLE object in your document, the relevant information is already entered here. + +

Text only

+Saves the entry in the With box without formatting. When the replacement is made, the text uses the same format as the document text. + + +

New

+Adds or replaces an entry in the replacement table. + + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06040300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06040300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..154becdcf --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06040300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ + + + + + + +Exceptions +/text/shared/01/06040300.xhp + + + +
+ + +

Exceptions

+Specify the abbreviations or letter combinations that you do not want $[officename] to correct automatically. +
+The exceptions that you define depend on the current language setting. If you want, you can change the language setting by selecting a different language in the Replacements and exceptions for language box. +
+ +
+
+ +

Replacements and exceptions for language:

+Select the language for which you want to create or edit the replacement rules. $[officename] first searches for exceptions that are defined for the language at the current cursor position in the document, and then searches the remaining languages. +
+ +

Abbreviations (no subsequent capital)

+Type an abbreviation followed by a period, and then click New. This prevents $[officename] from automatically capitalizing the first letter of the word that comes after the period at the end of the abbreviation. + +Lists the abbreviations that are not automatically corrected. To remove an item from the list, select the item, and then click Delete. + +

Words with TWo INitial CApitals or sMALL iNITIAL

+Type the word or abbreviation that starts with two capital letters or a small initial that you do not want $[officename] to change to one initial capital. For example, enter PC to prevent $[officename] from changing PC to Pc. Enter eBook to prevent an automatic change to Ebook. + +Lists the words or abbreviations that start with two initial capitals or small initial that are not automatically corrected. All words which start with two capital letters or small initial are listed in the field. To remove an item from the list, select the item, and then click Delete. + + + +

New

+Adds the current entry to the list of exceptions. + + + +

AutoInclude

+Adds autocorrected abbreviations or autocorrected words that start with two capital letters to the corresponding list of exceptions, if the autocorrection is immediately undone by pressing CommandCtrl+Z. +This feature is relevant when the Capitalize first letter of every sentence option or the Correct TWo INitial CApitals option are selected in the [T] column on the Options tab of this dialog, and Tools - AutoCorrect - While Typing is enabled. + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06040400.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06040400.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6cfcb465c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06040400.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ + + + + + + + + +Localized Options +/text/shared/01/06040400.xhp + + + +
+quotes; custom +custom quotes +AutoCorrect function; quotes +replacing;ordinal numbers +ordinal numbers;replacing + + + +Localized Options +Specify the AutoCorrect options for quotation marks and for options that are specific to the language of the text. +
+
+ +
+ + +Select to apply the replacements while you type [T], or when you modify existing text [M]. + +new feature, cws cbosdo01. https://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Non_Breaking_Spaces_Before_Punctuation_In_French_(espaces_ins%C3%A9cables) +Add non-breaking space before specific punctuation marks in French text +Inserts a non breaking space before ";", "!", "?", ":" and "%" when the character language is set to French (France, Belgium, Luxembourg, Monaco, or Switzerland) and before ":" only when the character language is set to French (Canada). + +moved two paras from 06040100.xhp, cws cbosdo01 +Format ordinal number suffixes (1st ... 1st) +Formats the text characters of ordinals, such as 1st, 2nd, or 3rd, as superscripts. For example, in English text, 1st will be converted to 1st. +Note that this only applies to languages that have the convention of formatting ordinal numbers as superscript. +Transliterate to Old Hungarian if the text direction is from right to left +Words and numbers are transliterated to Old Hungarian script, if the text direction is from right to left using complex text layout. + +Replace << and >> with angle quotesHungarian translators: use the order >> and <<, according to the orthography of quotations. +Automatically replaces double less-than and greater-than signs with double angle quotes « and » in several languages, and with single angle quotes ‹ and › in Swiss French. + +Single Quotes / Double Quotes +Specify the replacement characters to use for single or double quotation marks. + + +Replace +Automatically replaces the default system symbol for the given type of quotation marks with the special character that you specify. + + +Start quote +Select the special character that will automatically replace the current opening quotation mark in your document when you choose Tools - AutoCorrect - Apply. + + +End quote +Select the special character that will automatically replace the current closing quotation mark in your document when you choose Tools - AutoCorrect - Apply. + + +Default +Resets the quotation marks to the default symbols. + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06040500.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06040500.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..54be0e695 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06040500.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ + + + + + + + + +AutoCorrect context menu +/text/shared/01/06040500.xhp + + + +AutoCorrect function; context menu +spellcheck; context menus +spelling; context menus + +AutoCorrect context menu +To access this menu, right-click a misspelled word in your document. To view the misspelled words in your document, choose Tools - Automatic Spell Checking. + +<Replacement Suggestions> +Click the word to replace the highlighted word. Use the AutoCorrect submenu for permanent replacement.UFI: see i60431 + + + + +

Spelling

+Opens the Spelling dialog. + + + + +Add +Adds the highlighted word to a user-defined dictionary. + + +Ignore all +Ignores all instances of the highlighted word in the current document. + + + + +AutoCorrect +To always replace the highlighted word, click a word in the list. The word pair is stored in the replacement table under Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options - Replace. + +Word is <name of language> +Changes the language settings for the highlighted word, if the word is found in another dictionary. + +Paragraph is <name of language> +Changes the language setting for the paragraph that contains the highlighted word, if the word is found in another dictionary. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06040600.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06040600.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f3a792c44 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06040600.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ + + + + + + + + + Word Completion + /text/shared/01/06040600.xhp + + + +
+ Word Completion + Set the options for completing frequently occurring words while you type. +
+
+ +
+ + + + + + + +Enable word completion + Stores frequently used words, and automatically completes a word after you type three letters that match the first three letters of a stored word. + +Append space + If you do not add punctuation after the word, $[officename] adds a space. The space is added as soon as you begin typing the next word. + +Show as tip + Displays the completed word as a Help Tip. + +Collect words + Adds the frequently used words to a list. To remove a word from the Word Completion list, select the word, and then click Delete Entry. + +When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list + When enabled, the list gets cleared when closing the current document. When disabled, makes the current Word Completion list available to other documents after you close the current document. The list remains available until you exit %PRODUCTNAME. + +Accept with + Select the key that you want to use to accept the automatic word completion. + Press Esc to decline the word completion. + +Min. word length + Enter the minimum word length for a word to become eligible for the word completion feature.UFI: changed due to BH phone call. + +Max. entries + Enter the maximum number of words that you want to store in the Word Completion list. + +Word Completion list + Lists the collected words. The list is valid until you close the current document. To make the list available to other documents in the current session, disable "When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list". + If the automatic spellcheck option is enabled, only the words that are recognized by the spellcheck are collected. + +Delete Entry + Removes the selected word or words from the Word Completion list. + + + +
+ +
+ + + + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06040700.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06040700.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..67d6bc126 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06040700.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ + + + + + + + + + + +Smart Tags +/text/shared/01/06040700.xhp + + + +
+ + +smart tag configuration +MW moved 2 index entries to the Writer guide smarttags.xhp and added a new oneSmart Tags +When you have installed at least one Smart Tag extension, you see the Smart Tags page. +
+
+ +
+ +Label text with smart tags +Enables Smart Tags to be evaluated and shown in your text document. +Currently installed smart tags +Displays all installed Smart Tags. To configure a Smart Tag, select the name of the Smart Tag, then click Properties. Not all Smart Tags can be configured. +Properties +To configure a Smart Tag, select the name of the Smart Tag, then click Properties. Not all Smart Tags can be configured. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06050000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06050000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8bb8d8d21 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06050000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ + + + + + + +Bullets and Numbering +/text/shared/01/06050000.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+ + +

Bullets and Numbering

+Adds numbering or bullets to the current paragraph or to selected paragraphs, and lets you edit format of the numbering or bullets. + +
+
+ +
+The Bullets and Numbering dialog has the following tabs: + + + + + + + + + +

Remove

+Removes the numbering or bullets from the current paragraph or from the selected paragraphs. + + + + + + +
+ +
+ + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06050100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06050100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d912826a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06050100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ + + + + + + + + Unordered (Lists) + /text/shared/01/06050100.xhp + + + +
+bullets;paragraphs + paragraphs; inserting bullets + inserting; paragraph bullets + unordered list + + + +

Unordered

+ Displays different bullet types that you can apply to a list. +
+
+ +
+ Bullets and Numbering of paragraphs is supported only in Writer, Impress and Draw. + +

Selection

+ Click the bullet type that you want to use. +
+ Position tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog) + Customize tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog) +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06050200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06050200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9a9e9cd91 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06050200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ + + + + + + + Ordered + /text/shared/01/06050200.xhp + + + +
+ + +

Ordered

+ Displays different numbering schemes that you can apply. +
+
+ +
+ +

Selection

+ Click the numbering that you want to use. +
+ Position tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog) + Customize tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog) +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06050300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06050300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b6e021336 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06050300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ + + + + + + +Outline (Bullets and Numbering) +/text/shared/01/06050300.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+ + + +

Outline

+Displays the different formats that you can apply to a hierarchical list. $[officename] supports up to nine outline levels in a list hierarchy. +
+
+ +
+ +

Selection

+Click the outline format that you want to use. +
+Position tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog) +Options tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog) +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06050400.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06050400.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..be7c326cd --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06050400.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ + + + + + + + + Image + /text/shared/01/06050400.xhp + + + +
+ + +

Image

+ Displays the different graphics that you can use as bullets in an unordered list. +
+
+ +
+ +

Selection

+ Click the graphics that you want to use as bullets. + +

Link graphics

+ If enabled, the graphics are inserted as links. If not enabled, the graphics are embedded into the document. +
+ Position tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog) + Options tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog) +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06050500.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06050500.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..25460f675 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06050500.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,229 @@ + + + + + + + Customize (Bullets and Numbering) + /text/shared/01/06050500.xhp + + + +
+numbering;options + bullet lists; formatting options + font sizes;bullets + + + +

Customize

+ Sets the formatting options for ordered or unordered lists. If you want, you can apply formatting to individual levels in the list hierarchy. +
+
+ +
+ Select the level(s) that you want to modify, and then specify the formatting that you want to use. + +

Level

+ Select the level(s) that you want to define the formatting options for. The selected level is highlighted in the preview. +

Numbering

+ +

Number

+ Select a numbering scheme for the selected levels. + + + + Selection + + + Description + + + + + 1, 2, 3, ... + + + Arabic numerals + + + + + A, B, C, ... + + + Capital letters + + + + + a, b, c, ... + + + Lowercase letters + + + + + I, II, III, ... + + + Roman numerals (uppercase) + + + + + i, ii, iii, ... + + + Roman numerals (lowercase) + + + + + 1st, 2nd, 3rd, ... + + + Ordinal numerals + + + + + One, Two, Three, ... + + + Cardinal numerals + + + + + A,... AA,... AAA,... + + + Alphabetical numbering with uppercase letters + + + + + a,... aa,... aaa,... + + + Alphabetical numbering with lowercase letters + + + + + Bullet + + + Adds a character bullet to the beginning of a line. Select this option, use the Character style drop-down menu to choose the bullet character style, and then press the Select button to open the Special Characters dialog to choose the bullet character. + Bullets are resized to fit the current line height. If you want, you can define a Character Style that uses a different font size for bullets. + + + + + + Graphics + + + Displays an image for the bullet. Select this option, and then click Select to locate the image file that you want to use. The image gets embedded into the document. + + + + + Linked graphics + + + Displays an image for the bullet. Select this option, and then click Select to locate the image file that you want to use. The image gets inserted as a link to the image file. + + + + + None + + + Does not apply a numbering scheme. + + +
+ + The availability of the following fields depends on the numbering scheme that you select in the Number box. + +

Start at

+ Enter a new starting number for the current level. + +

Character Style +

+ Select the Character Style that you want to use in an ordered list. To create or edit a Character Style, open the Styles window, click the Character Styles icon, right-click a style, and then choose New. + + +

Show sublevels +

+ Enter the number of previous levels to include in the outline format. For example, if you enter "2" and the previous level uses the "A, B, C..." numbering scheme, the numbering scheme for the current level becomes: "A.1". + + +

Before

+ Enter a character or the text to display in front of the number in the list. + +

After

+ Enter a character or the text to display behind the number in the list. If you want to create an ordered list that uses the style "1.)", enter ".)" in this box. + +

Color +Color +

+ + + +Select a color for the current numbering scheme. + +

Relative size +Relative size +

+ + + +Enter the amount by which you want to resize the bullet character with respect to the font height of the current paragraph. + +

Options for graphics:

+ +

Graphics

+ Select the graphic, or locate the graphic file that you want to use as a bullet. + +

Width

+ Enter a width for the graphic. + +

Height

+ Enter a height for the graphic. + +

Keep ratio

+ Maintains the size proportions of the graphic. + +

Alignment

+ Select the alignment option for the graphic. +

All levels +

+ Set the numbering options for all of the levels. + + +

Consecutive numbering +

+ Increases the numbering by one as you go down each level in the list hierarchy. + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06050600.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06050600.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8bcf41679 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06050600.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ + + + + + + +Position (Lists) +/text/shared/01/06050600.xhp + + + +
+ + + + +

Position

+Set indent, spacing, and alignment options for numbering symbols, such as numbers or bullets, to ordered and unordered lists. +
+do we have a how-to for numbering/bullets/outlines with/without styles? seems we really need one +
+ +
+
+ + +

Level

+Select the level(s) that you want to modify. To apply the options to all the levels, select “1-10”. + + +
+
+

Position and Spacing

+
+This page shows the position controls used in all versions of %PRODUCTNAME Writer. Some documents (produced by other applications) use another method for positioning and spacing. Opening such documents will show the position controls documented in Position for List styles (legacy).see http://specs.openoffice.org/writer/numbering/NewListLevelAttrs.odt + +

Aligned at

+Enter the distance from the left page margin at which the numbering symbol will be aligned. +
+ + + +
+

Numbering alignment

+
+Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centered" to center the symbol around the "Aligned at" position. +
+The Numbering alignment option does not set the alignment of the paragraph. +
+
+

Numbering followed by

+Select the element that will follow the numbering: a tab stop, a space, a line break, or nothing. + +

Tab stop at

+If you select a tab stop to follow the numbering, you can enter a non-negative value as the tab stop position. + + +

Indent at

+Enter the distance from the left page margin to the start of all lines in the numbered paragraph that follow the first line. + +
+ + +

Default

+Resets the indent and the spacing values to the default values. +
+ + + + + + + + + +
+ + This control appears only when modifying a List style. +
+ + +
+Position for List styles (legacy) +Paragraph alignment +Indenting Paragraphs +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0f3d82a03 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ + + + + + + + + +Basic Macros +/text/shared/01/06130000.xhp + + + + + + +

%PRODUCTNAME Basic Macros

+Opens a dialog to organize macros. +UFI: it is not the dialog to run a macro +
+ +
+ +

Macro name

+Displays the name of the selected macro. To create or to change the name of a macro, enter a name here. + +Lists the macros that are contained in the module selected in the Macro from list. + +

Macro from / Save macro in

+Lists the libraries and the modules where you can open or save your macros. To save a macro with a particular document, open the document, and then open this dialog. + +

Run / Saveunfortunately both have the same Help ID

+Runs or saves the current macro. + +

Assign

+Opens the Customize dialog, where you can assign the selected macro to a menu command, a toolbar, or an event. + + +

Edit

+Starts the $[officename] Basic editor and opens the selected macro or dialog for editing. + +

New / Delete

+Creates a new macro, creates a new module or deletes the selected macro or selected module. +To create a new macro in your document, select the "Standard" module in the Macro from list, and then click New. +To create a new module in a library of the My Macros container, select the proper library and press New. The $[officename] Basic editor opens. +To delete a macro or module, select it, and then click Delete. + +

New Library

+Saves the recorded macro in a new library. + +

New Module

+Saves the recorded macro in a new module. + +

Organizer

+Opens the Macro Organizer dialog, where you can add, edit, or delete existing macro modules, dialogs, and libraries. +
+ + +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130001.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130001.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9731426c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130001.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ + + + + + + + +Macros +/text/shared/01/06130001.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+

Macros

+Lets you record or organize and edit macros. +
+ + +

Run Macro

+Opens the Macro Selector dialog where you can start a macro. +

Edit Macros

+ + + +

Digital Signature

+Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your macros. You can also use the dialog to view certificates. + +

Organize Dialogs

+Opens the Dialogs tab page of the Macro Organizer. + +
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130010.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130010.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..efc1e878c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130010.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ + + + + + + + + +Record Macro +/text/shared/01/06130010.xhp + + + +
+ +Record Macro +Records a new macro. Only available, if macro recording feature is enabled in %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Advanced. +
+
+ +
+ +Stop Recording +Stops recording a macro. +
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130020.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130020.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ab6052138 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130020.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ + + + + + + + Basic Macro Selector + /text/shared/01/06130020.xhp + + + + + macro;select macro to run + run macro;select + + + + +
+

Basic Macro selector

+ Selects the Basic macro to run. Locate the macro by selecting the container, library, module and macro name. +
+
+ +
+ +

Library

+ Lists the existing macro containers, Basic macro libraries and Basic modules for the current application and any open documents. + +

Macro name

+ Lists the Basic macros for the selected module. Select a macro and click Run. + +

Description

+
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130030.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130030.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..761acae4f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130030.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ + + + + + + + + +Scripts +/text/shared/01/06130030.xhp + + + + + javascript scripts;run + beanshell scripts;run + java scripts;run + run scripts;java + run scripts;javascript + run scripts;beanshell + +

Scripts

+
+ + +
+ + +

Macros

+Select a macro or script from My Macros, Application Macros, or an open document. To view the available macros or scripts, double-click an entry. + +

Run

+To run a script, select a script in the list, and then click Run. + +

Create

+Creates a new script. The default script editor opens after you enter a name for the script. +Enter a name for the script.UFI: called from Create and from Rename + +

Edit

+Opens the default script editor for your operating system. + +

Rename

+Opens a dialog where you can change the name of the selected script. + +

Delete

+Prompts you to delete the selected script. +
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5c1587246 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ + + + + + + + + + + +Change Password +/text/shared/01/06130100.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + + + +Change Password +Protects the selected library with a password. You can enter a new password, or change the current password. +
+ +
+Old password + +Password +Enter the current password for the selected library. +New password + +Password +Enter a new password for the selected library. + +Confirm +Reenter the new password for the selected library. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0cffc1827 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ + + + + + + + + +Organize Macros +/text/shared/01/06130200.xhp + + +UFI: new menu structure in Tools menu + + + +
+ +macros;organizing +organizing;macros and scripts +script organization + + +

Organize Macros

+Opens a submenu with links to dialogs where you can organize macros and scripts. +
+

%PRODUCTNAME Basic

+Opens a dialog where you can organize %PRODUCTNAME Basic macros. + +

JavaScript

+Opens a dialog where you can organize Javascript scripts. + +

BeanShell

+Opens a dialog where you can organize Java scripts. + +

Python

+Opens a dialog where you can run Python scripts. +
+ + +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..44d2ef09e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ + + + + + + + + +Basic Organizer +/text/shared/01/06130300.xhp + + + + + Basic macros;organize in libraries + Basic modules;organize in libraries + Basic dialogs;organize in libraries + +

%PRODUCTNAME Basic Library Organizer

+The dialog let you organize %PRODUCTNAME modules and dialogs into libraries. You can also import and export Basic libraries into files or extensions. +
+ +
+

Module and Dialog tab pages

+Lets you manage modules or dialog boxes. + + + + + + +

Module or Dialog

+Lists the existing modules or dialogs. + + +

Edit

+Opens the selected module or dialog for editing. + +

New (module)UFI: i40875

+Opens the editor and creates a new module. +

New (dialog)

+Opens the editor and creates a new dialog. +

Libraries tab page

the three tab pages have no Help button, so no need to have three help pages +Lets you manage the macro libraries for the current application and any open documents. + + + +

Location

+Select the application or the document containing the macro libraries that you want to organize. + +

Library

+Lists the existing macro libraries for the current application and any open documents. + +

Edit

+Opens the $[officename] Basic editor so that you can modify the selected library. + +

Password

+Assigns or edits the password for the selected library. + +

New

+Creates a new library. + + +

Name

+Enter a name for the new library or module. + +

Importchanged in #i64102

+Locate that $[officename] Basic library that you want to add to the current list, and then click Open. +

Export

+Opens a dialog to export the selected library either as an extension or as a Basic library. + + +
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130500.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130500.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9a967463d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06130500.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ + + + + + + + + + + +Append libraries +/text/shared/01/06130500.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +Append libraries +Locate the %PRODUCTNAME Basic library that you want to add to the current list, and then click Open. + + +File name: +Enter a name or the path to the library that you want to append. You can also select a library from the list. +Options + +Insert as reference (read-only) +Adds the selected library as a read-only file. The library is reloaded each time you start %PRODUCTNAME. + +Replace existing libraries +Replaces a library that has the same name with the current library. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..26e07b5ab --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ + + + + + + + + + + +Customize +/text/shared/01/06140000.xhp + + + + + +Customize +Customizes $[officename] menus, context menus, shortcut keys, toolbars, and macro assignments to events. + +
+ +
+You can customize shortcut keys and macro assignments for the current application, or for all $[officename] applications. +You can also save and load individual menu, shortcut key, and toolbar custom settings. + + + + + +
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..201758a87 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ + + + + + + + Menus (Customizing) + /text/shared/01/06140100.xhp + + + + + You can add new commands, modify existing commands, or rearrange the menu items. You can also add commands executed by macros and apply all kind of styles directly from the menu. +
+ Choose Tools - Customize - Menus tab. +
+ +

Search

+ Enter a string in the text box to narrow the search of commands. + +

Category

+ Select the menu command category in the drop-down list to restrict the search of commands or scroll the list below. Macros and styles commands are in the bottom of the list. + +
+

Available Commands

+ Displays the results of the combination of the search string and category of the desired command. +
+ +

Description

+ The text box contains a short description of the selected command. + +

Scope

+ Select the location where the menu is to be attached. If attached to a %PRODUCTNAME module, the menu is available for all files opened in that module. If attached to the file, the menu will be available only when that file is opened and active. + +

Target

+ Select the menu where the customization is to be applied. + +

Add

+ Click on the gear icon and then choose Add to add a new menu. + + + + +Gear Icon + + + + Gear icon + + +
+ + +

Remove

+ Click on the gear icon and then choose Delete to delete the menu. + You can only delete custom menus and custom menu entries. + +
+

Assigned Commands

+Displays the commands that will be shown in the target menu. + +
+
+

Right Arrow button

+ Click on the right arrow button to select a command on the left display box and copy to the right display box. This will add the command to the selected menu. +
+

Left Arrow button

+ Click on the left arrow button to remove the selected command from the current menu. +
+ + +

Up and Down arrow buttons

+ Click on the Up or Down arrows on the right to move the selected command upward or downward in the list of displayed menu commands. + You can drag and drop the selected command to move it to the position you want. +
+

Customize

+ +

Insert

+ + + Insert Separator: Add a separator mark to improve menu readability and to group commands by subject. + + + Insert Submenu: Insert a submenu entry. Enter a name for the new submenu in the dialog box that follows. The new submenu is automatically available in the menu list for edition. + + + +

Modify

+ + + Rename: Rename the entry. + + + +

Defaults

+ Deletes all changes previously made to this menu. +
+ Customizing %PRODUCTNAME context menus +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140101.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140101.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..08113ad67 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140101.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + + + + + + + + +New Menu +/text/shared/01/06140101.xhp + + + +

New Menu

+
+ +
+ +

Menu name

+Enter a name for the menu. To specify a letter in the name as an accelerator key, enter a tilde (~) before the letter. + +

Menu position

+Moves the selected menu entry up one position or down one position in the menu when you click the arrow buttons. + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140102.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140102.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ca2b0d29c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140102.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + + + + + + + + +Move Menu +/text/shared/01/06140102.xhp + + + +

Move Menu

+
+ +
+ + + + +

Menu position

+Moves the selected menu entry up one position or down one position in the menu when you click an arrow button. + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d86b23f8b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ + + + + + + +Keyboard +/text/shared/01/06140200.xhp + + + +
+keyboard;assigning/editing shortcut keys +customizing;keyboard +editing;shortcut keys +styles;keyboard shortcuts +MW deleted "modifying;..." + + +

Keyboard

+Assigns or edits the shortcut keys for $[officename] commands, or $[officename] Basic macros. +
+
+ +
+You can assign or edit shortcut keys for the current application or for all $[officename] applications. To assign a key for all applications, choose the %PRODUCTNAME radio button in the top right corner. +To assign or modify a shortcut key: select a command in the Function list, select the key combination to be assigned in the Shortcut Keys list, then click Modify. +If the selected function already has a shortcut key, it is displayed in the Keys list. It is possible to assign the same function to more than one key. +A shortcut key assigned to a particular application overrides the shortcut key setting made in %PRODUCTNAME for all applications. +
+Avoid assigning shortcut keys that are currently used by your operating system. +
+ +

Shortcut keys

+Lists the shortcut keys and the associated commands. +

Functions

+Lists the function categories and the $[officename] functions that you can assign shortcut keys to. + +

Category

+Lists the available function categories. To assign shortcuts to Styles, open the "Styles" category. + +

Function

+Lists functions that can be assigned to a shortcut key. +

Keys

+Displays the shortcut keys that are assigned to the selected function. + + +

$[officename]

+Displays shortcut keys that are common to all $[officename] applications. + +

+ + Writer + Calc + Impress + Draw + Math + +

+Displays shortcut keys for the current $[officename] application. +

Modify

+Assigns the key combination selected in the Shortcut keys list to the command selected in the Function list. + +

Delete

+Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation. + +

Load

+Replaces the shortcut key configuration with one that was previously saved. + +

Save

+Saves the current shortcut key configuration, so that you can load it later. + + +
+ +Shortcut Keys in %PRODUCTNAME +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140300.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140300.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b336a58e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140300.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + + + + + + Context Menus (Customizing) + /text/shared/01/06140300.xhp + + + +
+ + context menus;customizing + customizing;context menus + editing;context menus + +

Context Menus

+ Lets you customize %PRODUCTNAME context menus for all modules. +
+ You can add new commands, modify existing commands, or rearrange the context menu items. You can also add commands executed by macros and apply all kind of styles directly from the context menu. +
+ Choose Tools - Customize - Context Menus tab. +
+ Search + Enter a string in the text box to narrow the search of commands. + Category + Select the menu command category in the drop-down list to restrict the search of commands or scroll the list below. Macros and styles commands are in the bottom of the list. + + Description + The text box contains a short description of the selected command. + Scope + Select the location where the context menu is to be attached. If attached to a %PRODUCTNAME module, the context menu is available for all files opened in that module. If attached to the file, the context menu will be available only when that file is opened and active. + Target + Select the Context Menu where the customization is to be applied. + + + Left Arrow button + Click on the left arrow button to remove the selected command from the current context menu. + Up and Down arrow buttons + Click on the Up or Down arrows on the right to move the selected command upward or downward in the list of displayed context menus commands. + You can drag and drop the selected command to move it to the position you want. +

Customize

+

Insert

+ + + Insert Separator: Add a separator mark to improve menu readability and to group commands by subject. + + + Insert Submenu: Insert a submenu entry. Enter a name for the new submenu in the dialog box that follows. The new submenu is automatically available in the menu list for edition. + + +

Modify

+ + + Rename: Rename the entry. + + +

Defaults

+ Deletes all changes previously made to this context menu. +
+ Customizing %PRODUCTNAME menus +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140400.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140400.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bfb6eff03 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140400.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ + + + + + + + + + + +Toolbars +/text/shared/01/06140400.xhp + + + +
+ +Toolbars +Lets you customize $[officename] toolbars. +
+
+ +
+ +Search +Enter a string in the text box to narrow the search of commands. +Category +Select the command category in the drop-down list to restrict the search of commands or scroll the list below. Macros and styles commands are in the bottom of the list. +Function +Displays the results of the combination of the search string and category of the desired function. +Description +The text box contains a short description of the selected command. +Scope +Select the location where the toolbar is to be attached. If attached to a %PRODUCTNAME module, the toolbar is available for all files opened in that module. If attached to the file, the toolbar will be available only when that file is opened and active. +Target +Select the toolbar where the customization is to be applied. The current set of functions is displayed in the box below. +Add +Click on the gear icon and then choose Add to add a new toolbar. +Delete +Click on the gear icon and then choose Delete to delete the toolbar. +You can only delete custom toolbar and custom toolbar entries. +Right Arrow button +Click on the right arrow button to select a function on the left display box and copy to the right display box. This will add the function to the selected toolbar. +Left Arrow button +Click on the left arrow button to remove the selected command from the current toolbar. +Up and Down Arrow buttons +Click on the Up or Down arrows on the right to move the selected command upward or downward in the list of displayed toolbar commands. +You can drag and drop the selected command to move it to the position you want. +Insert +Insert Separator: Add a separator mark to improve toolbar readability and to group commands by subject. +Modify + + + Rename: Rename the entry. + + + Change Icon: Opens the Change Icon dialog, where you can assign a different icon to the current command. + + + Reset Icon: Resets the icon to the default icon. + + + Restore Default Command: Restores the default command. + + +Defaults +Deletes all changes previously made to this toolbar. + +
+ + +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140402.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140402.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5337733de --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140402.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ + + + + + + + + + + +Change Icon +/text/shared/01/06140402.xhp + + + + + +Change Icon +Icons +Displays the available icons in %PRODUCTNAME. To replace the icon that you selected in the Customize dialog, click an icon, then click the OK button. + +Import +Adds new icons to the list of icons. You see a file open dialog that imports the selected icon or icons into the internal icon directory of %PRODUCTNAME. +You can only import icons that are in the PNG file format and that are 16 × 16 or 24 × 24 pixels in size. + +Click to remove the selected icon from the list. Only user-defined icons can be removed. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140500.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140500.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0135c464d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06140500.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ + + + + + + Events + /text/shared/01/06140500.xhp + + + +
+ customizing; events + events; customizing + + + + + + + + Events + Assigns macros to program events. The assigned macro runs automatically every time the selected event occurs. +
+
+ + +
+ + + The dialog box has reduced functionality when called from the Edit-Sheet menu of a spreadsheet. + + +Save In +Select first where to save the event binding, in the current document or in %PRODUCTNAME. +A macro that is saved with a document can only be run when that document is opened. + + + +The big list box lists the events and the assigned macros. After you selected the location in the Save In list box, select an event in the big list box. Then click Assign Macro. + + +Assign Macro +Opens the Macro Selector to assign a macro to the selected event. +Assign Component... +Opens the Assign Component dialog to set a custom UNO command for the selected event. +Component assignment is proposed for controls in the Dialog Editor. + + +Remove Macro +Deletes the macro or component assignment for the selected event. +
+List of events + + Creating a Dialog Handler +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06150000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06150000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..06e6fc574 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06150000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ + + + + + + + +XML Filter Settings +/text/shared/01/06150000.xhp + + + +filters; XML filter settings +XML filters; settings +mw deleted "XSLT based filters;" + + + +
+

XML Filter Settings

+Opens the XML Filter Settings dialog, where you can create, edit, delete, and test filters to import and to export XML files. +
+
+ +
+ +MAC does not have installation options + +Some filters are only available as optional components during the %PRODUCTNAME installation. To install an optional filter, run the %PRODUCTNAME Setup application, select "Modify", and then select the filter that you want in the list of modules. + + +The term XML filter is used in the following as a shortcut for the more exact description as an XSLT based filter. + + + +Term + + +Description + + + + +XML + + +Extensible Markup Language + + + + +XSL + + +Extensible Stylesheet Language + + + + +XSLT + + +Extensible Stylesheet Language Transformation. XSLT files are also called XSLT stylesheets. + + +
+The XHTML export filter produces valid "XHTML 1.0 Strict" output for Writer, Calc, Draw, and Impress documents. + +Filter list +Select one or more filters, then click one of the buttons. +The lists shows the name and the type of the installed filters. + + +Click a filter to select it. + + +Shift-click or CommandCtrl-click to select several filters. + + +Double-click a name to edit the filter. + + + + + +New +Opens a dialog with the name of a new filter. + +Edit +Opens a dialog with the name of the selected file. + +Test XSLTs +Opens a dialog with the name of the selected file. + +Delete +Deletes the selected file after you confirm the dialog that follows. + +Save as Package +Displays a Save as dialog to save the selected file as an XSLT filter package (*.jar). + +Open Package +Displays an Open dialog to open a filter from an XSLT filter package (*.jar). + +Help +Displays the help page for this dialog. + +Close +Closes the dialog. +
+ + +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06150100.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06150100.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..864128d69 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06150100.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ + + + + + + + + +XML Filter +/text/shared/01/06150100.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +XML Filter + +View and edit the settings of an XML filter. +
+ +
+
+ + +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06150110.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06150110.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..54110f9cb --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06150110.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ + + + + + + + + +General +/text/shared/01/06150110.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + + + +General + +Enter or edit general information for an XML filter. +
+ +
+ +Filter name +Enter the name that you want to display in the list box of the XML Filter Settings dialog. You must enter a unique name. + +Application +Select the application that you want to use with the filter. + +Name of file type +Enter the name that you want to display in the File type box in file dialogs. You must enter a unique name. For import filters, the name appears in the File type box of Open dialogs. For export filters, the name appears in the File format box of Export dialogs. + +File extension +Enter the file extension to use when you open a file without specifying a filter. $[officename] uses the file extension to determine which filter to use. + +Comments +Enter a comment (optional). + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06150120.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06150120.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bcf4cbdef --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06150120.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ + + + + + + + + +Transformation +/text/shared/01/06150120.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + + + + Transformation + Enter or edit file information for an XML filter. +
+ +
+ DocType + Enter the DOCTYPE of the XML file. + The public identifier is used to detect the filter when you open a file without specifying a filter. + + + +Browse + Opens a file selection dialog. + XSLT for export + If this is an export filter, enter the file name of the XSLT stylesheet that you want to use for exporting. + XSLT for import + If this is an import filter, enter the file name of the XSLT stylesheet that you want to use for importing. + Template for import + Enter the name of the template that you want to use for importing. In the template, styles are defined to display XML tags. + The path to the directory that contains the template must be included in %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - $[officename] - Paths. When you open an XML file whose filter uses the template, the template opens first. In the template, you can map $[officename] styles to display XML tags in the XML document. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06150200.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06150200.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..270092f1e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06150200.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ + + + + + + + + +Test XML Filter +/text/shared/01/06150200.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +Test XML Filter + + + +Tests the XSLT stylesheets used by the selected XML filter. + +
+ +
+Export + +XSLT for export +Displays the file name of the XSLT filter that you entered on the Transformation tab page. + +Transform document +Displays the file name of the document that you want to use to test the XSLT filter. + +Browse +Locate the file that you want to apply the XML export filter to. The XML code of the transformed file is opened in your default XML editor after transformation. + +Current Document +The front-most open file that matches the XML filter criteria will be used to test the filter. The current XML export filter transforms the file and the resulting XML code is displayed in the XML Filter output window. +Import + +XSLT for import +Displays the file name of the XSLT filter that you entered on the Transformation tab page. + +Template for import +Displays the file name of the template that you entered on the Transformation tab page. +Transform file + +Display source +Opens the XML source of the selected document in your default XML editor after importing. + +Browse +Opens a file selection dialog. The selected file is opened using the current XML import filter. + + +Recent File +Re-opens the document that was last opened with this dialog. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06150210.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06150210.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..72f7452ed --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06150210.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ + + + + + + + + +XML Filter output +/text/shared/01/06150210.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + + + + XML Filter output + Lists the test results of an XML filter. +
+ +
+ The test results of an import or export XSLT stylesheet are displayed in the XML Filter output window. If you want, you can also validate the filter output. + Validate + Validates the contents of the XML Filter output window. + The window splits into two areas and the results of the validation are displayed in the lower area. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06200000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06200000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..934e2e247 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06200000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ + + + + + + + + +Hangul/Hanja Conversion +/text/shared/01/06200000.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+converting;Hangul/Hanja +Hangul/Hanja + + + + +Hangul/Hanja Conversion +Converts the selected Korean text from Hangul to Hanja or from Hanja to Hangul. The menu command can only be called if you enable Asian language support under %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Language Settings - Languages, and if a text formatted in Korean language is selected. +
+
+ +
+ +Original +Displays the current selection. + +Word +Displays the first replacement suggestion from the dictionary. You can edit the suggested word or enter another word. Click the Find button to replace your original word with the corresponding replacement word. + +Find +Finds your Hangul input in the dictionary and replaces it with the corresponding Hanja. Click Ignore to cancel the find function. + + +Suggestions +Displays all available replacements in the dictionary. If the Replace by character box is enabled, you see a grid of characters. If the Replace by character box is not checked, you see a list of words. +Format +Click the format to display the replacements. + +Hangul/Hanja +The original characters are replaced by the suggested characters. + +Hanja (Hangul) +The Hangul part will be displayed in brackets after the Hanja part. + +Hangul (Hanja) +The Hanja part will be displayed in brackets after the Hangul part. + +Hanja as ruby text aboveTo translators: this describes the visible graphical control - it is not part of the sources +The Hanja part will be displayed as ruby text above the Hangul part. + +Hanja as ruby text belowTo translators: this describes the visible graphical control - it is not part of the sources +The Hanja part will be displayed as ruby text below the Hangul part. + +Hangul as ruby text aboveTo translators: this describes the visible graphical control - it is not part of the sources +The Hangul part will be displayed as ruby text above the Hanja part. + +Hangul as ruby text belowTo translators: this describes the visible graphical control - it is not part of the sources +The Hangul part will be displayed as ruby text below the Hanja part. +Conversion +Normally in a mixed text selection made of Hangul and Hanja characters, all Hangul characters will be converted to Hanja and all Hanja characters will be converted to Hangul. If you want to convert a mixed text selection only in one direction, use the following conversion options. + +Hangul only +Check to convert only Hangul. Do not convert Hanja. + +Hanja only +Check to convert only Hanja. Do not convert Hangul. + +Ignore +No changes will be made to the current selection. The next word or character will be selected for conversion. + +Always Ignore +No changes will be made to the current selection, and every time the same selection is detected it will be skipped automatically. The next word or character will be selected for conversion. The list of ignored text is valid for the current $[officename] session. + +Replace +Replaces the selection with the suggested characters or word according to the format options. The next word or character will be selected for conversion. + +Always Replace +Replaces the selection with the suggested characters or word according to the format options. Every time the same selection is detected it will be replaced automatically. The next word or character will be selected for conversion. The list of replacement text is valid for the current $[officename] session. + +Replace by character +Check to move character-by-character through the selected text. If not checked, full words are replaced. + +Options +Opens the Hangul/Hanja Options dialog. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06201000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06201000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..61d1d7789 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06201000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ + + + + + + + + +Hangul/Hanja Options +/text/shared/01/06201000.xhp + + +UFI: new Hangul/Hanja Options dialog + + + + + + +Hangul/Hanja Options +Define options for the Hangul/Hanja conversion. + +User-defined dictionaries +Lists all user-defined dictionaries. Select the check box next to the dictionary that you want to use. Clear the check box next to the dictionary that you do not want to use. + +New +Opens the New dictionary dialog box, where you can create a new dictionary. + +Name +Enter a name for the dictionary. To display the new dictionary in the User-defined dictionaries list box, click OK. + +Edit +Opens the Edit Custom Dictionary dialog where you can edit any user-defined dictionary. + +Delete +Deletes the selected user-defined dictionary. +Options +Specifies additional options for all dictionaries. + +Ignore post-positional word +Ignores positional characters at the end of Korean words when you search a dictionary. + +Show entries recently used first +Shows the replacement suggestion that you selected the last time as the first entry on the list. + +Replace all unique entries automatically +Automatically replaces words that only have one suggested word replacement. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06202000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06202000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..23e0c22a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06202000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ + + + + + + + + + + +Edit Custom Dictionary +/text/shared/01/06202000.xhp + + + + + +Edit Custom Dictionary +Add and delete entries that are used for the Hangul/Hanja Conversion. +Book +Select the user-defined dictionary that you want to edit. +Original +Select the entry in the current dictionary that you want to edit. If you want, you can also type a new entry in this box. To move from the Original box to the first text box in the Suggestions area, press Enter. + + + +Suggestions (max. 8) +Type a suggested replacement for the entry that is selected in the Original text box. The replacement word can contain a maximum of eight characters. +New +Adds the current replacement definition to the dictionary. +Delete +Deletes the selected entry. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06990000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06990000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cc608eafa --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/06990000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ + + + + + + + + +Spelling +/text/shared/01/06990000.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+ +

Spelling

+Checks spelling manually. +
+
+ +
+
+Spelling dialog +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/07010000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/07010000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..626196bf0 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/07010000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ + + + + + + + + +New Window +/text/shared/01/07010000.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + +
+new windows +windows;new + + +New Window +Opens a new window that displays the contents of the current window. You can now view different parts of the same document at the same time. +
+
+ +
+Changes made to a document in one window are automatically applied to all of the windows that are open for that document. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/07080000.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/07080000.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..384190e1d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/07080000.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ + + + + + + + + +Document List +/text/shared/01/07080000.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + + + +
+ Document List + Lists the currently open documents. Select the name of a document in the list to switch to that document. +
+
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/about_meta_tags.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/about_meta_tags.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e1544f60 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/about_meta_tags.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ + + + + + + + + +HTML import and export +/text/shared/01/about_meta_tags.xhp + + + +importing; HTML with META tags +exporting; to HTML +HTML; importing META tags +HTML documents; META tags in +META tags +tags; META tags + +

HTML import and export

+When you export a file to an HTML document, the description and the user-defined file properties are included as META tags between the HEAD tags of the exported document. META tags are not displayed in a Web browser, and are used to include information, such as keywords for search engines on your Web page. To set the properties of the current document, choose File - Properties, click the Description or Custom Properties tabs, and then type the information you want. +The following file properties are converted to META tags when you export a file as an HTML document: + + + + ODF Property + + + HTML Tags + + + + +Title + + +<TITLE> + + + + +Subject + + +<META NAME="CLASSIFICATION" CONTENT="Field Content"> + + + + +Keywords + + +<META NAME="KEYWORDS" CONTENT="Field Content"> + + + + +Description + + +<META NAME="DESCRIPTION" CONTENT="Field Content"> + + + + +Custom Properties + + +<META NAME="Custom field name" CONTENT="Custom field content"> + + +
+ +When you import an HTML containing these META tags, the contents of the tags are added to the corresponding $[officename] file property box. +Keywords must be separated by commas. A keyword can contain white space characters or semicolons. +

Import Tips

+When you import an HTML document, following META tags are automatically converted to $[officename] fields: <META HTTP-EQUIV="REFRESH"...> and <META NAME="..." ...> , where NAME equals to AUTHOR, CREATED, CHANGED, CHANGEDBY, DESCRIPTION, KEYWORDS or CLASSIFICATION. +Scripts, comments, and META tags that are positioned directly before a TABLE tag are inserted in the first cell of the table. +Scripts and META tags in the header of an HTML document are imported and anchored to the first paragraph in the document. +To set the options for importing HTML tags, choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Load/Save - HTML Compatibility. A known META tag contains either "HTTP-EQUIV" or "NAME", and are imported as $[officename] comments. The only exception is <META NAME="GENERATOR"...>, which is ignored. +

Export Tips

+Comments and script fields at the beginning of the first paragraph in a document are exported to the header of an HTML document. If the document begins with a table, the first paragraph in the first cell of the table is exported to the header of the HTML document. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/addsignatureline.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/addsignatureline.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9682ae87e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/addsignatureline.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ + + + + + + + Adding Signature Line in Documents + /text/shared/01/addsignatureline.xhp + + + + + + + digital signature;add signature linesignature line;adding + +
+

Signature Line

+ Insert a graphic box representing a signature line of the document. +
+ + + Signature Line Box + + + The signature line displays an horizontal line, a location mark, the name, title and email of signer. +
+ +
+ +

Name

+ Insert the name of the signer. The name is displayed in the signature line graphic box. + +

Title

+ Enter the title of the signer. The title is displayed in the signature line graphic box. + +

Email

+ Enter the email of the signer. The email is not displayed in the signature line graphic box, but is used for the digital signature. + +

Signer can add comments

+ Enable signer to insert comments in the Sign Signature Line dialog at time of signature. + +

Show sign date in signature line

+ Mark this checkbox to display the date of the signature, at the time when the document is digitally signed. + +

Instructions to the signer

+ Insert instructions for the signer. The instructions appears in the Sign Signature Line dialog box, at the time of signature. +
+ + +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/certificatepath.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/certificatepath.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..364f41a4b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/certificatepath.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ + + + + + + + Certificate Paths + /text/shared/01/certificatepath.xhp + + + + + + + + digital signatures;certificate path + certificate path + +
+

Certificate

+ Select or add the correct Network Security Services Certificate directory to use for digital signatures. +
+
+ +
+ + +

Available Certificate Paths

+Shows the list of Network Security Services Certificate directory to use for digital signatures. + + +

Select NSS path

+Opens a file picker dialog to add a new Network Security Services Certificate directory to the list. +
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/classificationbar.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/classificationbar.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e05fd9396 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/classificationbar.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ + + + + + + + Classification Bar + /text/shared/01/classificationbar.xhp + + + + + + + classification toolbar;display + +
+

Classification Toolbar

+The Classification bar contains tools to help secure document handling. +The Classification toolbar contains listboxes to help in selecting the security of the document, according to the BAF category policy and BAILS levels. %PRODUCTNAME will add custom fields in the document properties (File - Properties, Custom Properties tab) to store the classification policy as document metadata. +
+
+Choose View - Toolbars - TSCP Classification +
+ +

Levels

+ + + +
+

Manage Document Classification

+Opens the Classification dialog for document classification. +
+

Manage Paragraph Classification

+Opens the Classification dialog for paragraph classification. + + + + + +
+ + +Wiki page on document classification +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/classificationdialog.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/classificationdialog.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aa4c71079 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/classificationdialog.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ + + + + + + + Classification Dialog + /text/shared/01/classificationdialog.xhp + + + + + + + classification;contents + classification;licenses + classification;part numbers + classification;markings + classification;paragraph + paragraph;classification + +
+

Document and Paragraph Classification Dialog

+
+ +Applies classification policy to the current document or paragraph. The dialog helps to assemble the classification policy terms of the document or paragraph by using predefined classification terms or by entering custom classification terms. The dialog display several lists of predefined items, which are loaded from the BAILS-xml TSCP policy file. +
+ Enable the TSCP Classification toolbar in View - Toolbars - TSCP Classification and click on the Manage Document Classification or Manage Paragraph Classification buttons. +
+

Content

+The Content text box displays the classification text created by the dialog and displays the existing document or paragraph classification terms. You can add your own terms in addition to the existing text in the box and the classification terms from the classification policy configuration file. +

Bold icon (document classification only)

+ Apply bold character formatting to the document or paragraph classification terms. +

Sign Paragraph (paragraph classification only)

+ Opens the Select Certification dialog box to choose the certificate to use to sign the paragraph. +

Recently used

+List the recently used classification terms. +

Classification

+The Classification list contains the translated elements of the Business Authorization Identification and Labeling Scheme (BAILS). The %PRODUCTNAME defaults are: + +

International

+The International list are the elements of the BAILS, not localized. The default is: + + + Non-Business + + + General Business + + + Confidential + + + Internal use only + + The Classification and International drop-down lists are actually the same list. A change in one list changes the other. +

Marking

+Display a list of pre-existing markings available to be added to the Contents text box. Double click one entry to have it added to the contents text box at the cursor location. The markings are defined in the classification policy configuration file. +

License

+ Displays the existing intellectual property licenses. Double click the license to have it displayed in the Part text box below. Click the Add button to place the license text in the Content box.The licenses are defined in the classification policy configuration file. +

Part number

+ Displays the existing intellectual property part numbers. Double click the part number to have it displayed in the Part text box below and click the Add button to place the part number in the Content text box. The part numbers are defined in the classification policy configuration file. +

Part text:

+Use this box to enter contents to be added to the Content text box. +

Add

+Click to add the contents of the Part text box to the Content box. +Settings of the Classification dialog are part of the document custom properties. +
+ + +Wiki page on document classification +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/digitalsignatures.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/digitalsignatures.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3c677701b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/digitalsignatures.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ + + + + + + + + + Digital Signatures + /text/shared/01/digitalsignatures.xhp + + + + + +
+ +

Digital Signatures

+ Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your document. You can also use the dialog to view certificates. +
+
+ +
+ +You must save a file before you can apply a digital signature to the file. +You must save a file in OpenDocument format before you can apply a digital signature to the file. + +

List

+ Lists the digital signatures for the current document. + The Signed icon +Icon + indicates a valid digital signature, while the Exclamation mark icon +Icon + indicates an invalid digital signature. + See also Digital Signatures. + +

Use AdES-compliant signature when there is a choice

+ Prefers creating XAdES signatures for ODF and OOXML, PAdES signatures for PDF. + +

View Certificate

+ Opens the View Certificate dialog. + +

Sign Document

+ Opens the Select Certificate dialog. + +

Remove

+ Removes the selected signature from the list. Removes all subsequent signatures as well, in case of PDF. + +

Start Certificate Manager

+Opens the installed certificate manager of your system. + + On macOS, the default certificate manager is Keychain Access. + On Windows systems, the default certificate manager is Certmgr.msc, a Microsoft Management Console snap-in using Certmgr.exe, and does not manage OpenPGP certificates. To manage both X509 and OpenPGP certificates install the gpg4win tool. + +
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/digitalsignaturespdf.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/digitalsignaturespdf.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..992423c9d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/digitalsignaturespdf.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ + + + + + + + Digital Signature in PDF Export + /text/shared/01/digitalsignaturespdf.xhp + + + +

Signing Exported PDF

+
+ +
+ +
+ About Digital Signatures +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/extensionupdate.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/extensionupdate.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8efcf5afc --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/extensionupdate.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ + + + + + +Extension Update +/text/shared/01/extensionupdate.xhp + + + + + + +Extension Update +Click the Check for Updates button in the Extension Manager to check for online updates for all installed extensions. To check for online updates for only the selected extension, right-click to open the context menu, then choose Update. +
+
insert hidden text for Exclude from this update/from all updates/include again, see i115834 - not needed because no Help ID assigned +When you click the Check for Updates button or choose the Update command, the Extension Update dialog is displayed and the check for availability of updates starts immediately. + +While checking for updates, you see a progress indicator. Wait for some messages to show up in the dialog, or click Cancel to abort the update check. +If no updates are available, the message in the dialog tells you there are no updates. Close the dialog. +If updates are available, the updates can either be installed automatically, or you must respond with some action: +The Extension Update dialog may contain entries which are not selectable and hence no automatic update can be performed. + + +Dependencies are not fulfilled (the update needs some more or newer files to be installed). + + +Insufficient user rights (the Extension Manager was started from the menu, but shared extensions can only be modified when %PRODUCTNAME does not run, and only by a user with appropriate rights). See Extension Manager for details. + + +A manual update is necessary. + + +When you click the Install button the Download and Installation dialog is displayed. +All extensions which can be directly downloaded are downloaded now. The progress is shown in the Download and Installation dialog. If an extension cannot be downloaded, a message is displayed. The operation continues for the remaining extensions. +Some extensions may be marked with the phrase "browser based update". These extensions cannot be downloaded by the Extension Manager. A web browser must be opened to download the extension update from a particular web site. That site may require several more user interaction to download the extension. After downloading you must install the extension manually, for example by double-clicking the extension's icon in a file browser. +For extensions marked as "browser based update", the Extension Manager will open your web browser on the respective web site. This happens when you close the dialog, after downloading any other extension updates. If there are no extensions which can be directly downloaded then the web browser is started immediately. +After the last extension has been downloaded, the installation begins. First all installed extensions for which an update could be downloaded successfully, are removed. Then the updated extensions are installed. If an error occurs, a message that the installation failed is displayed, but the operation proceeds. +If all updates have been processed the Download and Installation dialog shows that it has finished. You can abort the download and installation process by clicking the Abort Update button. + +Show all Updates +By default, only the downloadable extensions are shown in the dialog. Mark Show all Updates to see also other extensions and error messages. +
+Extension Manager +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/font_features.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/font_features.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..101d7eade --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/font_features.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ + + + + + + + OpenType Font Features + /text/shared/01/font_features.xhp + + + + + font features + font features;OpenType + OpenType;font features + +
+ + + Font Features + Select and apply font typographical features to characters. +
+
+ + Then press Features... +
+ %PRODUCTNAME supports OpenType font format. The two main benefits of the OpenType format are its cross-platform compatibility, and its ability to support widely expanded character sets and layout features, which provide richer linguistic support and advanced typographic control. + The features displayed in the Font Features dialog depends on the selected font. + Font features box + The font features box contains the configurable features available for the font. + Font feature visualization window + The feature visualization window displays a default text where the selected features can be inspected. +
+ Wikipedia on OpenType +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/formatting_mark.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/formatting_mark.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d8e62f95e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/formatting_mark.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + + + + + + Formatting Mark + /text/shared/01/formatting_mark.xhp + + + + + + +
+ + + CTL;(not) wrapping words + words;wrapping in CTL + +MW added 2 index entries because of issue 86750tried to fix i86464 by creating a new file, copy everything over, then save & overwrite as formatting_mark.xhpbut this did not help + +

Formatting Mark

+Opens a submenu to insert special formatting marks like non-breaking space, soft hyphen, and optional break. +
+ + +

Non-breaking space

+Inserts a space that will keep bordering characters together on line breaks. + + +

Non-breaking hyphen

+Inserts a hyphen that will keep bordering characters together on line breaks. + + +

Soft hyphen

+Inserts an invisible optional hyphen within a word that will appear and create a line break once it becomes the last character in a line. + + +

No-width optional break

+Inserts an invisible space within a word that will insert a line break once it becomes the last character in a line. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled. + + +

Word Joiner

+Inserts an invisible space within a word that will keep the word together at the end of a line. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled. + + +

Left-to-right mark

+Inserts a text direction mark that affects the text direction of any text following the mark. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled. + + +

Right-to-left mark

+Inserts a text direction mark that affects the text direction of any text following the mark. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled. + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/gallery.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/gallery.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9f3dd1d3b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/gallery.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ + + + + + + + Gallery + /text/shared/01/gallery.xhp + + + + + + +Displays the contents of the Gallery as icons. + +Displays the contents of the Gallery as small icons, with title and path information. + + +You can display the contents of the Gallery as icons, or icons with titles and path information. +To zoom in or zoom out on a single object in the Gallery, double-click the object, or select the object, and then press the Spacebar. + +
+ +
+ +Themes are listed on the left side of the Gallery.Click a theme to view the objects associated with the theme. + +To insert a Gallery object, select the object, and then drag it into the document. + + + + +

Adding a New File to the Gallery

+To add a file to the Gallery, right-click a theme, choose Properties, click the Files tab, and then click Add. You can also click an object in the current document, hold, and then drag it to the Gallery window. + + +

New theme

+Adds a new theme to the Gallery and lets you choose the files to include in the theme. +To access the following commands, right-click a theme in the Gallery: + + + + + +

Properties

+The Properties of (Theme) dialog contains the following tabs: + + +

Files

+ + + + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/gallery_files.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/gallery_files.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..95d69d8e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/gallery_files.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ + + + + + + + + +Files +/text/shared/01/gallery_files.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + + + +Files +Adds new files to the selected theme. + +
+ +
+ +File Type +Select the type of file that you want to add. + +Files found +Lists the available files. Select the file(s) that you want to add, and then click Add. To add all of the files in the list, click Add All. + +Find files +Locate the directory containing the files that you want to add, and then click OK. + +Add +Adds the selected file(s) to the current theme. + +Add all +Adds all of the files in the list to the current theme. + +Preview +Displays or hides a preview of the selected file.UFI: removed help id +Preview box +Displays a preview of the selected file. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/grid.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/grid.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..978628751 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/grid.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ + + + + + + + Grid + /text/shared/01/grid.xhp + + + + + +
+ + grids;display options (Impress/Draw) + + + + +

Grid

+Sets the display properties of a grid. +
+ +
+ +
+ +
+

Display Grid

+Displays or hides grid lines that you can use to align objects such as graphics on a page. +
+ +

Snap to Grid

issue 112000 for new key +Automatically aligns objects to vertical and horizontal grid lines. To override this feature, hold down the Option key +Alt key when you drag an object.UFI: copied from shared\optionen\01050100.xhp +UFI removed GridFront help id + +
+

Grid to Front

+Displays the grid lines in front of the objects on the slide or page. +
+ +
+Set the grid color on %PRODUCTNAME - Preferences +Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Application Colors. +
+ + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/grid_and_helplines.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/grid_and_helplines.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f50c18ebd --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/grid_and_helplines.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ + + + + + + + Grid and Help Lines + /text/shared/01/grid_and_helplines.xhp + + + + +
+ + +

Grid and Help Lines

+Toggle the visibility of grid points and guide lines to help object moving and precise position in the current sheet. +
+ + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/guides.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/guides.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4b7fb01bf --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/guides.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ + + + + + + + Snap Guides + /text/shared/01/guides.xhp + + + + + +
+ + + guides;display options (Impress/Draw) + + + + +

Snap Guides

+Specifies the display options for snap guides. +
+ +
+ +
+ +

Display Snap Guides

+Displays or hides snap guides that you can use to align objects on a page. + + +

Snap Guides to Front

+Displays the snap guides in front of the objects on the pageslidepage. + + + + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/image_compression.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/image_compression.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fdc1fbeb4 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/image_compression.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ + + + + + + Compress Image + /text/shared/01/image_compression.xhp + + + + + image;compression + image;reduce image size + image;size reduction + image;resize + image;change resolution + +
+ + + Compress Image + Compress the selected image to reduce its data size and resize the image in the document. +
+ + Image compression is a type of data compression applied to digital images, to reduce storage size or transmission time. Compression may take advantage of visual perception and the statistical properties of image data to preserve information quality. + Image compression can be lossless or lossy. Lossless compression allows the original image to be perfectly reconstructed from the compressed data. In contrast, lossy compression permits reconstruction only of an approximation of the original image, therefore with some loss of quality, though usually with improved compression rates (and therefore reduced file sizes). +
+ Select the image, choose Format - Image - Compress. + Select the image, open the context menu and choose Compress. +
+ + + Compression + JPEG Quality + Use the slider to adjust the level of quality of the JPEG compression, from 0 to 100. A value of 100 means no quality loss and a value of 0 may result in a very poor image. The default value of 90 produces very good results and significant image data size reduction. + The compression values are not standardized between different JPEG image compression software. + + PNG Compression + Since PNG compression is lossless, the main reason to use a compression factor less than 9 is when there is absolute need to reduce the size of the document when saving in a slow computer. The uncompress operation does not depend on the compression level. + + Resolution + Reduce image resolution + Check to change the dimensions of the compressed image. + Width, Height + Use the spin buttons to set the new width and height of the compressed image. + Resolution + Select the pixel density (dot per inch - DPI) of the image from the dropdown list. + + Interpolation + Select the algorithm to calculate the interpolated pixels. + + Image Information + Calculate New Size + Click to calculate the size of the image data, based on the settings of the dialog box. +
+ Wikipedia on image file formats. +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/mediaplayer.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/mediaplayer.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a65ca5d1d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/mediaplayer.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ + + + + + + + + + Media Player + /text/shared/01/mediaplayer.xhp + + + +
+Media Player window + + +Media Player + + Opens the Media Player window where you can preview movie and sound files as well as insert these files into the current document. +
+
+ +
+ The Media Player supports many different media formats. You can also insert media files from the Media Player into your document. + +Open + Opens a movie file or a sound file that you want to preview. + + Apply + Inserts the current movie file or sound file as a media object into the current document. + + Play + Plays the current file. + + Pause + Pauses or resumes the playback of the current file. + + Stop + Stops the playback of the current file. + + Repeat + Plays the file repeatedly. + + Mute + Turns sound off and on. + + Volume slider + Adjusts the volume. + + View + Adjusts the size of the movie playback. + Position slider + Moves to a different position in the file. +
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/menu_edit_find.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/menu_edit_find.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eef02d971 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/menu_edit_find.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ + + + + + + + Find + /text/shared/01/menu_edit_find.xhp + + + + + + +
+ + +Find +Toggle the visibility of the Find toolbar to search for text or navigate a document by element. +
+ +
+ +
+ +
+ + +
+ + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/menu_view_sidebar.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/menu_view_sidebar.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f9a8e5187 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/menu_view_sidebar.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ + + + + + + + Sidebar + /text/shared/01/menu_view_sidebar.xhp + + + + + + + +The sidebar is docked on the right or left side of the document view area and contains a tab bar with tab buttons, that when clicked show a different tab deck. + +
+Choose View - Sidebar +
+ + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/moviesound.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/moviesound.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a8f3ac5db --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/moviesound.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ + + + + + + + Audio or Video + /text/shared/01/moviesound.xhp + + + +
+ +inserting; movies/sounds +sound files +playing movies and sound files +videos +movies +audio +music +UFI: added "music;inserting"MW made "sounds;", "audio;", "music;" one level entries and added "movies" + +Audio or Video + Inserts a video or audio file into your document. +
+
+ + +
+To insert a movie or sound file into your document + + + Click where you want to insert the file. + + + Choose Insert - Media - Audio or Video. For %PRODUCTNAME Impress, choose Insert - Audio or Video. + + + In the File Open dialog, select the file that you want to insert. + The file types that are listed in this dialog are not supported by all operating systems. + + + Click the Link box if you want a link to the original file. If it is not checked, the media file will be embedded (not supported with all file formats). + + + Click Open. + + + Alternatively, you can choose Tools - Media Player to open the Media Player. Use the Media Player to preview all supported media files. Click the Apply button in the Media Player window to insert the current media file into your document. +To play a movie or sound file + + + Click the object icon for the movie or sound file in your document. + If the icon is arranged on the background, hold down CommandCtrl while you click. + The Media Playback toolbar is shown. + + + Click Play on the Media Playback toolbar. + + + When you show an Impress presentation, the embedded sound or video on the current slide plays automatically until it's over or until you leave the slide. + You can also use the Media Playback bar to pause, to stop, to loop, as well as to adjust the volume or to mute the playback of the file. The current playback position in the file is indicated on the left slider. Use the right slider to adjust the playback volume. For movie files, the bar also contains a list box where you can select the zoom factor for the playback. +Supported media formats + %PRODUCTNAME relies on the operating system's installed media support. + + + For Microsoft Windows: %PRODUCTNAME can open anything for which DirectShow filters are installed (list of default formats). + + + For GNU/Linux: %PRODUCTNAME uses gstreamer, so whatever you can play using gstreamer can be used with %PRODUCTNAME (list of defined types). + + + For Apple macOS: %PRODUCTNAME uses QuickTime supported media formats (list of media formats). + + +
+ + List of default formats for Microsoft Windows DirectShow. + List of defined types for gstreamer in GNU/Linux. + List of media formats for Apple macOS QuickTime. + “What video formats does Impress support?” on Ask +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/nav_rename.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/nav_rename.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..70bbf12de --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/nav_rename.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ + + + + + + + Rename object + /text/shared/01/nav_rename.xhp + + + + + + navigator; rename + rename;objects + + + + + + + +

Rename object

+ Renames the object selected in the Navigator. +
+ Open the context menu for the object - Choose Rename. +
+

New name

+ Enter the new name of the selected object. + Names of objects must be unique in the same document. + +
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/notebook_bar.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/notebook_bar.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d82c7b0f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/notebook_bar.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + + + + + Using the notebook bar + /text/shared/01/notebook_bar.xhp + + + + + + + + notebook bar;contextual single toolbar + notebook bar;contextual groups + notebook bar;tabbed mode + notebook bar;single toolbar + notebook bar;default layout + notebook bar;layouts + notebook bar;toolbar + notebook bar;sidebar + sidebar;notebook bar + toolbar;notebook bar + + +
+

User Interface

+Opens the Select Your Preferred User Interface dialog to let you choose the user interface layout for %PRODUCTNAME. +
+ +The notebook bar shows a different way to organize controls and icons than a collection of straight rows of icons, displaying contextual groups of commands and contents for a quicker usage and better user experience. + +
+Choose menu View - User Interface +
+ +

User interface layouts

+The User Interface entry defines which user interface elements are visible. + +

Standard toolbar

+Classic mode with two visible toolbars – standard and formatting. The sidebar is partially collapsed and shows only tabs. Intended for users who are familiar with the classic interface. + +

Tabbed

+In this mode, the bar is divided into tabs, where each tab displays a set of icons grouped by context. The context can also change depending on the object selected in the document, for example a table or an image. The Tabbed user interface is the most similar to the Ribbons used in Microsoft Office. It organizes functions in tabs and makes the main menu obsolete. + +

Tabbed compact

+The Tabbed Compact variant aims to be familiar with the Microsoft Office interface, yet occupying less space for smaller screens. + +

Groupedbar compact

+The Groupedbar Compact interface provides access to functions in groups, with icons for most-frequently used features, and dropdown menus for others. This compact variant favors vertical space. + +

Contextual single

+The Contextual Single interface shows functions in a single-line toolbar with context-dependent content. + +

Single toolbar

+Standard user interface but with single-line toolbar. Intended for use on small screens. The sidebar is collapsed. + +

Sidebar

+Standard user interface with expanded sidebar. Expert users who want to quickly change many different properties are advised to use this user interface. + +When user activates additional toolbars, they will be saved in the user profile. Therefore, on returning from the notebook bar mode, all toolbars set visible before will show again. + +The Tabbed and Groupedbar modes are also available as compact variants. +The notebook bar icon size is adjustable in %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - View - Notebookbar icon size listbox. +The notebook bar cannot be customized. +The current implementation (%PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION) of the notebook bar is common to Writer, Calc, Draw and Impress modules. A change in the notebook bar in one module will affect the notebook bar of the other modules. + +
+Toolbars +View options +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/online_update.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/online_update.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..93c9d2b32 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/online_update.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ + + + + + + + + + Check for Updates + /text/shared/01/online_update.xhp + + + +updates;checking manually + online updates;checking manually + +Check for Updates +UFI: changed name of page, see i76016Next time start download automatically +You can check for updates manually or automatically. + Checking for updates will also look for updates of all installed extensions. + Choose Help - Check for Updates to check manually. + You can disable or enable the automatic check in %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Online Update. + + + If an update is available, an icon + Update Icon + on the menu bar will notify you of the update. Click the icon to open a dialog with more information. + + + You will see the Check for Updates dialog with some information about the online update of %PRODUCTNAME. + + + Enable an Internet connection for %PRODUCTNAME. + If you need a proxy server, enter the proxy settings in %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Internet - Proxy. + + + Choose Check for Updates to check for the availability of a newer version of your office suite. + + + If a newer version is available and %PRODUCTNAME is not set up for automatic downloading, then you can select any of the following actions: + + + Download the new version. + + + Install the downloaded files. + + + Abort this check for updates for now. + + + If %PRODUCTNAME is configured to download the files automatically, the download starts immediately. A download continues even when you minimize the dialog. + If automatic downloads are disabled, start the download manually. + If no update was found, you can close the dialog. + You need Administrator rights to update %PRODUCTNAME. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/online_update_dialog.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/online_update_dialog.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0bd298a4b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/online_update_dialog.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ + + + + + + + + + + +Check for Updates +/text/shared/01/online_update_dialog.xhp + + + + +Check for UpdatesUFI: this is the dialogChecks for available updates to your version of %PRODUCTNAME. If a newer version is available, you can choose to download the update. After downloading, if you have write permissions for the installation directory, you can install the update. +Once the download starts, you see a progress bar and three buttons on the dialog. You can pause and resume the download by clicking the Pause and Resume buttons. Click Cancel to abort the download and delete the partly downloaded file. +By default, downloads will be stored to your desktop. You can change the folder where the downloaded file will be stored in %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Online Update. +After the download is complete, you can click Install to start the installation of the update. You see a confirmation dialog, where you can choose to close %PRODUCTNAME. +Under some operation systems, it may be required to manually go to the download folder, unzip the download file, and start the setup script. +After installation of the update you can delete the download file to save space.Download + +Downloads and saves the update files to the desktop or a folder of your choice. Select the folder in %PRODUCTNAME - Online Update in the Options dialog box.Install +Installs the downloaded update.Pause +Pauses the download. Later click Resume to continue downloading.Resume +Continues a paused download.Cancel +Aborts the download and deletes the partly downloaded file. +
+Starting online updates +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c0287f3e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ + + + + + + +Extension Manager +/text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp + + + +
+ +UNO components;Extension Manager +extensions;Extension Manager +packages, see extensions + + + + +

Extension Manager

+The Extension Manager adds, removes, disables, enables, and updates %PRODUCTNAME extensions. +
+For security reasons, the installation and removal of extensions are controlled by settings in the Expert Configuration. By default, installation and removal are enabled. +
+
+The following are examples of %PRODUCTNAME extensions: + + +UNO components (compiled software modules) + + +Configuration data (for menu commands) + + +%PRODUCTNAME Basic libraries + + +%PRODUCTNAME dialog libraries + + +Extension files (*.oxt files containing one or more extensions of the above listed types) + + +
+

Extension Scope

+
+Users with administrator or root privileges will see a dialog where they can choose to install extensions "for all users" or "only for me". Normal users without those privileges can install, remove, or modify extensions only for their own use. + + +A user with root or administrator privileges can install an extension as a shared extension that is available to all users. After selecting an extension, a dialog opens and asks whether to install for the current user or all users. + + +A user without root privileges can only install an extension for own usage. This is called a user extension. + +UFI: Extension Guide needed. Until we have that guide, I'll add some more info in this file. +

To install an extension

+An extension is available as a file with the file extension .oxt. + +You can find a collection of extensions on the Web. Click the "Get more extensions online" link in the Extension Manager to open your Web browser and see the https://extensions.libreoffice.org/ page. +

To install a user extension

+Do any of the following: + + +Double-click the .oxt file in your system's file browser. + + +On a web page, click a hyperlink to an *.oxt file (if your web browser can be configured to start the Extension Manager for this file type). + + +Choose Tools - Extension Manager and click Add. + + +

To install a shared extension in text mode (for system administrators)

+ + +As an administrator, open a terminal or command shell. + + +Change to the \ +/program folder in your installation. + + +Enter the following command, using the path and file name of your extension: +unopkg add --shared path_filename.oxt + + + + +Select the extension that you want to remove, enable, or disable. For some extensions, you can also open an Options dialog. + + +

Add

+Click Add to add an extension. +A file dialog opens where you can select the extension that you want to add. To copy and to register the selected extension, click Open. + + + +An extension can show a license dialog. Read the license. Click the Scroll Down button to scroll down if necessary. Click Accept to continue the installation of the extension.insert hidden text for Show License + + +

Remove

+Select the extension that you want to remove, and then click Remove. + + +

Enable

+Select the extension that you want to enable, and then click Enable. + + +

Disable

+Select the extension that you want to disable, and then click Disable. + + +

Update

+Click to check for online updates of all installed extensions. To check for updates of the selected extension only, choose the Update command from the context menu. The check for availability of updates starts immediately. You will see the Extension Update dialog. + + +

Options

+Select an installed extension, then click to open the Options dialog for the extension. + +

Display Extensions

+You can filter the list of displayed extensions by their scope. + + +

Bundled with %PRODUCTNAME

+Bundled extensions are installed by the system administrator using the operating system specific installer packages. These can not be installed, updated or removed here. + + +

Installed for all users

+Filter extensions available for all users of this computer. These can be updated or removed only with administrator or root privileges. + + +

Installed for current user

+Filter extensions only available for the currently logged in user. + +Some additional commands can appear in the context menu of an extension in the Extension Manager window, depending on the selected extension. You can choose to show the license text again. You can choose to exclude the extension from checking for updates or to include an excluded extension. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/password_dlg.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/password_dlg.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..feeccb25c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/password_dlg.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ + + + + + + + + + Password + /text/shared/01/password_dlg.xhp + + + +
+ + + + + Password + Assigns a password to prevent users from making unauthorized changes. + + + The open password must be entered to open the file. + The permission password must be entered to edit the document. + + + + + + Password + Type a password. A password is case sensitive. + + + + + Confirm + Re-enter the password. + Undoing password protection + To remove a password, open the document, then save without password. + + Click to show or hide the file sharing password options. + +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/password_main.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/password_main.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..17c9b26f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/password_main.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ + + + + + + + + + Set Master Password + /text/shared/01/password_main.xhp + + + +
+ + + Set Master Password + Assign a master password to protect the access to a saved password. +
+ You can save some passwords for the duration of a session, or permanently to a file protected by a master password. For example, passwords for accessing WebDAV or FTP servers are stored permanently if you enter a master password when prompted. Otherwise, they are only stored for the current session.removed text see i71792 + You must enter the master password to access a file or service that is protected by a saved password. You only need to enter the master password once during a session. +
+
+ You should only use passwords that are hard to find by other persons or programs. A password should follow these rules: + + + Length of eight or more characters. + + + Contains a mix of lower case and upper case letters, numbers, and special characters. + + + Cannot be found in any wordbook or encyclopedia. + + + Has no direct relation to your personal data, e.g., date of birth or car plate. + + +
+Master password + Type a master password to prevent unauthorized users from accessing stored passwords. +Confirm master password + Re-enter the master password. +
+
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/pastecolumnleft.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/pastecolumnleft.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0809b6634 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/pastecolumnleft.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + + + + Paste as Column Before + /text/shared/01/pastecolumleft.xhp + + + +
+ +

Paste as Column Before

+ Insert clipboard table data in a table as new columns before instead of overwriting the content of the original cells of the target table. +
+
+ +
+
+ + + + +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/pastenestedtable.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/pastenestedtable.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..87f4de613 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/pastenestedtable.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + + + + + + + Paste Nested Table + /text/shared/01/pastenestedtable.xhp + + + + + + paste;nested table + paste special;nested table + paste nested table + +
+

Paste Nested Table

+ Paste clipboard content (including native tables or tables copied from Calc or other spreadsheets) as nested tables in empty cells and at cell starting cursor position. +
+
+ +
+ + Pasting table data in Writer tables overwrites the contents of the existing cells, when the cursor is in an empty cell or at the beginning of the first paragraph of a table cell. + +
+ + + + +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/pasterowabove.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/pasterowabove.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..df55e3112 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/pasterowabove.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + + + + Paste as Row Above + /text/shared/01/pasterowabove.xhp + + + +
+ +

Paste as Row Above

+ Insert clipboard table data in a table as new rows instead of overwriting the content of the original cells of the target table. +
+
+ +
+
+ + + + +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/pastespecialmenu.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/pastespecialmenu.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..93c4b8edf --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/pastespecialmenu.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ + + + + + + + Paste Special + /text/shared/01/pastespecialmenu.xhp + + + +
+

Paste Special

+ Inserts the contents of the clipboard into the current file in a format that you can specify. +
+ + + + + + + +paste special;only text (spreadsheet) +paste special;only numbers (spreadsheet) +paste special;only formula (spreadsheet) + + + +

Paste Only Text

+ Paste clipboard text contents only. Numeric and formula values are not pasted and their destination cells contents are deleted. +

Paste Only Numbers

+ Paste clipboard numeric contents only. Text and formulas are not pasted and their destination cells contents are deleted. +

Paste Only Formula

+ Paste clipboard formula contents only. Text and numeric values are not pasted and their destination cells contents are deleted. + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/pasteunformatted.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/pasteunformatted.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0cb601129 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/pasteunformatted.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ + + + + + + + Paste Unformatted Text + /text/shared/01/pasteunformatted.xhp + + + + + +paste;unformatted text +paste special;unformatted text +unformatted text;paste special + +
+

Paste Unformatted Text

+ Paste only the text contents, without any formatting. +
+
+ +
+
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/profile_safe_mode.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/profile_safe_mode.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6abb949a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/profile_safe_mode.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ + + + + + + + Safe Mode + /text/shared/01/profile_safe_mode.xhp + + + + + +
+ + + + profile;safe mode + + + Safe Mode + Safe mode is a mode where %PRODUCTNAME temporarily starts with a fresh user profile and disables hardware acceleration. It helps to restore a non-working %PRODUCTNAME instance. + +
+ +
+ Choose Help - Restart in Safe Mode. + Start %PRODUCTNAME from command line with --safe-mode option + Start %PRODUCTNAME from %PRODUCTNAME (Safe Mode) start menu entry (Windows only) +
+ +What can I do in safe mode? +Once in safe mode, you will be shown a dialog offering three user profile restoration options + + +Continue in Safe Mode +This option will let you work with %PRODUCTNAME as you are used to, but using a temporary user profile. It also means that all configuration changes made to the temporary user profile will be lost after restart. + + +Restart in Normal Mode +Choosing Restart in Normal Mode will discard all changes, terminate safe mode and start %PRODUCTNAME again in normal mode. Use this option if you got here by accident. + + +Apply Changes and Restart +The dialog offers multiple changes to the user profile that can be made to help restoring %PRODUCTNAME to working state. They get more radical from top down so you should try them successively one after another. Choosing this option applies selected changes + + +Restore from backup +%PRODUCTNAME keeps backups of previous configurations and activated extensions. Use this option to return to the previous state if your problems are likely to be caused by recent changes to configuration or extensions. + + +Configure +You can disable all extensions installed by the user. You can also disable hardware acceleration. Activate this option if you experience startup crashes or visual glitches, they are often related to hardware acceleration. + + +Uninstall extensions +Sometimes %PRODUCTNAME cannot be started due to extensions blocking or crashing. This option allows you to disable all extensions installed by the user as well as shared and bundled extensions. Uninstalling shared and bundled extensions should be used with caution. It will only work if you have the necessary system access rights. + + +Reset to factory settings +If all else fails, you can reset your user profile to the factory default. The first option Reset settings and user customizations resets all configuration and UI changes, but keeps things like your personal dictionary, templates etc. The second option will reset your entire profile to the state when you first installed %PRODUCTNAME. + + +If you could not resolve your problem by using safe mode, click on Advanced expander. You will find instructions how to get further help there. +If you want to report a problem with your user profile, by clicking on Create Zip Archive from User Profile you can generate a zip file which can be uploaded to the bug tracking system to be investigated by the developers. +Be aware that the uploaded profile might contain sensitive information, such as your personal dictionary, settings and installed extensions. + + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/prop_font_embed.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/prop_font_embed.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..90cf95a59 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/prop_font_embed.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ + + + + + + + + Embedding Fonts + /text/shared/01/prop_font_embed.xhp + + + +
+ +embedding fonts in document file +documents; embedding fonts +font embedding; in documents +fonts; embedding +fonts; licensing for embedding +embedding; fonts +embedding licensed fonts + + + +

Font

+ Embed document fonts in the current file. +
+
+ +
+ +

Font embedding

+ Mark this box to embed document fonts into the document file, for portability between different computer systems. The document with embedded fonts has a larger size and the fonts are used on the target computer for better rendering of the document layout. + Consider embedding fonts when your document use rare or custom fonts not generally available in other computers. + Font licenses may restrict embedding fonts in documents. Font files contain flags that indicate if and how they can be embedded within a document file. %PRODUCTNAME parses these flags and determines if and how it may be embedded in a document file, and when you open a document containing embedded fonts, it will also look at these flags to determine if and how a document can be viewed or edited. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/ref_epub_export.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/ref_epub_export.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fdfed4828 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/ref_epub_export.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,123 @@ + + + + + + + Export as EPUB + /text/shared/01/ref_epub_export.xhp + + + + + +
+ + EPUB;export + electronic publication + exporting;to EPUB + + + + + +

Export as EPUB

+Export the current file to EPUB. + +
+ +
+ +
+ + + + +

General

+ + +

Version

+Sets the version of the resulting EPUB file. + + +

Split method

+Select the type of start of the next EPUB section. + + + Heading: Starts the next section on headings, according to the document outline numbering. + + + Page break: Starts the new section on a page break. + + + + +

Layout method

+Determines if a reflowable or a fixed layout EPUB will be generated. + + + Reflowable: The content flows, or reflows, to fit the screen and to fit the needs of the user. This also means that page style information (for example page size or header/footer content) is not exported. + + + Fixed: Gives greater control over presentation when a reflowable EPUB is not suitable for the content. + + + + +

Custom cover image

+Enter the full path of the custom cover image file. If the entry is empty, the exporter takes the cover image in the media directory (see below) when the name is one of the following: cover.gif, cover.jpg, cover.png or cover.svg. +The custom cover image is embedded in the EPUB file. + + +

Custom media directory

+ +Enter the custom media directory for the EPUB file. The media directory may contain a cover image as seen above, custom metadata and image links. + +By default, the exporter looks for custom media and custom metadata in the current document directory inside a folder with the same name of the document file name. For example, if the document name is MyText.odt, the default media folder for cover and metadata is MyText in the current directory. + +For custom metadata, you must provide a file with same name as the original filename and with extension as ".xmp". The provided metadata will override the internal document metadata. In the example above, the custom metadata must exist in the MyText directory as MyText.xmp. + +Image links mean that if you create relative links on images or text and they link an image that's available in the media directory, then this media will be available in the EPUB export result as a popup. + + +

Metadata

+Enter the custom metadata to override the document default metadata. These text fields can be left empty. + + +

Identifier

+Enter a unique identifier for the publication. + + +

Title

+Enter the title of the publication. + + +

Author

+Enter the Author of the publication. + + +

Language

+Language of the publication (see RFC4646 and ISO 639 for possible values). + + +

Date

+Last modification date for the publication. The value of this property must be an XML Schema dateTime conformant date in the form: CCYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssZ. Default is the date and time when the export dialog opened. + + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..08cca8e19 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ + + + + + + + Export as PDF + /text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export.xhp + + + + + + +
+ +PDF;export +portable document format +exporting;to PDF + +MW made "PDF export a two level entry"UFI: write guide and move bookmarks there + + +

Export as PDF

+Saves the current file to Portable Document Format (PDF) version 1.4. A PDF file can be viewed and printed on any platform with the original formatting intact, provided that supporting software is installed. +
+ +
+ +
+ + + + + + + + + +

Export button

+Exports the current file in PDF format. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_digital_signature.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_digital_signature.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8fff630a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_digital_signature.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ + + + + + + + PDF Export Digital Signature + /text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_digital_signature.xhp + + + + +PDF export;digital signature +PDF export;sign PDF document +PDF export;time stamp + +
+ + +

Digital Signatures

+ This tab contains the options related to exporting to a digitally signed PDF. +
+ +
+ +
+ Digital signatures are used to ensure that the PDF was really created by the original author (i.e. you), and that the document has not been modified since it was signed. + The signed PDF export uses the keys and X.509 certificates already stored in your default key store location or on a smartcard. + + + + The key store to be used can be selected under %PRODUCTNAME - Preferences + Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Security - Certificate Path. + + + When using a smartcard, it must already be configured for use by your key store. This is usually done during installation of the smartcard software. + + + + +

Certificate

+ +

Use this certificate to digitally sign PDF documents

+ Allows you to select a certificate to be used for signing this PDF export. + + +

Select

+ Opens the Select Certificate dialog. + All certificates found in your selected key store are displayed. If the key store is protected by a password, you are prompted for it. When using a smartcard that is protected by a PIN, you are also prompted for that. + Select the certificate to use for digitally signing the exported PDF by clicking on the corresponding line, then click OK. + All other fields on the Digital Signatures tab will be accessible only after a certificate has been selected. + + +

Certificate password

+ Enter the password used for protecting the private key associated with the selected certificate. Usually this is the key store password. + If the key store password has already been entered in the Select Certificate dialog, the key store may already be unlocked and not require the password again. But to be on the safe side, enter it nevertheless. + When using a smartcard, enter the PIN here. Some smartcard software will prompt you for the PIN again before signing. This is cumbersome, but that's how smartcards work. + + + + +

Location, Contact information, Reason

+ These three fields allow you to optionally enter additional information about the digital signature that will be applied to the PDF (Where, by whom and why it was made). It will be embedded in the appropriate PDF fields and will be visible to anyone viewing the PDF. Each or all of the three fields may be left blank. + + +

+ During the PDF signing process, the TSA will be used to obtain a digitally signed timestamp that is then embedded in the signature. This (RFC 3161) timestamp will allow anyone viewing the PDF to verify when the document was signed. + If no TSA URL is selected (the default), the signature will not be timestamped, but will use the current time from your local computer. +
+ + + + + + + +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_general.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_general.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..08ff8827c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_general.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ + + + + + + + PDF Export General + /text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_general.xhp + + + + +PDF export;general options +hybrid PDF +PDF forms + +
+ + +

General

+ Sets the general options for exporting your document to a PDF file. Range, images, watermark, forms and other parameters. +
+
+ +
+ +

Range

+ Sets the export options for the pages included in the PDF file. + + +

All

+ Exports all defined print ranges. If no print range is defined, exports the entire document. + + + +

Pages

+ Exports the pages you type in the box. + To export a range of pages, use the format 3-6. To export single pages, use the format 7;9;11. If you want, you can export a combination of page ranges and single pages, by using a format like 3-6;8;10;12. + + +

Selection

+ Exports the current selection. + + +

View PDF after export

+ Open the exported document in the system default PDF viewer. + +

Images

+ Sets the PDF export options for images inside your document. + + + +

Lossless compression

+ Selects a lossless compression of images. All pixels are preserved. + + +

JPEG compression

+ Select a JPEG compression level. With a high quality level, almost all pixels are preserved. With a low quality level, some pixels are lost and artifacts are introduced, but file sizes are reduced. + + +

Quality

+ Enter the quality level for JPEG compression. + + +

Reduce image resolution

+ Select to resample or down-size the images to a lower number of pixels per inch. + + Select the target resolution for the images. + + EPS images with embedded previews are exported only as previews. EPS images without embedded previews are exported as empty placeholders. + +

Watermark

+ Add a centered, vertical, light green watermark text to the page background. The watermark is not part of the source document. +

Sign with watermark

+ Check to enable the watermark signature. +

Text

+ Insert the text for the watermark signature. + You cannot adjust the position, orientation and size of the watermark. The watermark is not stored in the source document. +

General

+ Sets general PDF export options. + + +

Hybrid PDF (embed ODF file)

+ This setting enables you to export the document as a .pdf file containing two file formats: PDF and ODF. In PDF viewers it behaves like a normal .pdf file and it remains fully editable in %PRODUCTNAME. + + +

Archive (PDF/A, ISO 19005)

+ Converts to the PDF/A-1b, PDF/A-2b, or PDF/A-3b format. All fonts used in the source document are embedded in the generated PDF file, and PDF tags are written. The primary purpose is to create an electronic document whose appearance is device and application independent, making it suitable for long term preservation. + PDF/A-2b is recommended for most users, because it allows for layers and transparency with shapes and images. It also compresses better (JPEG 2000) than PDF/A-1b, usually producing smaller files. PDF/A-3b is identical to PDF/A-2b, but also accepts embedding of other file formats. + + + + + +

Tagged PDF (add document structure)

+ Select to write PDF tags. This can increase file size by huge amounts. + Tagged PDF contains information about the structure of the document contents. This can help to display the document on devices with different screens, and when using screen reader software. + + +

Create PDF form

+ Choose to create a PDF form. This can be filled out and printed by the user of the PDF document. + + +

Submit format

+ Select the format of submitting forms from within the PDF file. + Select the format of the data that you will receive from the submitter: FDF (Forms Data Format), PDF, HTML, or XML. + This setting overrides the control's URL property that you set in the document. + + +

Allow duplicate field names

+ Allows you to use the same field name for multiple fields in the generated PDF file. If disabled, field names will be exported using generated unique names. +

Structure

+Sets options for diverse features such as bookmarks, comments, page layout. + +

Export outlines

+ Select to export bookmarks of Writer documents as PDF bookmarks. Bookmarks are created for all outline paragraphs (Tools - Chapter Numbering) and for all table of contents entries for which you did assign hyperlinks in the source document. + Only paragraphs with Outline level 1 - 10 will be exported. The name of the Paragraph Style is irrelevant. For example, the default version of Paragraph Style Title is not exported when its Outline level is Text Body. To see a paragraph’s Outline level, choose Format - Paragraph - Outline & Numbering tab. + + + +

Export Placeholders

+ Export the placeholders fields visual markings only. The exported placeholder is ineffective. + + + + +

Comments as PDF annotations

+ Select to export comments of Writer and Calc documents as PDF annotations. + To export comments of Writer documents as they are shown in %PRODUCTNAME, choose %PRODUCTNAME - Preferences + Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print and select the In margins option in the Comments area. The exported pages will be scaled down and the comments will be placed into their margins. + + + + +

Export Notes Page

+ Export also the Notes pages view at the end of the exported PDF presentation document. + + +

Export only notes page

+ Exports only the Notes page views. + + +

Export hidden pages

+ Exports the document’s hidden slides. + + + + + +

Whole sheet export

+ Ignores each sheet’s paper size, print ranges and shown/hidden status and puts every sheet (even hidden sheets) on exactly one page, which is exactly as small or large as needed to fit the whole contents of the sheet. + + + + +

Export automatically inserted blank pages

+ If switched on, automatically inserted blank pages are exported to the PDF file. This is best if you are printing the pdf file double-sided. Example: In a book a chapter paragraph style is set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to export that even numbered page or not. + + +

Use reference XObjects

+ This option affects how PDF images are exported back to PDF. When this option is disabled, then the first page of the PDF data is included in the output. The PDF export merges the used images, fonts and other resources during export. This is a complex operation, but the result can be viewed in various viewers. When the option is enabled, then the reference XObject markup is used: this is a simple operation, but viewers have to support this markup to show vector images. Otherwise a fallback bitmap is shown in the viewer. +
+ +
+ + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_initial_view.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_initial_view.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b0240ba70 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_initial_view.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ + + + + + + + PDF Export Initial View + /text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_initial_view.xhp + + + + +PDF export;initial document view + +
+ + +

Initial View

+ Sets the options for the initial view of the PDF file in the external PDF viewer. +
+
+ +
+ +

Panes

+ + +

Page only

+ Select to generate a PDF file that shows only the page contents. + + +

Outline and page

+ Select to generate a PDF file that shows a bookmarks palette and the page contents.UFI: Adobe reader help names the panes as "palettes" + + +

Thumbnails and page

+ Select to generate a PDF file that shows a thumbnails palette and the page contents. + + +

Open on page

+ Select to show the given page when the reader opens the PDF file. + +

Magnification

+ + +

Default

+ Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page contents without zooming. If the reader software is configured to use a zoom factor by default, the page shows with that zoom factor. + + +

Fit in window

+ Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page zoomed to fit entirely into the reader's window. + + +

Fit width

+ Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page zoomed to fit the width of the reader's window. + + +

Fit visible

+ Select to generate a PDF file that shows the text and graphics on the page zoomed to fit the width of the reader's window. + + + +

Zoom factor

+ Select a given zoom factor when the reader opens the PDF file. + +

Page layout

+ + +

Default

+ Select to generate a PDF file that shows the pages according to the layout setting of the reader software. + + +

Single page

+ Select to generate a PDF file that shows one page at a time. + + +

Continuous

+ Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages in a continuous vertical column. + + +

Continuous facing

+ Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages side by side in a continuous column. For more than two pages, the first page is displayed on the right. + + +

First page is left

+ Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages side by side in a continuous column. For more than two pages, the first page is displayed on the left. You must enable support for complex text layout on Language settings - Languages in the Options dialog box. +
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_links.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_links.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fcafe8f33 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_links.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ + + + + + + + PDF Export Links + /text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_links.xhp + + + + +PDF export;links + + +
+ +
+ +

General

+

Export outlines as named destinations

+ The bookmarks (targets of references) in PDF files can be defined as rectangular areas. Additionally, bookmarks to named objects can be defined by their names. Enable the checkbox to export the names of objects in your document as valid bookmark targets. This allows you to link to those objects by name from other documents. + + +

Convert document references to PDF targets

+ Enable this checkbox to convert the URLs referencing other ODF files to PDF files with the same name. In the referencing URLs the extensions .odt, .odp, .ods, .odg, and .odm are converted to the extension .pdf. + + +

Export URLs relative to file system

+ Enable this checkbox to export URLs to other documents as relative URLs in the file system. See "relative hyperlinks" in the Help. + +

Cross-document links

+ Specify how to handle hyperlinks from your PDF file to other files. + + +

Default mode

+ Links from your PDF document to other documents will be handled as it is specified in your operating system. + + +

Open with PDF reader application

+ Cross-document links are opened with the PDF reader application that currently shows the document. The PDF reader application must be able to handle the specified file type inside the hyperlink. + + +

Open with Internet browser

+ Cross-document links are opened with the Internet browser. The Internet browser must be able to handle the specified file type inside the hyperlink. + +
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_security.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_security.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..50bbaedff --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_security.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ + + + + + + + PDF Export Security + /text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_security.xhp + + + + +PDF export;security + +
+ + +

Security

+ Specifies the security options of the exported PDF file. +
+
+ +
+ + + The document permission restrictions set by password will be observed only by PDF readers compliant with the version 1.5 of the format. Thus, in older PDF readers, the restrictions may have no effect. +

Set passwords

+ Click to open a dialog where you enter the passwords. + You can specify a password needed to view the PDF. You can enter an optional password that allows the person viewing the PDF to edit and/or print the document. + +

Printing

+ + +

Not permitted

+ Printing the document is not permitted. + + +

Low resolution (150 dpi)

+ The document can only be printed in low resolution (150 dpi). Not all PDF readers honor this setting. + + +

High resolution

+ The document can be printed in high resolution. + +

Changes

+ + +

Not permitted

+ No changes of the content are permitted. + + +

Inserting, deleting, and rotating pages

+ Only inserting, deleting, and rotating pages is permitted. + + +

Filling in form fields

+ Only filling in form fields is permitted. + + +

Commenting, filling in form fields

+ Only commenting and filling in form fields is permitted. + + +

Any except extracting pages

+ All changes are permitted, except extracting pages. + + +

Contents

+ +

Enable copying of content

+ Select to enable copying of content to the clipboard. + + +

Enable text access for accessibility tools

+ Select to enable text access for accessibility tools. +
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_universal_accessibility.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_universal_accessibility.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73dd4560b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_universal_accessibility.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ + + + + + + + Universal Accessibility (PDF Export) + /text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_universal_accessibility.xhp + + + + +PDF export;Universal Accessibility + +
+

Universal Accessibility (PDF/UA)

+Creates a universal accessibility-complying PDF file that follows the requirements of PDF/UA (ISO 14289) specifications. +
+ +
+ +then choose Universal Accessibility (PDF/UA). +
+ +The specification defines the required structure and formatting of a document and PDF features that are better suited for accessibility. This specification can also be used to produce documents that achieve W3C's Web Content Accessibility Guidelines 2.0 (WCAG 2.0). + +The present implementation (January 2020) checks the following: + + + + The document title is set. + + + The document language is set, or all styles in use have the language property set. + + + All images, graphics, OLE objects have an alternate (alt) text or a title. + + + Tables do not contain split or merged cells. + + + Only integrated numbering is used, no manual numbering. For example, do not type "1.", "2.", "3." at the beginning of paragraphs. + + + Hyperlink texts without the underlying hyperlinks. + + + The contrast between text and the background meets the WCAG specification. + + + No blinking text. + + + No footnotes or endnotes. + + + Headings must increase sequentially with no skips, for example, you cannot have Heading 1, Heading 3, and no Heading 2. + + + Text does not convey additional meaning with (direct) formatting. + + +You can check the document accessibility compliance before exporting with Tools - Check Accessibility + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_user_interface.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_user_interface.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bc83f27d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_user_interface.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ + + + + + + + PDF Export User Interface + /text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_user_interface.xhp + + + + +PDF export;user interface + +
+ + +

User Interface

+ Specifies the options for the external PDF viewer user interface. +
+
+ +
+ +

Window options

+ + +

Resize window to initial page

+ Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a window displaying the whole initial page. + + +

Center window on screen

+ Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a reader window centered on screen. + + +

Open in full screen mode

+ Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a full screen reader window in front of all other windows. + + +

Display document title

+ Select to generate a PDF file that is shown with the document title in the reader's title bar. + +

User interface options

+ + +

Hide menu bar

+ Select to hide the reader's menu bar when the document is active. + + +

Hide toolbar

+ Select to hide the reader's toolbar when the document is active. + + +

Hide window controls

+ Select to hide the reader's controls when the document is active. + +

Transitions

+ + +

Use transition effects

+ Select to export Impress slide transition effects to respective PDF effects. + +

Collapse Outlines

+ + +

Show All

+ Select to show all outline levels as bookmarks when the reader opens the PDF file. + + + +

Visible levels

+ Select to show bookmarks down to the selected level when the reader opens the PDF file. +
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_send_as.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_send_as.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..79aa0678c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_send_as.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ + + + + + + + + +Email as PDF +/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_send_as.xhp + + +Sun Microsystems, Inc. + + + + +Email as PDF +UFI: name changed with #i46895 +Shows the Export as PDF dialog, exports the current document to Portable Document Format (PDF), and then opens an email sending window with the PDF as an attachment. +see i70482 +
+ +
+
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/securitywarning.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/securitywarning.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5ce927cd3 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/securitywarning.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ + + + + + + + + + + +Security Warning +/text/shared/01/securitywarning.xhp + + +UFI: Security Warning dialog on loading untrusted macro + + + +security;warning dialogs with macros +macros;security warning dialog + + + + +Security Warning + +When you open a document that contains an unsigned macro, or a signed macro from an unknown source, the Security Warning dialog opens. +Enable or disable the macros. Choose %PRODUCTNAME - Security in the Options dialog box to set the options. +View Signature +Opens a dialog where you can view the signature. +Always trust macros from this source +Adds the current macro source to the list of trusted sources. +Enable Macros +Allows macros in the document to run. +Disable Macros +Does not allow macros in the document to run. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/selectcertificate.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/selectcertificate.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4b9951e84 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/selectcertificate.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ + + + + + + +Select Certificate +/text/shared/01/selectcertificate.xhp + + + + + +

Select Certificate

+Select the certificate that you want to digitally sign the current document with. +
+ + +
+ + +

List

+Select the certificate that you want to digitally sign the current document with. + +

View Certificate

+Opens the View Certificate dialog where you can examine the selected certificate. + +

Description

+Type a purpose for the signature. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/signexistingpdf.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/signexistingpdf.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1570d30e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/signexistingpdf.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ + + + + + + + Signing Existing PDF + /text/shared/01/signexistingpdf.xhp + + + + + digital signature;signing existing PDF + + Signing Existing PDF files + %PRODUCTNAME can digitally sign an existing PDF document. +
+ +
+ The file opens in %PRODUCTNAME Draw in read only mode. + Sign the PDF document as usual. +
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/signsignatureline.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/signsignatureline.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..06663c442 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/signsignatureline.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ + + + + + + + Signing the Signature Line + /text/shared/01/signsignatureline.xhp + + + + + + + digital signature;sign signature linesignature line;signing + +

Digitally Signing the Signature Line

+ %PRODUCTNAME lets you sign digitally a signature line in your document. + On signing a signature line, %PRODUCTNAME fills the line with the name of signer, adds the digital certificate issuer information and optionally insert the date of signature. +
+ Select the signature line graphic object context menu. Choose Sign Signature Line. +
+ +

Your Name

+ Enter your name as signer of the document. Your name will be inserted above the signature horizontal line. + +

Certificate

+ Click on the Select Certificate button to open the Select Certificate dialog box, where your certificates are listed. Select the certificate suitable for signing the document. + The information of the certificate issuer is inserted in the bottom of the Signature Line object. +

Instructions from the document creator

+ + This area displays the instructions entered by the document creator when adding the signature line. + +

Add comments

+ Enter comments about the signature. The comments are displayed in the Description field of the certificate. + If enabled when the signature line was created, the date of signature is inserted on the top right of the signature line object. + + Signed Signature Line + +
+ + +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/timestampauth.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/timestampauth.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..905680abd --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/timestampauth.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ + + + + + + + Time Stamp Authorities for Digital Signatures + /text/shared/01/timestampauth.xhp + + + + + time stamp;digital signature + digital signature;time stamp + time stamp authority + TSA + time stamp for PDF digital signature + + +
+ +

Time Stamp Authority

+ Time Stamp Authorities (TSA) issue digitally signed timestamps (RFC 3161) that are optionally used during signed PDF export. +
+Adding a trusted timestamp to an electronic signature provides a digital seal of data integrity and a trusted date and time of when the transaction took place. Recipients of documents with a trusted timestamp can verify when the document was digitally or electronically signed, as well as verify that the document was not altered after the date the timestamp vouches for. +
+Choose %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Security - TSAs +
+ +

List of Time Stamp Authorities

+Display the list of existing TSAs. + +

Add

+Opens the Name dialog to enter a new Time Stamping Authority URL. + +

Delete

+ Deletes the selected entry in the list. Deletion is immediate and does not display a confirmation dialog. +
+ +
+ + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/webhtml.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/webhtml.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a5f55e678 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/webhtml.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ + + + + + + + + + + +Preview in Web Browser +/text/shared/01/webhtml.xhp + + + +
+
+Preview in Web Browser +Creates a temporary copy of the current document in HTML format, opens the system default Web browser, and displays the HTML file in the Web browser. +
+
+
+ +
+The HTML formatted copy is written to the temporary files folder that you can select in %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Paths. When you quit %PRODUCTNAME, the HTML file will be deleted. +You can set the HTML export filter options by choosing %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Load/Save - HTML Compatibility. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/xformsdata.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/xformsdata.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f5a3d3e26 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/xformsdata.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ + + + + + + + + + Data Navigator + /text/shared/01/xformsdata.xhp + + + +
+data structure of XForms + deleting;models/instances + models in XForms + Data Navigator;display options +MW made "Data Navigator.." a two level entry + + + + + +Data Navigator + + Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document. +
+ +Model name + Selects the XForms model that you want to use. + +Models + Adds, renames, and removes XForms models. + + +Add + Opens the Add Model dialog where you can add an XForm model. + +Enter the name. + +Model data updates change document's modification status + When enabled, the document status will be set to "modified" when you change any form control that is bound to any data in the model. When not enabled, such a change does not set the document status to "modified". + +Remove + Deletes the selected XForm model. You cannot delete the last model. + +Rename + Renames the selected Xform model. + +Show Details + Switches the display to show or hide details.UFI: not explained in spec +Instance + Lists the items that belong to the current instance. +Submissions + Lists the submissions.UFI. it's not in the spec + Bindings + Lists the bindings for the XForm.UFI. it's not in the spec + +Instances + This button has submenus to add, edit or remove instances. + +Add + Opens a dialog where you can add a new instance. + +Edit + Opens a dialog where you can modify the current instance. + +Remove + Deletes the current instance. You cannot delete the last instance. + Show data types + Switches the display to show more or less details.UFI: not explained in spec + + + + + + +Add + Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item. + + +Edit + Opens a dialog to edit the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding). + + +Delete + Deletes the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding). + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/xformsdataadd.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/xformsdataadd.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..18d488204 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/xformsdataadd.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ + + + + + + + + + + +Add / Edit +/text/shared/01/xformsdataadd.xhp + + + + + + + + +read-only items in Data Navigator +Data Navigator;adding/editing items + + MW added a new entry and deleted "editing;" and "adding;" + Add / Edit + Adds a new item or edits the selected item in the XForms Data Navigator. Items can be elements, attributes, submissions, or bindings. + %PRODUCTNAME inserts a new item directly after the currently selected item in the Data Navigator. A new attribute is added to the currently selected element. + + + Name + Enter the name of the item. + The attribute names must be unique within the same group. + + + Default value + Enter a default value for the selected item. + Settings + Specifies the properties of the selected item. + + + Data type + Select the data type for the selected item. + + + + Required + Specifies if the item must be included on the XForm. + + +
+ The Condition button opens the Add Condition dialog where you can enter used namespaces and full XPath expressions. +
+ + + + Relevant + Declares the item as relevant. + + + + + + + Constraint + Declares the item as a constraint. + + + The Condition button opens the Add Condition dialog where you can specify the constraint condition. + + + + Read-only + Declares the item as read-only. + + + + + + + Calculate + Declares that the item is calculated. + + + The Condition button opens the Add Condition dialog where you can enter the calculation. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..706be0bc0 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ + + + + + + + + + + +Add Condition +/text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp + + + + + + +conditions;items in Data Navigator +XForms;conditions + + + + Add Condition + Add a condition in this subdialog of the Add Item / Edit Item dialog of the Data Navigator. + + + Condition + Enter a condition.examples? + + Result + Displays a preview of the result. + + + Edit Namespaces + Opens the Form Namespaces dialog where you can add, edit, or delete namespaces. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/xformsdatachange.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/xformsdatachange.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..58ce03d0e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/xformsdatachange.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ + + + + + + + + + + +Change Data Binding +/text/shared/01/xformsdatachange.xhp + + + +editing;data binding of XForms +data binding change in XForms +MW deleted "changing;"Change Data Binding +Edit the data binding in the XForms Data Navigator.UFI: called from the control's context menuUFI: cannot find it in m145 +Model +Select the name of the XForms model.UFI: ?? not in spec +Item list +Displays the data binding for the selected form control. To change the data binding, select another item in the list click OK. To access the Add and Properties commands for an item, right-click the item. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/xformsdataname.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/xformsdataname.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..06cf4d69b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/xformsdataname.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ + + + + + + + + + + +Form Namespaces +/text/shared/01/xformsdataname.xhp + + + + + + +deleting;namespaces in XForms +organizing;namespaces in XForms +namespace organization in XForms +XForms;adding/editing/deleting/organizing namespaces + + MW deleted "editing;" and "adding;" and added "XForms;" + Form Namespaces + Use this dialog to organize namespaces. You can access this dialog through the Add Condition dialog of the Data Navigator. + + + Namespaces + Lists the currently defined namespaces for the form. + + + Add + Adds a new namespace to the list. + Use the Add Namespace dialog to enter the Prefix and URL. + + + Edit + Edits the selected namespace. + Use the Edit Namespace dialog to edit the Prefix and URL. + + + Delete + Deletes the selected namespace. + + diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/xformsdatatab.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/xformsdatatab.xhp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9718a620f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01/xformsdatatab.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ + + + + + + + Data (for XML Form Documents) + /text/shared/01/xformsdatatab.xhp + + + +
+ Data (for XML Form Documents) + The Data tab page of the Properties dialog for an XML Form document offers some XML forms settings. +
+
+ +
+ The possible settings of the Data tab page of a control depend on the respective control. You will only see the options that are available for the current control and context. The following fields are available: + +XML data model + Select a model from the list of all models in the current document. + +Binding + Select or enter the name of a binding. Selecting the name of an existing binding associates the binding with the form control. Entering a new name creates a new binding and associates it with the form control. + +Binding expression + Enter the DOM node what's a DOM node? spec doesn't tellto bind the control model towhat's a control model? spec doesn't tell. may be a typo in spec: control's model?. Click the ... button for a dialog to enter the XPath expression. + +Required + Specifies if the item must be included on the XForm. + +Relevant + Declares the item as relevant. + +Read-only + Declares the item as read-only. + +Constraint + Declares the item as a constraint. + +Calculation + Declares that the item is calculated. + +Data type + Select a data type which the control should be validated against. + +x + Select a user-defined data type and click the button to delete the user-defined data type. + ++ + Click the button to open a dialog where you can enter the name of a new user-defined data type. The new data type inherits all facets from the currently selected data type. + The following lists all facets that are valid for data types. Some facets are only available for some data types. + +Whitespaces + Specifies how whitespaces are to be handled when a string of the current data type is being processed. Possible values are "Preserve", "Replace", and "Collapse". The semantics follow the definition at https://www.w3.org/TR/xmlschema-2/#rf-whiteSpace. + +Pattern + Specifies a regular expression pattern. Strings validated against the data type must conform to this pattern to be valid. The XSD data type syntax for regular expressions is different from the regular expression syntax used elsewhere in %PRODUCTNAME, for example in the Find & Replace dialog. + +Digits (total) + Specifies the maximum total number of digits that values of the decimal data type can have. + +Digits (fraction) + Specifies the maximum total number of fractional digits that values of the decimal data type can have. + +Max. (inclusive) + Specifies an inclusive upper bound for values. + +Max. (exclusive) + Specifies an exclusive upper bound for values. + +Min. (inclusive) + Specifies an inclusive lower bound for values. + +Min. (exclusive) + Specifies an exclusive lower bound for values. + +Length + Specifies the number of characters for a string. + +Length (at least) + Specifies the minimum number of characters for a string. + +Length (at most) + Specifies the maximum number of characters for a string. + + -- cgit v1.2.3